ra odes Rath tad- Welt fed Be tnd oS hOB ee eee Gudue-e-ekiee Oe rcnnctctctatch tats tae na ON or gegaineel Gh then tant Wom Nhe nO = yt ne Bye eto Hie He the iets a et ; Otel . ~ pon m Hes a Per ttinwes h~ Hs Vn bath, Chertmtie at Vth im Mew ie Har the Uae nee - v1 oe ie - Bie bathe Ae Miniter ha tn hg the ten Hh Bon testin t- at-i- = “ : ut tas in Wer arbre Wt fhe eer eg Niwas Hote Bh a hn ihn Bm ge ; ‘ " " ¥ a 0 Cinthediin ha eee ens ne nee ith eh ~ 1 ate t= Mw OG leo Hh tn 1 inhn a tn He . en hh dh An Ae =e Dnt ae eee eee a dip ue tg tali’ amt HS ph Rae rE inten bn ti Waite Nhe now thn tn Fl te Be tobe aol anette eh He So renews Pare ey a Rh th Pe Oo Oe x Th= adn te ih Haw te nt eit te teil tsb iP i nih G1 So ey ac tintinden tr Gr ASE ay he Bvt toe teat nthe an ihe Hla Bs Hem re ret nf . Go ett le Ret lv Neth bie theta tee hm nl tie iti tt hii Rh G aM ree: Pe Pe eee Fe Wen Wnts P= pn tin Wer! - 5s Wetton et oe then thr I the Bes SS Re nena a te Te al ar oa te dn i tem Fe» Hin = te Wie lh Nhe y Gest tba A= fia trtha ttn tinnn t xs " - > . a : s =e bape ch tae em el tone Geen daa Pee SS earnre "Pe est ne Bute Hh testator Be te bree Path tnt te > ie b> dra th- to oo es Ne z > Ane ml he : -_ : : ie hist inte rte Ba Ao ethene Be Ah inn thm i de tam = . pn Ry ha Mn thew Ha = ae etek te est Dorin “ ee 7 . ae 7 ¥ a ert Anite et el I ed Bit 28Ale ae hobt A- O oh Dee tei Pate itm! 7 tars tile a Hn WA a there Ue the Woy ‘ . ta othe edt Me Mal eA to ent eet Cee eS oe Hn in D-H Man Via Tan "ene ent nh ne re ts > Aloe Soir Getto te Fontana tt Gren ettna Wee nk Bh ttt th A taba ste he AO Ot A ink et Olt at = the inten Gee ati delim ips thnten fiw (Oboe fhe He B= IF ie ras ve liw G vibe tan She okie Boot Gs on arn Bn rw inn Ve, ent Ue ate ao edo Gee Non tele teh “ - a ol Se Rr I Te Ne td Ge ae a thy ott Sh : a rea ee nin ont Rien mal arnn aden h Tet fhe Ro Kale Oe Pan iors ict bt sao ee tne. t-# Vili ty Hee tt 0 tb tin A it ~ s ™ eg OL Sta aarre are eS te a rte Het ioc Gin kiran AAPA Se ap kin ote dene bs cnt ob OA AN tN itn oc One atte enti Ne ren hams batisteO- Walle: WB abate? be BE OS NESE, Se eerie tt nee he hatin th oUt nthe tite th tae He Be fi be ADM a Vn O20 B-B oro O~ Ger eta or ee aon espn Ries ete Hs eared ee ed ae hy er het CaN oe Bot Rot ve BA tthe ste Tom hn ne Ce ES Sa parrarie 8 tt ae phn fre hn mdi lb thn tein dG tr a . am . a a a aa area Hee Ge he tem lt ine erro dal ee ee RE CR Me OE ON na ee ab Ankh Abi nile tinaltn A inlA GA lent Aidt Agatha ES newt " ath Ae feo tintin ath athe A te ~ Gee Watn tee t= oP eee fate ee aababall- Folie dian Osta tint tee. ee oe spe enksaeend6- th ete Wate ®, iw gph > Rtgs Th fm ln He ae etal rtm ond ate nt Behe Mn Oe We te Be Apt Aichi RAN Fired ne dh eth ge we Berbatov A toner he te til ate Met thud bia tie tpodn tn Ainatid- A ~ - - e adel oth HMw aly a Bien fen atin nati nthe hte thes vb Ae ST ea gca atta Wetne~ uta tint He bee PAS: (hee a Bn p> nw ee Ae at Alita Ranch actin Malo 2h olathe tn ead Noe Bin Mi hein i Sh Ne enh Ra innate He BAY: Ake in tp oll tra A rarer naman ney wiethe btm Ob haan ec trrantntintinthe Onhniu linia detinbintnit 000% a ea easocTha tect tytn stn tet Had, he G eRe ibe Dien tbe ln Bie ews Bite nto Hae Ge Me he the te PD ath Ge He Mee i AO oot ethan Ord Meo Nae tae lalla Anite H- Se “A 0 TB ee Nt lben Orn pe Rag HA nah Am O88 Wh ht on a A ol thon Rieke enh 9 Hed savers tt as ee So pote ts te Viritaten ee Mnlher Soliatra halt OMe i Ci ah ie neh yerre ere ed DO he statins ia Anta Date A teh ed ne OO ir lt At ee ed ee yy ore fae tert err” eer ag Ott the Cina Aiea ng A ome a aan ect es net na A MMe oath te 6.0.0 Oe wv anita atone ; : Beh Mea A SS RT - ~ e ate = 0 lin te Ar teats Spo Aho Ce iad aad Adc hh Ai his lee Sonn enh (Ae " oe eae Aneta Bn AH SRN CR anne dpa th = wl tat Him ion Ht - wow" Nh ak on tt a A nth etBhn BAe tm Tov fh4 = Kaen tw theta bere ere eree Ore aerare le Rn Ne te thst APG stort ad - wns nin in the Hn Bim Be He We Wye Fen Go dls (ca wrtbrrthe ia ton Wn > th tthe Ayr Pen Chat Ie oO eta Reith ha tn Rn Na Min lhe Cathe E- ete _ a - 4 " 5 ne P : . BRA AN Ont Gh dnt tty te HP gd = dA - ie mir bal Se thet oth Sele Ath Bim pailn tw thet Bote Ba th nd bth that ith tiga eh AAA fei tie A ahd Rips Alert oto a ntl ll Fmt wt Mp tite et th ton ec eat Ane & eicnitha ree Ban ct ti ast ote att 0 3 nents tooth dnt ahaha anton Hts dealhe Rane Re a -4 ak > bye Unb fb Hee We bh the = He thy FF feet Bib ete sis guar! n 7 af 2 Ps nfm inc Paes Bie Por Hm FN . : ( - ‘ en 2 ws M4 we —. ow’ ee ee Pen Bib fhe the tho te eee the nha Co bateliotew o4 x ‘ 2 he (ode he a “ ¥ . oS r= Hak in Hm hae Hm Wo = tes a PN ge tet te ics dn Mn ala tna penn ee fon Bi tar v al aw y th Bt Hi Coe . atl - . M4 ~ Ho W< Wa B= the btn hl= Wom fre reer ae eee war a Ih gece ana e * - — “ eure : ale" ae cent tha ths Hie fh Walls > Vinod Anim boi Bathe hp tlie tio Ki ann AP Me fh tifa tytn inn A Sin i Be thn ll ~ ot ae ona Dip Wathen te tnt tn fe Ho ee Partnered Mt SI aaa -tinkd- Ott Aihtnt> AY Methnt BA 3 ; ot " A hd . “ al i oth t tintin) tintin din lt Rr eee BB Gating. Date, obo enh . - vs ¥ te nib A ett AW asthe ue iets ee Re a ede ‘ aa 3 = ~it-0> nat ddd BO athe the ty ah ba tie pt A eth val oOo: ' ots . y ibe Costly Gale Oe el tr Ae Ah dive Ge pele OID wit I aeeetar eee Reda hoe tc PG wnt we ol ee a » = y _ + DP rnd nan eo Meth beets) Aa vthie Me FG alten th te Wait a Hat obirnthe treet . * aT AD ah ae SHG AF eT re lead a Gn th im Peal te ts thw array Si De ‘ ¥ al oe z lt : a ia salted Wath o co tin Buatetnds Weed ee bed item th rs Ara bmg > Fe Rpnthatrnod i a : enh ped Ripe ae Ce a ea eee Pre te ae ‘l <" “ ent edn aT the n wae rarer te wry, ww ee y - ate BPA tew bland! . y Bede pment nln _ PRR Nt OF ae "Cade Ge ehh ee Sotho x pes othe tw teeth thw = Oe " owe . ns : = He “ wert . y Patt Oe ati ttendl ease E “ Ae thine tlh Oe yn the thm iow q -“— ew. - is View Bi Wi Hire Ot Str Oe O~i me se Ohh shat itm nt an > Cin gre tho diet ie Hoe ” fe, ° _ sweet . rors Pare | Wee Fem Uw thie Gale the Pot the Ha ole © : - % 2 a \. “ ate F wr ,- - - hs st " Eo o> bs we 2 ~_ ‘allie hei ‘ d ores ete de 42-8 ¥ ho “ : er ate i baie Rotate tate ow " : Mk Ais Bon tet ree Sennen a " edt ee -~ 7 ote - he aot Lie te Sp Ae Alle NO: A " we a fo he ot ¥ ye ee Phe et Rigen Yun Plt or d ‘ _ ‘- ~ Ren rt? ini . “s wea the rr = lhe Ra Toe He a 1 a on te The te nls Burl . Sow Oo Yeon Hhe San ips > Pies thm te ie Pate ae {vei timtha Uh Hho Hee Yin dhe - neers ) 5 sata far rear tt a nT ihn Hn ands Bethe = Hem Em é x a - d NneihetP= Ba De Alot, ee ad dee aww, " i Peet " ~~ ‘ ° ete Oe Meu P Rupee ar Ke e- e 2 Fede ee ph eae ane . au “ - eo Baal . . of > «hod . * eee a Bh: Fo Ratt ioallp or tn eth ¥ P a ‘huh fai ~ - ne r wee soit aide “ act . ¥ ae read) Rig Ohad Penlia n net @ a4 PaO Deel A A ge nla » S ee har me AM etl ¥ pee wind ~~ n us ea Bo Onell : y b pa Matte a A eh Ni Ab ; adel dn dO hn aS Beshntudhs Wrote dt iin bai = w js pe BH Ded Gen Ba tons ie elim thatthe die Poth ati ten atime tw be robo teat tins iret dd it da beh 2m the hs = r y % n cs “ a Tie te Ma a = 5 fae the Pre Pow - Spatren® were iB We hae athe Gm the Cae cd ft «Bei LFW He etd HaHtaY ta Bap te ’ e Waste Matin he Os ere wee P&G W. - a ee wr aes Rab Lente pw thn t= Rath Yn TP hv tly & ee " ssw th A ie ee Oe s nied . " v 6-4-8 “ e" ™ ea “a ” rt » a ‘ er 5 ieee Al Le wap heed ari m “ . eB Seaihe-ae a1 + 2 e" 7 nll hein ha 1-% ‘ a pererer? a » 2 ve i r Oe S 7 - “ anh > " ; : oe eH * "7 " , I BA ett ee ly Ae “ “ a al ‘ awe oh ns hai al és Wa >. Relat - - tia atl dl aw “ re 7 " " v he ’ » ~ u . st a Pe ohh tn the A . hai Cnt "y 7 _ _ 2 4 > ~ eye Abul Be bbe - ato a avs pe ~~" tt atv. Potten thet dd Hada D9 fia . [a “ Ce alin or $i . . fap ta = Om _ a oem Godot Be ¢ ~# a * : »~ 7 - Gor bx Fe Ret he anya" rent A nA ete tpepaitiol Fo Mi gc Tell ple Peatha , nn tna afm Pathe ho bea eBid AD AE ~~ be hm - . “ a i Aree ao & page Av at Patent Ante) % pal Sette ® we 6 Te teeth Hinde t- ire Vo Ba Bs Bart * Po der ptnctut— al El ceed fe A grat & Oe PONT ee ar ee fet Gin taal %! > ao Ba Benth tte A 8 , a rare wre i ¥ - ee f oth tatty te oe . ‘ . . a . a : woe " _— : — ~ . oe > Create ee + . Oe aeaed : f. % pode - by en retin in teeny * © a a J . nl ek aah atl . Dn ep tead B HLF Pah —O-@ f Bch smi pane eae: ne alin Bis Oe fae tn the Hh fmt? ay p- Taw . e — ~ ‘ ‘> 2-0-8 ~ “ + me tat Mt ae ears ee Pal ie Rat nm pda dntbedrn tt $6 8 HG . * é ’ ARB B54 © & ee S- p- AP O-te & . ele Viste BoB ME oA knw vr Got! ete! e a fage 2A de the " a * oa Re he we ee Pie a ® ma Retro Lye a ‘ Se ert te ewe Ot Di tl te yo alli ae ainean PE ee ee te tem ey le Ca , " mM Ste hth ete ee ee “ ‘ 5 apa ot en te ~—-ent ore a Pe ee in a A ts Ae AVA Ay A : ee . ‘ ae a Ne nS ot ah on aad neither eh te a ihetet Oe ah Maer Bg ee a tn cho pert nti sie Rlaett> Rind he “hor fp -t—t pap Sp ar - 0st 08S OOO Oe Ye ~ I ee hen pets dae OF a =" _ Ss ‘on ot ee Ee TF RISE Ly ee Toovy Rae seme fe re ane a el 4 le « a . es : v a > Tan ah ~ ae a * 7 Na id F a, ue j - : i i Od ke A - ( ‘ : . ‘ 4 f OnW) ay ; aie | 5 r : : i aT ee ts \ a ; a ‘ i . 7 i ' ’ ‘4 s E “ ¢ Aipy tw Be bia econ, ane F Pe hase, ial tins, RK De Beers Soha wg Tee ponte SSO. 642 G CO/, THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. EDITED BY THE ASSISTANT-SECRETARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Quod si cui mortalium cordi et cure sit non’ tantum inventis herere, atque iis uti, sed ad ulteriora penetrare ; atque non disputando adversarium, sed opere naturam vincere ; denique non belle et probabiliter opinari, sed certo et ostensive scire; tales, tanquam veri scientiarum filii, nobis (si videbitur) se adjungant. —Novum Organum, Prefatio. VOLUME THE TWENTIETH. 1864. K PART THE FIRS Ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. <8 + 346) ss seer 74 Lennox, A., Esq. On the White Limestone of Jamaica, and its associated intrusive Rocks. [Abstract.]..... a ee Cok Tee 380 Maw, G., Esq. On the Drift-deposits of the Severn, in the Neigh- bourhood of Coalbrook Dale and Bridgnorth ................ 130 . On a supposed Deposit of Boulder-clay in North Devon. [Atorid ged. Joy. ci cso oo oie a cteketes = ot stn eee tar aT 445 TABLE OF CONTENTS. v Page Murcuison, Sir R. I., and Prof. R. Harxness. On the Permian Rocks of the North-West of England, and their Extension into SED RSD Le US ee ee 144 Poo sg, G. S., Esq. On the Recent Geological Changes in Somerset, and their Date relatively to the Existence of Man and of certain Baise, Mammnana | Absitact..| 0. 265... 2 S.tc eee cine ees 118 Powrts, J., Esq. On the Fossiliferous Rocks of Forfarshire and Bees omienis: /( Wiihod PALS.) 25 aijenie au he wee sien} oe + 413 Roserts, G. E., Esq. On some Remains of Bothriolepis from the Upper Devonian Sandstones of Elgin. [Abstract.] ..... teen OS Satter, J. W., Esq. On some new Fossils from the Lingula-flags CL ESL Vs ES 21 9 or are 233 SEELEY, H., Esq. On the Ammonites of the Cambridge Greensand. eh en BS mie stig oss a ts Ts x ears Tete as 166 On the Hunstanton Red Rock. [Abstract.]............ 327 Swan, W. R., Esq. On the Devonian Rocks of the Bosphorus.... 114 TaTE, R., Esq. On the Liassic Strata of the Neighbourhood of Bel- fast: with Descriptions of new Species of Mollusca, &c., by Lo SUE eg 7 RS el CS OF i ol 103 Vicary, W., Esq. On the Pebble-bed of Budleigh Salterton ; with a Note on the Fossils, by J. W. Satter, Esq., F.G.S., A.L.S. RN Fe i stha sora ede San) oy Ag ang enays |S ofa nie 8 116, 283 Witte, 8. H., Esq. On the Principal Geological Features of Pieper, bacmania. [ Abridged. ] «2... <<) 05 . Gls PAT GS eisvnsicecBeeotatan wae qe ates Tee mote ode tee Rene ae eee mee eee 82 PTERASPIS AND CEPHALASPIS, to illustrate Mr. E. Ray Lan- XIT kester’s paper on the Discovery of the Scales of Pteraspis, with some remarks on the Cephalic Shield of that fish......... 197 LowrER Lineuia-FLAGs Fossizs, to illustrate Mr. J. W. XIII Salter’s paper on some new Fossils from the Lingula-flags of W ales 4. .« Uonutdan a teescanaee sere a sen aetna neo acne eee 241 GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP OF NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE, to illus- XIV trate Messrs. Hull and Green’s paper on the Millstone-grit of North Staffordshire and the adjoining parts of Derbyshire and Lancashire: fic. ce dedak doroiSelnes col bane eben Ree ae ee 242 XV.) BupieIcH SauTEeRTON Fossizs, to illustrate Mr. W. Vicary’s AVA: paper on the Pebble-bed of Budleigh Salterton ; with a Note XV Ed. on the: Fossils; ‘by Wir Wi Salter cin one ee ce ee 302 PERMIAN FisuEs, to illustrate Mr. Kirkby’s paper on some Re- XVIII mains of Fish and Plants from the ‘‘ Upper Limestone”’ of the Permian ‘Series of Durham 22 2.5..0-.0ee ot eee eee 358 BELEMNOZIPHIUS COMPRESSUS, Huwley, to illustrate Prof. Hux- XIX ley’s paper on the Cetacean Fossils termed ‘ Ziphius” by Cuvier, with a Notice of a New Species from the Red Crag... 396 DEVONIAN FISHES FROM FORFARSHIRE, to illustrate Mr. Powrie’s XxX paper on the Fossiliferous Rocks of Forfarshire and their Combenits 30 i5..< i. 2s inc Sia eee nce eee eee 429 EcHINODERMS FROM Matta, to illustrate Dr. Wright’s paper 5. on the Fossil Echinide of Malta; with additional Notes on XXII. the Miocene Beds of the Island,and the Stratigraphical Dis- tribution of the Species therein, by Dr. A. Leith Adams ...... 491 LIST OF THE FOSSILS FIGURED AND: DESCRIBED IN THIS VOLUME. [In this list, those fossils the names of which are printed in Roman type have been previously described. ] Name of Species. Formation. Locality. Page. PLANTS. (24.) Calamites arenaceus? ...............00¢ Permian ...... Fulwell, gc:ccsas: 357 Ctenis Leckenbyi. Pl.x.f. 1a, 1b ...| Lower Oolitic} Scarborough ...| 78 Cycadites zamioides. PI. vili. f.1......| Lower Oolitic} Scarborough ...| 77 oo > ee Silurian ...... eerie aver 288 Fucoides erectus. Pl. xi. f. 3a, 38 ...| ) ( 81 Neuropteris arguta. Pl. x. f.4......... 79 Otopteris graphica. PI. viii. f. 5...... | | 78 lanceolata. Pl. viii. f.4 ......... 7 —— mediana. PI.x. f. 2...e..seceseeees | 78 tenuiata. Pl. ix. f. 1.225.050... cree | . 79 Paleozamia pecten. Pl. ix. f.4 ...... 77 Pecopteris polydactyla. Pl. xi. f. 1a, Mh eit Ses vacusvsses sasosevsarches das 80 Phlebopteris propingua ........+.....006- as , 80 ee Woodward. PL. Waite fs Ge iseec ek oe ar eaeae 81 Pterophyllum angustifolium. PI. viii. Rape tire seicl denen ee cee seleapieses'smnwuencave 77 ——comptum. PI. ix. f.3............ | a medianum. P\. viii. f. 2 ......... | 77 PE aMMMG. 6 Elo IK. £2 cesaasnensicsess | 78 Sphenopteris Jugleri ..........20...s00.+. | | 79 modesta. PI. x. f. 3a, 30....0000. \| 79 Tympanophora simplex e¢ racemosa. | RAE ME gis, Ons snc gnacsasseeneusbsccersstsece \ 79 Ulmannia selaginoides .............005- Parninn Fulwell { ee ey ee eects tectss:s-l.) | as’ wR tint key ' a. , PURINE TITAN 27 sc evan antncns-acessascecssscess Silurian ...... eee. tes } 288 PROTOZOA. Protospongia fenestrata. P|. xiii.f.12 | Lower Lingula | Solva Harbour | 238 vill Name of Species. Formation. Ca@LENTERATA. (26.) (Actinozoa.) Antillia bilobata. Pl. iii. f.3 «0.0... \ dentata. P\. iii. f. 2a—2c......... Lonsdaleia. P\. ili. f. 4a—4e...... | Mi ponderosa... “Pl. vat: 5y.c.cesce Lower Silurian| Budleigh Salter-< L | ton. (Lamellibranchiata. ) Arca? Naranjoana? Pl. xvi. f.8 ...... Lower Silurian... Budleigh Salterton Astarte dentilabrum. Woodcut, f. 5—7|Lower Lias Cardium subalternatum. P).vii.f.7a,70)...........006: Ceromya gibbosa. Woodcut, f. 3, 4...|Lower Lias Clidophorus? amygdalus. PI. xvi. f. 6 Ctenodonta Bertrandi. Pl. xv.f.8 ... Hippomya ringens. Pl. xv. f.7..0...... | Lyrodesma celata. P.xvi.f.7......... Modiolopsis obliquus. PI. xvi. f. 3a-3e Armorict. Pl. xvi. f. 1, la. ...... feaiass FY. xvi. f.40..cocic.. 500s | rE ME FP ae ceee des cecass ss | Orthonota Grammysioides. Fl. xvi. BeBe Osc. oa: Bac encom aenteeye eames sens Palearca secunda. Pl. xvi.f.9 ....... Pseudaxinus trigonus. Pl. xv.f.6 ...| ) Pythina Semperi. PI. vii. f. 8a, 85....'Tertiary..... imemalis. P). xvi. £.5....2..... 008 > Lower Silurian| Budleigh Salter- eee Larne Lough........ Pakise Mount Séla, Java saat Larne Lough........ ton. sees. Mount Séla, Java... SE Le oS ae 2 ee ne Lower Silurian...| Budleigh Salterton PMMA Nok cast sc Tertiary... ..«-..|Mount Séla, Java... Y Mount Séla, Java... sash Larne Lough ....... .....-|Mount Séla, Java ——s = Name of Species. | Formation. | Locality. Page. Name of Species. Formation. ( Pteropada.) Theca corrugata. Pl. xiii. f.10 ...... |Lingula-flags..... ANNULOSA. (14.) (Annelida.) Trachyderma serrata. ( Crustacea.) Agnostus princeps. Pl. xiii. f.8........ Anopolenus Henrici. Calymene Tristani. Pl. xv. f.5 ........ Conocoryphe? variolaris. P1. xiii. f. 6,7 Holocephalina primordalis. P1. xiii. f. 9 Homalonotus Brongniarti. Pl.xv.f.1,2? <= SPe , RUG KVehinDeccescnednsccwscsenes Microdiscus punctatus. Myocaris Lutraria COC COR EO eEMFeaeseseeeess Lingula-flags .... Pl. xiii. f. 4, 5...)Lingula-flags .... Lower Silurian... \ Lingula flags.. Lower Silurian Pl. xiii. f. 11 |Lingula-flags ....|Porth-y-Rhaw Locality. |Porth-y-Rhaw ...... P]. xv. f. 9 ....|Lower Silurian...|Budleigh Salterton | Porth-y-Rhaw South Wales........ Budleigh Salterton Porth-y-Rhaw... Budleigh Salter- ton. Lower Silurian.../Budleigh Salterton Paradoxides Davidis. PI. xiii. f. 1-3 |Lingula-flags { Marka decipiens: icc vccacecasaccasssnvanck Old Red Sand- stone. Porth-y-Rhaw... Solva Harbour... \ Forfarshire ....... Phacops incertus. Pl. xv. f.4.......... Lower Silurian...|Budleigh Salterton PGWMCInCR UGRSICUS 5 «3 cosee-ssearesn es Lower Lias.......|Larne Lough........ VERTEBRATA. (19.) ( Pisces.) Acanthodes Mitchelli.................. { ae Sand- | |Forfarshire ....--+:. Aecrolepis Sed gwiekt 25. ..sccseseease-: Permian... sass (RULWell 5. seqceconceaee Cleithrolepis granulatus. Pl.i. f. 2,3 |Paleeozoic......... New South Wales.. Climatius repiculatus,......c6+<005. osemans é SCULIQET..... 0.60. 00eeeee eee Ssiseighatss Old Red Sand. Forfarshizea.k | MMCMMALUS 73)cnc40.cingaseisonemnacoayh b Mes 4 Euthacanthus M‘Nicoli. Pl. xx. f. 2a—2c) | E Tsehnacanthus’eracilis 2.2. 7cesrs0s~-. Myriolepis Clarkei. Pl.i.f.1.......... ; re. 1 { Paleoniscus antipodeus. P1.i.f. 4 ... SRSA D cc hey os Abbsi. PI. XVili. BISA, OO scccoacr Te eae -SELOU eo rS Permian .......{Fulwell............ —— varians. Pl. xviii. f. 2............... Parexusineuryus. Pl. xx.f.1 .....0. Oy ee } Forfarshire ....... stone. (Mammalia.) Belemnoziphius compressus. Pl. xix. Hypsiprymnopsis Rheticus. Wood- COLL IS Be R GE SE cnn Spo G IC COAC OME GCP bot re Hypsiprymnus Hunteri. Woodcut, f. 5 —— minor. Woodcut, f. 4a, 4 | Rea Crag... { RRC sca dene \ Recent Blackheath, Ips- j Ce wich. COCO R a mel eer ese ene ee erereaeensees Page. 238 290 237 236 291 236 237 290 291 237 292 234 416 291 114 Page ” ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA. Part I.— ProceepD1inGs. 9, line 9, for Kunkar read Kunkur. 49, line 13, for Rantaj read Rantja. Plate XI1., for 2a, 26 read 3a, 3d. Page xli, line 10 from bottom, after specially with insert that of. xlvii, footnote, line 2, for for read from. lvii, line 26, for large read larger. 107, line 15, for 21 feet 6 inches read 19 feet 9 inches. 107 and 109, to list of fossils add Mytilus minutus, Goldf. 145, line 28, for that read on the point. 185, line 7 from bottom, for V. read var. 186, line 6, for Zwa read Cochlicopa. 194, line 22, for were read was. 198, line 10, for boces read bones. 204, line 28, page 205, line 1, for chalk-beds read Cretaceous beds. 205, line 24, for Tiberius read Tiberias. 206, line 8 from bottom, for Austen read Godwin-Austen. 411, lines 1 and 9, for Hunteri read minor. 425, line 23, after Powrie add Pl. XX. figs. 2a—2c. 448, line 14 from bottom, for south to north read north to south. 448, line 13 from bottom, for Forrington read Torrington. 451, lines 15, 21, 28 and 38, for Petroclistow vead Petrockstow. 461, line 17, after narrow insert one. 496, line 5, for Bolt read Bott. 502, line 13, for Davis read Davies. abl § ioe cnt Wik AR ale i = dey a) toa) fake Al 2 DP Ta r asa: ies at \ » ae . 7 ag re ithity sdstee +5 Hl a uth as Lats } rs vE i wid pubs Ht reap we aikealy f ; wet ah ab 5 A GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, FEB. 19, 1864. REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. In presenting their Annual Report to the Geological Society of Lon- don, the Council are again afforded an opportunity of congratulating the Fellows upon the general prosperity and the unusually large in- crease in the numbers of the Society during the past year. The Fellows elected last year are no fewer than 68 in number, an addition to the list unparalleled in the history of the Society; of these 54 have paid their fees, making with four previously elected, who paid their fees in 1863, the large augmentation of 58 new Fel- lows. On the other hand, 17 Fellows have died during the past year, and the Society has sustained the loss of 6 more by resignation, thus giving a net increase of 35 ordinary Fellows. One Foreign Member has been reported as deceased. 30 Foreign Correspondents were elected last year in conformity with the resolutions passed at a Special General Meeting held on January 8, 1863, and alluded to in the last Annual Report of the Council. One of these has since been elected to fill the vacancy among the Foreign Members. The total number of the Society at the close of 1862 was 969; at the close of 1863, 1033. The Income during 1863 has exceeded the Expenditure by £15 10s. 3d. Considering that in the Library-expenditure of the year is included the sum of £33 13s. 6d., being the cost of the new Supplement-catalogue, and that in the House-expenditure is included about £30 for carpet and matting in the Meeting-room; and taking * into account that this was the first year in which the Bye-law reducing the Annual subscription of resident Fellows from £3 3s. to £2 2s., and raising the subscriptions of future Non-residents to the same amount, came into operation, and that it lessened for a time the amount of the annual subscriptions by the sum of 220 guineas,— this result must be considered extremely satisfactory; and it proves both the elasticity of the Society’s resources, and the wisdom of the measure just referred to. The funded property of the Society remains the same as at the last Anniversary, namely, £4350, VOL, XX. a li ANNIVERSARY MEETING, The Council have to announce the completion of Vol. XTX. of the Journal, and the publication of the First Part of Vol. XX. For the purpose of hastening the renaming and rearranging of the specimens in the Foreign Collections, the Council appointed, in November last, Mr. Horace Woodward as a temporary Assistant in the Library and Museum. The completion of the Greenough Geological Map has been delayed by unavoidable causes; but the Council have to announce that Sheet No. 6 is now ready for distribution and sale, and that the remaining sheets are expected to be shortly prepared. It is more than probable that a large proportion of the Fellows of the Society are little aware of the many resources for the study of Geology which the ccllections of the Society afford in its different departments of Library, Maps, and Collections of specimens of Mine- rals, Rocks, and Fossils. The Council, therefore, think it advisable to bring before the general body of the Fellows on the present occasion a somewhat detailed account of the advantages they possess on their own premises for studying different branches of geological science. The apartments of the Society are open daily from ten in the morn- ing to five in the evening, and the paid officers of the Society are in © attendance daily, except, on Sundays. The facilities of study are these: —A large library of books and maps, with a copious catalogue of both, which may be consulted on the spot, or, with certain necessary exceptions, lent out. Illustrative specimens may be laid before any Fellow who may wish to examine them at his leisure with the assistance of books. For the lists of the extensive library of books and the collections of maps, the Council refer to the Catalogue recently published, copies of which are sold to the Fellows for 6s. 6d., and they will now give a brief account of the various collections of specimens we possess. I. We have a good and useful series of the simple minerals, arranged after the fourth edition of Phillips’s ‘ Mineralogy,’ by Allan, a copy of which is in the Library, with marginal references to the specimens in our collection. II. We have a valuable series of Recent Shells, named by Mr. Woodward, and arranged according to the system followed in his ‘Manual of the Mollusca,’ a copy of which is in the Library, with marginal references to our collections. III. We have a large series of typical specimens of Rocks, British and Foreign, accompanied by a manuscript Catalogue made by Mr. Horner. It includes those rocks which have foreign names, as de- scribed in the systematic works of Senft, Cotta, and Coquand; copies of which are in the Library. This collection consists mainly of the unstratified rocks; but it includes a large number of the older stra- tified rocks, from the Laurentian Gneiss upwards. The Secondary and Tertiary rocks can be best seen, as to their lithological characters, in the specimens which include fossils, and they therefore can be studied in the general stratigraphical collection of the Society. But endeavours are being made to obtain specimens, for this typical col- ANNUAL REPORT, lil lection, of Secondary and Tertiary rocks found in the Alps and else- where, so altered by metamorphic action as to be undistinguishable from the oldest strata. IV. The Collection of British Rocks and Fossils is arranged stratigraphically, and includes an extensive series of Cambrian and Silurian rocks and fossils, the latter of which have been named by Mr. Salter; a large series of Devonian and Old Red Sandstone Fishes, named by Sir Philip Egerton; also a large and most valuable series of the Carboniferous Mollusca, which waits for revision by some Fellow of the Society of acknowledged autho- rity, and the Council have reason to hope that this task will be undertaken by Mr. Davidson. But in this division we have a very extensive and valuable collection of Coal-plants, named by Sir Charles Bunbury. With the exception of the Silurian series named by Mr. Salter, the Cretaceous fossils gone carefully over by Mr. Wiltshire, and the Crag fossils by Mr. Searles Wood, the re- maining parts of the British series are in the same state as when presented by their respective donors. It is to be hoped that Fellows of the Society who are particularly conversant with fossils of differ- ent formations will voluntarily lend their aid to the Council in order that these collections may be placed in a more useful state than they can be while so large a proportion of the fossils are unnamed. To purchase assistance of this kind of any real value would require a sum far exceeding the means at the disposal of the Council, and it is therefore to be hoped that, in so numerous a body, voluntary aid will not be wanting for the accomplishment of a work of so much importance to the usefulness of the Society. VY. The Collection of Specimens illustrative of the Geology of Foreign Countries, now amounting to many thousand specimens from all parts of the world, may be said to be in avery satisfactory state, so far as ready accessibility is concerned. The arrangement adopted is, in the first instance, geographical, and, under each country, first, stratigraphical; and next, when the number of specimens admits of it, zoological. There is afull geographical manuscript Catalogue of the five great divisions of Europe, Africa, Asia, America, and Australia, with the subordinate countries of each division, in which all the specimens are entered under their proper heads. We have another manu- seript Catalogue in which a stratigraphical arrangement is adopted, and in which there is a heading for each formation from the oldest to the newest, and under these are entered the Specimens we possess from all parts of the world. A Catalogue has been recently completed, as far as Europe is concerned, of the memoirs and notices of the geology of foreign countries contained in the Transac- tions, the Proceedings, and the Quarterly Journal of the Society, arranged according to countries, with references to the specimens illustrative of them that exist in the Society’s Collections, VI. Of Special Collections, that of the rocks from the Vosges Moun- tains, which form a most prominent part in the geology of France, and supply a vast variety of unstratified rocks, is important. This a 2 VN 1V ANNIVERSARY MEETING. is a series of 156 specimens, which were presented to the Society in 1860 by Mr. Horner, accompanied by a full and instructive cata- logue, which may be referred to usefully by those who are studying the numerous memoirs on the structure of that remarkable region. Several years ago the late Earl of Ellesmere made us the very handsome donation of the original drawings for the plates of Agas- siz’s ‘ Poissons Fossiles.’ They are contained in a separate cabinet, and will always be regarded with interest as original documents of that great work, and as beautiful specimens of art. The brother of our late lamented President, Mr. Daniel Sharpe, presented in 1856 to the Society a very large and valuable Collection of Fossil Mollusca which had belonged to the latter, and had been named by him, including the important information of localities. They are arranged zoologically, and may be consulted with great facility. In recent Numbers of our Quarterly Journal the Fellows will have read the very remarkable papers by Dr. Duncan on the Fossil Corals of the West India Islands. The Council have thought it advisable to make a special collection of these Corals, in order to faci- litate the careful study of these papers. An interleaved copy of the memoirs, in which Dr. Duncan will give additional illustrations, ac- companies the collection. There is also a named Collection of Fossil Foraminifera in the Society’s possession, and a similar set of speci- mens of Polyzoa is in course of being collected. We have three special collections which have a peculiar value as connected with the lithology and nomenclature of the early days of our science. In 1808, Dr. Babington, one of the founders of the Society, presented a series of 119 specimens from the Hartz Moun- tains. In 1818, Mr. Henry Heuland, an early member of the Society, gave a series of 271 specimens from various parts of Germany—one of the typical collections formed under the eye of Werner, illustra- tive of the geological system and nomenclature of the then famous School at Freyberg. The Count de Bournon, an eminent mineralo- gist, and also one of the founders of this Society, on his return with the Bourbons to France in 1815, presented to the Society a series of 356 specimens from Hungary, which had been formed by the traveller Beudant. These three last special collections are valuable, not only as illus- trating the geology of the countries, but are curious as enabling us to compare the rock-nomenclature of past and present time, and how far it may have been changed with advantage or otherwise. The Council have thus given a brief outline of the materials for study which the Fellows are possessed of, and for consulting which the Council give every facility which the means in their power enable them to supply. The Council have to report that they have awarded the Wol- laston Medal to Sir Roderick Murchison, K.C.B., for his many dis- tinguished services to Paleozoic Geology : especially— Ist. For his great work entitled ‘The Silurian System,” in which he ANNUAL REPORT. Vv first reduced to order the intricate region occupied by the Silurian rocks in Wales, the adjoining counties, and other parts of England. 2nd. For his important work on the Geology of Russia, the fruit of several years’ labour in the field, in which, with his coadjutors M. de Verneuil and Count Keyserling, he discovered and mapped the true relations of the formations that lie in European Russia and the Ural Mountains, and correlated them with the strata of the other parts of Europe. And 3rd. For his remarkable discovery of the true relations of all the rocks beneath the Old Red Sandstone that form the Highlands of Scotland, by which he proved the existence of an older Gneiss (Lau- rentian or Lewisian) and of a younger set of flaggy, metamorphic, micaceous, and gneissic strata of true Lower Silurian age. The balance of the proceeds of the Wollaston Fund has been awarded to M. Deshayes, to assist him in his work on the Mollusca of the Paris Basin, and in testimony of the high esteem in which the Geological Society hold those labours. Report of the Inbrary and Museum Committee, 1863-64, The Museum. Since the last Anniversary an unusually large number of import- ant additions have been made to the Foreign Museum, including some extensive collections illustrating the geology of considerable tracts of country. Of these donations the following are more especially noteworthy. An extensive series of Rock-specimens illustrating the geology of the region near the 49th parallel of latitude in America, and particularly referred to in Mr. Bauerman’s Report on the Geo- logy of that district, shortly to be published, presented by H. Bauer- man, Esq., F.G.S. A very large and valuable collection of Rocks and Fossils illustrating the Geology of Victoria, and labelled with reference to the Map-sheets of the Geological Survey of that colony, presented by R. A.C. Selwyn, Esq. A collection of Cretaceous Fossils from Ras Fartak, on the south-east coast of Arabia, one of fossils from the Somali Mountains collected by Messrs. Burton and Speke, another of Fossils from the north bank of the River Nerbudda, and one of Tertiary Fossils from Travancore, all presented by Dr. H. J. Carter, F.R.S. A collection of Fossils from the Valley of Kelat, presented by Dr. Cook, of H.M. Bombay Army; a series of Tertiary Fossils from Borneo and Java, sent to England by M. Corn. de Groot, presented by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.G.8; a suite of Rock- specimens from Finland, presented by M. Nils de Nordenskiold, For. Mem. G.S.; and specimens of Rocks from, and of Fluviatile Shells found at high levels in, the Nile Valley, presented by Dr. Leith Adams. Collections in illustration of papers read before the Society have been given by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.G.8., Dr. Macdonald, F.R.S., Captain Bullock, R.N., and others. Interesting and important spe- cimens have also been received from F. Poole, Esq., J. de C. Sow- vi ANNIVERSARY MEETING, erby, Esq., M. E. Lartét, For. Mem. G.S., H. Christy, Esq., F.G.S., and other donors; and Dr. J. Milligan, F.G.S., has made a large addition to a collection of Fossils from Tasmania presented by him some time back. The Committee especially draw the attention of the Society to a valuable collection of specimens illustrating the Alluvial Gold-depo- sits of New South Wales, which is estimated to contain more than seventy pounds’ worth of gold, and which, with the cases containing it, is the gift of Sir Daniel Cooper, Bart., late Speaker of the Legis- lative Assembly of New South Wales. These two cases of specimens are placed in the Tea-room. The additions to the British collection have not been very nume- rous, the principal being a number of Bones from the Peat of Wal- thamstow, presented by N. T. Wetherell, Esq., F.G.S.; and a collec- tion of specimens from the Peat of Somersetshire, presented by G. 8. Poole, Esq. The want of a Microscope for the use of the Fellows and the Offi- cers of the Society having long been felt, the Council purchased, in March last, a very useful instrument of Messrs. Smith, Beck, and Beck at a cost of £9 12s, The working materials of the Society have been further aug- mented through the presentation, by Leonard Horner, Esq., V.P.G.S., of a Wollaston’s Reflecting Goniometer. Owing to a press of Library-work during the past year, and to there having been but one Library and Museum Assistant during the greater portion of that period, much progress has not been made since the last Anniversary in naming and arranging the Fossils in the Foreign Collections; still this very important branch of the Museum-work has not been entirely neglected. Dr. Duncan has rendered very great service by devoting much time to the naming and arrangement of both the British and Foreign Fossil Corals; many of the specimens determined by him have been placed upon tablets by Mr. Stair, while the remainder are in course of being tableted. The Nummulitic Fossils from Scinde, which were named by M. d’Archiac, as well as some others from the same district, alto- gether occupying nine drawers, have also been placed upon tablets ; but there yet remain a number of specimens of this collection, occu- pying five drawers, still unnamed; most of them, however, appear to be duplicates. . In order to prevent injury to delicate specimens, twelve drawers, containing the collections of Paris Basin and Touraine Fossils, have been fitted with glass covers at a cost of £1 1s. As isolated delicate specimens frequently occur in collections, the Committee recommend the purchase of a number of glass-top boxes for their reception from time to time. It also appears desirable to obtain a sufficient number of small tablets to facilitate the formation of a collection of Polyzoa. Mr. Horner having constructed a Stratigraphical Catalogue of the Specimens in the Foreign Museum, it has been copied into a suitable book by Mr. Stair. It forms a kind of appendix to the Geographical Catalogues made previously, and will, it is hoped, prove of material ANNUAL REPORT, Vil assistance to Fellows wishing to make use of the Society’s collections for stratigraphical purposes. As many of the collections of Foreign Specimens in the Museum illustrate papers in the Transactions, Proceedings, and Quarterly Journal of the Society, and as others are from localities described or alluded to in those memoirs, Mr. Horner compiled a classified list of the papers in the Society’s Publications relating to Foreign Geology, giving references to specimens in the Foreign Collections from the same localities. This Catalogue has also been copied by Mr. Stair, so far as Europe is concerned, and it will be finished as soon as cir- cumstances will permit. The drawers containing the Sharpe Collection of Mollusca have been furnished with glazed lining, and a Catalogue of the Foreign specimens contained in the collection has been commenced. The numerous additions lately made to the Foreign Collections necessitated, two years ago, the provision of some new cabinets, but these have long since been filled. This year the use of about 120 drawers in the recess in the Lower Museum was obtained by elimi- nating the useless rock-specimens from the British Collection. These drawers are now almost all occupied, and the question of providing more space for Foreign specimens will soon command the attention of the Council once more. Several of the drawers here alluded to have been filled with valuable collections of rock-specimens, which have been removed from the Upper Museum and arranged in the recess by Mr. Horner, in close proximity and with reference to the typical collection of rocks formed by that gentleman four years ago. Most of the above-mentioned progress in tableting, naming, and arranging Foreign specimens has been made during the latter portion of the year, during which time the staff of the Society has been raised to its former strength by the appointment, last November, of Mr. Horace Woodward as a temporary Assistant in the Library and Museum. Mr. Stair, who has proved a very efficient Assistant since his engagement in March 1860, has recently resigned his post in consequence of having received a Civil Service appointment, and it therefore becomes extremely desirable to appoint as soon as possible a competent successor. The Committee cannot conclude this Report without drawing the attention of the Council to the unremitting zeal and continuous labour bestowed upon the rearrangement of the Society’s Collections by Mr. Horner, who has spent several hours almost daily in actual work in the Museum. W. J. HAMILTON. ROBERT W. MYLNE. J. PRESTWICH. T. WILTSHIRE. Vil ANNIVERSARY MEETING. The Lnbrary. Besides the usual Donations of Books and Maps, the Library has been added to by the purchase, shortly after the last Anniversary, of some valuable works of reference, amongst which are Waterhouse’s ‘Mammalia,’ Van der Hoeven’s ‘ Zoology,’ and Middendorf’s ‘ Reise in den Siberiens.’ The Map-collection has received some important additions, inclu- ding the sheets of the Geological Survey of Victoria, and the Ord- nance Survey of Great Britain (1-inch and 6-inch scales). Amongst other maps lately received may be mentioned Erdmann’s ‘Sveriges Geologiska Undersékning,’ Gumbel’s ‘ Baierische Alpen,’ and a num- ber of French charts from the Dépot de la Marine. . The third Supplement-Catalogue, containing the titles of works added to the Library between the end of 1859 and June 1862, and a complete classified list of the Periodical works in the possession of the Society at the latter date, the publication of which was begun previously to the last Anniversary, has been completed for some months, and is supplied to the Fellows at a charge of 2s. The cost of this Catalogue has been included in the Library expenses of the past year. Since the publication of the above-mentioned supplement, a new reference-catalogue of the Library has been made, in which all the books and pamphlets are arranged in one alphabetical list, with references to the shelves on which they are kept. Itis hoped that this single reference-catalogue will remove the inconvenience hereto- fore felt by the Fellows in being obliged to consult successively four or five different lists. The baize-coverings of the book-shelves in the Meeting-room have been fitted with rollers, so as to render the books more easily acces- sible, and at the same time to protect them from dust. The constantly increasing annual additions to the Library again render necessary the erection of new Book-shelves, and the Committee recommend therefore such additional shelves being made on the plan of those now in the Meeting-room. The additions made during the last two years to the Society’s Portfolios have been arranged by Mr. Horace Woodward, who has also been of service in making diagrams for the Evening-meetings. W. J. HAMILTON. ROBERT W. MYLNE., J. PRESTWICH. T. WILTSHIRE. ANNUAL REPORT. 1x Comparative Statement of the Number of the Society at the close of the years 1862 and 1863. Dec. 31, 1862. Dec. 31, 1863. Pempounders .......... 1 SS ie ae 144 Contributing Fellows .... Se ote hoes 329 Non-contributing Fellows ape et oe 479 917 952 Honorary Members...... SRP te nb gels 3 Foreign Members........ 2: gee ee eae se Foreign Correspondents .. ee ere: 30 Personage of Royal Blood hep pe 1 969 1033 General Statement explanatory of the Alteration in the Number of Fellows, Honorary Members, &c. at the close of the years 1862 and 1863. Number of Compounders, Contributing and Non-contri- buting Fellows, December 31, 1862 .......... 917 Add Fellows elected during former year and paid in ee aan Sie eS aa ss Add Fellows elected and paid in 1868 .............. 54 — 58 975 iiesect Compounders deceased ©... ........0. 503005. 2 Contributing Fellows deceased .............. rs Non-contributing Fellows deceased .......... 8 Contributing Fellows resigned .............. D Non-contributing Fellow resigned .......... 1 — 23 952 Number of Personages of Royal Blood, Honorary Mem- bers, and Foreign Members, Dec. 31, 1862.... ae Add Foreign Correspondents elected in 1863 ...... 30 82 Deduct Foreign Member deceased................ 1 x ANNIVERSARY MEETING, Number of Fellows liable to Annual Contribution at the close of 1863. Ordinary Contribators v7 54.22 \narne, «eee ee ee 278 Non-residents elected before March Ist, 1862... ea 329 DeEcEASED FELLOWS. Compounders (2). Beriah Botfield, Esq. | Joseph Henry Green, Esq. Residents (7). Marquis of Lansdowne. Viscount Templeton. Walter Ewer, Esq. John Taylor, Esq. Dr. Packman. William Cubitt, Esq. John Wiggins, Esq. Non-residents (8). Lucas Barrett, Esq. Philip Duncan, Esq. Ebenezer Rogers, Esq. Sign. Gennaro Placci. Robert Allan, Esq. Samuel Peace Pratt, Esq. William Stark, Esq. Edward Clark, Esq. Foreign Member (1). Dr. Mitscherlich. The following Persons were elected Fellows during the year 1863. January 7th.—Henry M. Jenkins, Esq., Assistant-Secretary of the Geological Society, 2 Grote’s Place, Blackheath; Griffith Davies, Esq., 21 Cloudesley Square, Islington; John Walter Lea, Esq., The Grange, Shepperton Green, Chertsey; and John Daglish, Esq., Hetton, Durham. 21st.—Thomas Wardle, Esq., Leek Brook, Leek, Staffordshire ; John Brunton, Esq., C.E., Engineer of the Scinde Railway, the Punjaub; Alfred Hewlett, Esq., Haigh, Wigan; Edward Brook, Jun., Esq., Oakley House, Edjeston, Huddersfield; and George Worms, Esq., 17 Park Crescent, Portland Place. February 4th.—Clement le Neve Foster, Esq., of the Geological Survey of Great Britain; and William Babington, Esq., Clifton. 18th.—Thomas Hood Hood, Esq., Member of the Legislative Council of Queensland, Australia; Samuel Wright, Esq., Butter- mere,-Cockermouth; John Rand Capron, Esq., Guildford; Julius Haast, Esq., Government Geologist, Canterbury, New Zealand ; and John Randall, Esq., Madeley, Salop. March 4th.—Il Commendatore G. Devincenzi, Royal Commissioner ANNUAL REPORT, xi for Italy in the International Exhibition, Minister of Agriculture and Commerce, Turin; I] Cavaliero C. Perazzi, of the Royal Corps - of Mining Engineers, Engineer for the district of Turm; John Watson, Esq., Whitby; Francis Drake, Esq., Leicester; and O. C. Marsh, Esq., Yale College, U.S. March 18th.—Robert Mushet, Esq., Royal Mint, Tower Hill; Hilary Bauerman, Esq., Geologist to the North American Boundary Survey; Frank M‘Lean, Esq., B.A., C.E., 2 Park Street, West- minster; and Samuel Baines, Esq., Holroyd House, Lightcliffe, near Halifax. April 1st.—William Edward Wood, Esq,, Tamworth Castle, Tam- worth; and S. N. Carvalho, Jun., Esq., 6 Aberdeen Park, High- bury Grove. 22nd.—Major F. Ignacio Rickard, Inspector-General of Mines in the Argentine Republic, 21a Hanover Square; Charles Easton Spooner, Esq., Bron-y-Garth, Port Madoc; and Nicholas Kendall, Esq., M.P., Pelyn, Cornwall. May 6th.—John Martin, Esq., Cambridge House, Portsmouth ; Charles Carter Blake, Esq., 1 Mabledon Place; and William Whitaker Collins, Esq., 15 Buckingham Street, Adelphi. 20th.—The Rev. Prof. Kingsley, M.A., F.L.S., Eversley, Hants; James Dees, Esq., C.E., Whitehaven; Robert Francis Hodgson, Esq., 126 Marine Parade, Brighton; John Scott, Esq., 3 Chester Place, Hyde Park; Sir Charles Tilston Bright, C.E., 12 Upper Hyde Park Gardens; Edward C. Musson, Esq., Martyr Worthy, Winchester ; Thomas Glazebrook Rylands, Esq., F.L.S., Heath House, Warrington; Edward C. Hartsincke Day, Esq., Charmouth; and W. Dickenson, Esq., Croydon. June 3rd.—The Rey. Richard Wilson Greaves, M.A., Rector of Tooting. 17th.—Frederick G. Finch, Esq., Tudor House, Blackheath. November 4th.—James C. Richardson, Esq., Glenrafon, Swansea ; William Bath Kemshead, Esq.,Cambridge House School, Southsea; Brinsely de Courcy Nixon, Esq., 17 Bury Street, St. James’s ; John Bell Simpson, Esq., Ryton West House, Blaydon-on-Tyne ; and the Hon. John Leycester Warren, 32 Lower Brook Street. 18th.—William Brightmore Mitchell, Esq., 16 Broom Hill, Sheffield; and Charles Tylor, Esq., 24 Holloway Place, Hol- loway. December 2nd.—Arthur Lennox, Esq., Assistant Geologist, West Indian Survey, Jamaica; Arnold Thomas, Esq., Winnald’s Hill, Coleford, Gloucestershire; Edwin Brown, Esq., Burton-upon- Trent ; Harrison Hayter, Esq., 33 Great George Street ; William James Nevile, Esq., Hatton House, Cheshunt, Herts; Edward Ball Knobel, Esq., 138 High Street, Burton-upon-Trent; George Cheetham Churchill, Esq., 13 Craven Hill, Bayswater ; The Hon. W. O. Stanley, M.P., Penrhos, Holyhead; George Lyall, Esq., 38 Great Winchester Street, South Shields; Rey. Norman Glass, - 39 Richmond Terrace, Clapham Road; Arthur Bott, Esq., 5 Ha- nover Terrace, Peckham; James Fergusson, Esq., 20 Langham Xll ANNIVERSARY MEETING. Place; William Vicary, Esq., 7 Albert Terrace, St. Leonard’s, Exeter ; and Alexander Bryson, Esq., Hawk Hill, Edinburgh. December 16th.—H. M. Hozier, Esq., Lieutenant 2nd Life Guards, Staff College, Sandhurst; J. F. Iselin, Esq., M.A., Inspector of Science-Schools, South Kensington Museum; and Andrew Leith Adams, M.D., Surgeon 22nd Regiment, Malta. The following Persons were elected Forcign Correspondents during the year 1863. April 1st.—The Rev. Dr. Oswald Heer, Professor of Botany in the University of Zurich; Sign. Paoli Savi, Professor of Geology in the University of Pisa; Sign. G. Ponzi, Professor of Comparative Ana- tomy and Physiology in the University of Rome; Dr. Joseph Leidy, Professor of Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania ; Il Marchese Pareto, of Genoa; and Professor A. Daubrée, of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris. 22nd.—Professor Fayre, of Geneva; Franz Ritter von Hauer, of the Imperial Geological Institute of Vienna; Professor Hébert, of the Sorbonne, Paris; Professor Beyrich, of the University of Berlin ; and Professor Fridolin Sandberger, of Carlsruhe. May 6th.—Herr Credner, Bergmeister, of Gotha; Dr. Kaup, Con- servator of the Museum at Darmstadt; Sign. Gastaldi, of Turin ; Professor Pictet, of Geneva: M. Morlot, of Berne; Sign. Sella, of Turin ; and Sign, Meneghini, of Pisa. June 17th.—General della Marmora, of Turin; M. de Kokscharow, of St. Petersburg; Professor Quenstedt, of Tibingen; Dr. Ferdi- nand Senft, of Hisenach ; Count Auguste F. Marschall von Burg- holzhausen, of Vienna; Professor Edouard Suess, of Vienna; M. Boucher de Perthes, of Abbeville; M. Loven, of Stockholm ; the Marquis de Vibraye, of Paris; Dr. B. Shumard, of Louisville ; M. Henrie Nyst, of Brussels; and Dr. Moritz Hornes, of Vienna. The following Donations to the Musrvm have been received since the last Anniversary. British Specimens. Cast of fragment of a tooth of Mastodon from Swaffham, Norfolk ; presented by C. B. Rose, Esq., F.G.S. Specimen of Cone-in-Cone structure in slate, from. Troutbeck, Kes- wick ; presented by Prof. R. Harkness, F.G.S. Specimens of Fossil Coleoptera, and a fragment of a molar of Elephas primigenius, from the Peat of Lexden, near Colchester ; presented by the Rev. O. Fisher, F.G.8. Collection of Bones of the Horse, Ox, Deer, &c. from Walthamstow ; presented by N. T. Wetherell, Esq., F.G.S. Specimen of Pearl-spar from New Treleigh Mine, Cornwall; pre+ sented by Captain 8. Mitchell. ANNUAL REPORT. xiii Specimens of Albertite from Mountgerald, Scotland; presented by A. C. Mackenzie, Esq. Specimens of Corals from the lower beds of the Middle Lias, from near Cherrington, Warwickshire ; presented by J. Kershaw, Esq., F.GS. Specimens of Bog-oak, Peat, &c. from Somerset; presented by G. 8. Poole, Esq. Cast of a specimen of Paradoxides Davidis, Salt., from the Lower Lingula-flags of St. David’s; presented by J. W. Salter, Esq., FG.5. Foreign Specimens. Columnar Brown-coal from near the Basalt of Almerode, Hirsch- berg; presented by W. J. Hamilton, Esq., Sec. G.S. Specimen of Calais Newbouldi, a new Octopod, from Mount Lebanon ; presented by J. de C. Sowerby, Esq. Specimens of Thecidium Adamsi, Macd., from the calcareous sand- stone of the Miocene beds of Malta; presented by Dr. A. Leith Adams, F.G.S. Specimens of Gneiss from Bohemia; presented by Sir R. I, Mur- chison, K.C.B., F.G.S Collection of specimens illustrating the Alluvial Gold-deposits of New South Wales; presented by Sir Daniel Cooper. Cretaceous Fossils from Ras Fartak, on the 8.E. coast of Arabia; Fossils from the Somali Mountains, collected by Messrs. Burton and Speke; Fossils from the north bank of the River Nerbudda; and Tertiary Fossils from Travancore, 8. India; presented by Dr. H. J. Carter, F.R.S. Fossils from the Valley of Kelat; presented by Dr. Cook, of H.M. Bombay Army. Limestone with Encrinites from near Timor Koepoeng, Island of Timor; 18 specimens of Tertiary Shells from Tjilanang cleft, Goenoeng Seela, Regency of Bandong, Java; and 18 specimens of Shells from the Colliery “Orange Nassau,” Borneo; presented by the Director of the Museum of Practical Geology. Specimens of Rocks and Pliocene Fossils from Formosa; presented by R. Swinhoe, Esq., H.M. Vice-Consul, Formosa. Specimens of Rocks from Bohemia; presented by Sir R. I. Mur- chison, K.C.B., F.G.S. Collection of Fossils from Japan; presented by Captain Bullock. Bones from Aurignac; Bones, Sandstone-flag, and Conglomerate from the cavern at Lourde, Hautes Pyrénées ; presented by: H. Christy, Esq., F.G.S., and M. E. Lartét, For. Mem. G.S. Specimens from Bornholm and Jutland; presented by Prof, fi. Jones, F.G.S. Specimens of Minerals from British Columbia and California (Queen Charlotte’s Island); presented by F. Poole, Esq. Collection of Rocks and Minerals from Finland; presented by M. Nils de Nordenskidld, For. Mem. G.S. Xiv ANNIVERSARY MEETING, Collection of Tertiary Plants, &c., from Tasmania; presented by Dr. J. Milligan, F.G.S. Collection of Rock-specimens illustrating the district surveyed by the North-American Boundary Commission; presented by H. Bauerman, Esq., F.G.S. Large collections of Fossils and Rocks illustrative of the Geology of the Colony of Victoria; presented by A. C. Selwyn, Esq. Specimen of Flabellum appendiculatum, Bronn, from the Eocene clays of Rouca ; presented by W. Moxon, Esq. Carts, Maps, ETC., PRESENTED. Forty Maps and Charts published by the French Dépét de la Marine de la France; presented by the Dépot de la Marine. Matériaux pour la Carte Géologique de la Suisse. Atlas en 4 Feuilles ; presented by Prof. Bernard Studer, Pres. Geol. Comm. Swiss Confed. - Geological Map of England and Wales (Longman and Co.’s Wall Maps, No. 3); presented by Messrs. Longman and Co. Map and Sections of New South Wales, by W. Keene, Gov. Exam, of Coal-fields ; presented by Sir Daniel Cooper, Bart. Sveriges Geologiska Undersékning pa offentlig lekostnad utford under ledning af A. Erdmann, Sheets 1 to 5, with accompanying memoirs; presented by M. A. Erdmann. Map of the Province of Canterbury, New Zealand, by J.S. Browning ; presented by the Provincial Government of Canterbury, through Dr. Julius Haast, F.G.S. Geologische Specialkarte des Grossherzogthums Hessen und der angrenzenden Landesgebiete in Maasstabe von 1 : 50000; Sec- tions Erbach and Herbstein-Fulda; presented by the Geological Society of the Middle Rhine. Ordnance Survey of Great Britain. Maps, 6-inch scale :—West- moreland, Sheets 2 to 10, 15, 16, 21, 26 to 30, 32, 34, 38,46. Ber- wickshire, Sheets 10, 18, 27 to 30. Selkirkshire, Sheets 1, 3 to 10, 11,13 t015,17,22. Roxburghshire, Sheets 1 to10,13t027, 29 to 46, 48.—Ordnance Survey of England. 1-inch scale :—Sheets 102, 104, 105, S.E. Sheet 103, N.W.—Ordnance Survey of Ireland. 1-inch scale:—Sheets 5, 6, 11, 17, 31, 102, 182.— Ordnance Survey of Scotland. 1-inch scale :—Sheets 14, 22, 26, 49, Presented by the Board of Ordnance through the Director- General, Colonel Sir Henry James, F.G.S. Twenty Quarter-sheets of the Geological Survey-map of Victoria ; presented by the Colonial Government of Victoria. Section of a Well at the Tannery of Mr. L. Webb, Stowmarket, Suf- folk; presented by G. R. Burnell, Esq., F.G.S. Sections of Artesian Wells at Grenelle and Passy, near Paris; pre- sented by G. R. Burnell, Esq., F.G.S. ANNUAL REPORT. XV Photograph of Count Marschall; presented by Count Marschall, For. Corr. G.S. Continuation of a Panoramic view of the Kashmir Mountains and City, taken from the ruins of the Roostan Gurhi, by F. G. Mont- gomerie, Esq.; presented by R. A.C. Godwin-Austen, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S The following Lists contain the Names of those Persons and Public Bodies from whom Donations to the Library and Museum have been received since the last Anniversary, February 20, 1863. I. List of Societies and Public Bodies from whom the Society has received Donations of Books since the last Anniversary Meeting. Basel, Natural History Society of. Berlin, German Geological Society at. . Royal Academy of Sciences. ——. Saxon and Thuringian Na- tural History Society. Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field Club. Bombay, Royal Asiatic Society of. Boston (U.S.), Natural History Society of. ——, Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at. Breslau. Silesian Society for Fa- therland Culture. Brussels. Royal Academy of Sci- ences of Belgium. Caen. Linnean Society of Nor- mandy. Calcutta. Trigonometrical Sur- vey of India. . British Indian Association. ——. Bengal Asiatic Society. ——. Geological Survey of India. Cambridge(U.S.). American Aca- demy of Arts dnd Sciences. American Philosophical Society. Christiania, Royal University of. Copenhagen. Royal Danish Aca- demy of Sciences. Darmstadt. Geological Society of the Middle Rhine. Dijon, Academy of Natural Sci- ences of. Agricultural Society of the Cote d’Or. Dresden, Natural History Isis Society of. Dublin. Royal Dublin Society. Geological Survey of Ire- land. ——, Geological Society of. Royal Catholic Univer- sity of Ireland. Edinburgh, Royal Society of. , Royal Physical Society of. France, Geological Society of. Giessen, Natural History Society of. Heidelberg, Natural History So- ciety of. Klagenfurt, Natural History Mu- seum at. Leeds, Philosophical Society of. Liége, Royal Society of. Lisbon, Royal Academy of. Liverpool. Lancashire and Che- shire Historic Society. London. Geological Survey of Great Britain. , Anthropological Society of. Xvi London, Art-Union of. British Association. ——, Chemical Society of. Royal College of Physi- cians of England. , Royal Horticultural So- ciety of. Institute of Actuaries of Great Britain. Institute of Civil Engi- neers. , Microscopical Society of. ——., Pharmaceutical Society of. ——, Photographic Society of. ——, Royal Society of. Royal Institution of Great Britain. Secretary of State for War. Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain. Royal Geographical So- ciety. Geologists’ Association. -——., Linnean Society of. ——., Mendicity Society of. , Paleeontographical Society of. , Zoological Society of. Manchester, Geological Society of. Melbourne. Geological Survey of Victoria. Milan, Imperial Institute of. Montreal, Natural History So- clety of. Moscow, Imperial Academy of Naturalists of. Munich. Royal Academy of Sci- ences. New York, Geographical and Statistical Society of. ANNIVERSARY MEETING. New York. Lyceum of Natural History. New4Zealand. Provincial Goyern- ment of Canterbury. Wellington. Auckland. Offenbach, Natural History So- ciety of. Paris. Imperial Academy of Sci- ences. Dépot Général de la Ma- rine. School of Mines. Philadelphia. Academy of Na- tural Sciences. American Philosophical Society. Presburg, Natural History So- ciety of. St. Louis, Academy of Sciences of. St. Petersburg. Imperial Aca- demy of Sciences. , Mineralogical Society of. Stockholm. Royal Swedish Aca- demy. Toronto. Canadian Institute. Tyneside Natural History Field Club. Geological Institute. Imperial Academy of Sci- ences. Warwickshire Naturalists’ Field Club. Washington. Patent Office. U.S. War Department. Wiesbaden. Natural History So- ciety, Duchy of Nassau. Wiirtemberg, Natural History Society of. - Vienna. ANNUAL REPORT. XVii II. List of Persons from whom Donations of Books and Specimens have been received since the last Anniversary. Abich, Baron, For.M.G.S8. Adams, Dr. Leith, F.G.S. American Journal of Science, Editor of the. Ansted, Prof., F.G.S._ Athenzum, Editor of the. Ball, John, Esq. Barrande, M. J., For. Mem.G.8. Beke, Dr. Biedmann, Dr. Billings, E., Esq., F.G.S. Binney, E. W., Esq., F.G.S. Bischof, Prof., For.Mem.G.S. Bosquet, M. Boucher de Perthes, M., For. Corr.G.S. Branton, John, Esq., F.G:S. Bullock, Captain, R.N. Calvert, F., Esq. Carter, H. J., Esq., F.R.S. Chambers and Co., Messrs. Christy, H., Esq., F.G.S, Churchill and Sons, Messrs. Colliery Guardian, Editor of the. Cook, Dr. Cooper, Sir Daniel, Bart. Cotteau, Prof. Coutts, Miss Burdett. Critic, Editor of the. Crowe, H. W., Esq. Cutler, W. H., Esq. Dana, Dr., For.Mem.G.8. Daubeny, Dr., F.G.S. Dawson, Dr., F.G.S. Delesse, M., For.Mem.G.8. Deshayes, Dr., For.Mem.G:8. Deslongchamps, Dr., For.Mem. G.S. Desnoyers, M. Deville, M. St.-Claire. Dewalque, M. Drach, Dr. Dulau end Co. VOL, XX. Dupont, M. Erdmann, M. J. M. Fisher, Rey. 0., F.G.S. Forbes, Dr. Charles. Francis, Dr., F.G.S. Garrigou, M. Geikie, A., Esq., F.G.S. Geinitz, Prof. H.B., For.Mem.G.S, Geologist, Editor of the. Godwin-Austen, R. A. C., Esq., F.GS. Graham, Lieut.-Col. Guiscardi, Sign. Haast, Dr. Julius, F.G.S. Haliburton, R. G., Esq. Hamilton, W. J., Esq., Pres.G.S. Harkness, Prof., F.G.S. Hartley, Sir A. C. Hébert, M., For.Corr.G.S. Hector, Dr. J., F.G.S. Hitchcock, Dr., For.Corr.G.S. Holmberg, M. Horner, Leonard, Esq., F.G.S. Hornes, Dr., For.Corr.G.S. Howse, R., Esq. Hunt, Captain. Hunt, Dr., F.S.A. Hutton, T. Intellectual Observer, Editor of the. James, Sir H., F.G.S. Jervis, War., Hsq.; F.G.8. Jones, Prof. T. R., F.G.S. Journal of the Society of Arts, Editor of the. Jukes, J. B., Esq., F.G.S. Karrer, Dr. Felix. King, Prof. W. Kjerulf, Dr., For.Corr.G.8, b ‘x eee Kirkby, J. W., Esq. Kirshaw, J., Esq., F.G.S. Kner, Dr. Koninck, Prof. de, For.Mem.G.8. Lartét, M., For.Mem.G.S. Laugel, M. Auguste, F.G.S. Lea, Dr. Isaac. Lecoq, Prof. Lindsay, Dr. Lauder. Logan, Sir W., F.G.S. London Review, Editor of the. Longman and Co., Messrs. Lubbock, J., Esq., F.G.S. Lucy, W. C., Esq., F.G.8. Lyell, Sir C., F.G.S. Mackenzie, A. C., Esq. Mackie, S. P., Esq., F.G.S. Marschall, Count A. G. Mayer, M. C. Meneghini, Prof., For.Corr.G.S. Miller, Prof., F.G.S. Milligan, Dr. J., F.GS. Mining Review, Editor of the. Mining and Smelting Magazine, Editor of the. Mitchell, Captain Samuel. Mohrenstern, M. G. Schwarz von. Montagna, Sign. C. Morton, G. H., Esq. Moxon, W., Esq. Murchison, Sir R. I., F.G.S. Nordenskiold, Dr. Nils de, For. Mem.G:S. | Noyer, G. V. du, Esq. Nyst, Dr., For.Corr.G.S. ANNIVERSARY MEETING. Omboni, Sign. O’Riley, E., Esq., F.G.S. Owen, Prof., F.G.S. Page, David, Esq., F.G.S. Parga, M. Parker, W. K., Esq. Pattison, 8. R., Esq., F.G.S. Peniston, J., Esq. Perrey, M. Alexis. Phillips, Prof., F.G.S. Poole, F., Esq. Poole, G. 8., Esq., F.G.S. Ramsay, Prof., F.G.S. Reader, Editor of the. Reeve, Lovell, Esq., F.G.S. Rickard, Major, F.G.S. Roberts, George E., Esq. Rose, C. B., Esq., F.G.S. Salter, J. W., Esq., F.G.S. Schmidt, Prof. Selwyn, R. A. C., Esq. Smith, Dr. A. Sowerby, J. de Carle, Esq. Steindachner, Herr F. Stoppani, Prof. Studer, Prof., For.Mem.G.S. Suess, Prof., For.Corr.G.S. Swinhoe, Consul. Tate, G., Esq., F.G.S. Trautschold, Dr. Wetherell, N. T., Esq., F.G.S. Winkler, M. Woodward, S. P., Esq., F.G.S. ANNUAL REPORT. xix - List of Pavers read since the last Anniversary Meeting, February 20th, 1863. 1863. March 4th.—On the Permian Rocks of North-Eastern Bohemia, by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S. March 18th.—On the Correlation of the several Subdivisions of the Inferior Oolite in the Middle and South of England, by Harvey B. Holl, M.D., F.G.8. —______——. On the Occurrence of large quantities of Fossil Wood in the Oxford Clay, near Peterborough, by Henry Porter, M.D., EGS. : ——__—_—— On a new Macrurous Crustacean (Scapheus ancylo- chelts) from the Lias of Lyme Regis, by H. Woodward, Esq., F.Z.8.; communicated by Prof. Morris, F.G.S. April 1st.—On Recent Changes in the Delta of the Ganges, by James Fergusson, Esq.; communicated by the President. April 22nd.— On the Gneiss and other Azoic Rocks, and on the Superjacent Paleozoic Formations of Bavaria and Bohemia, by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S. —— Notice of a Section at Mocktree, near Ludlow, by R. Lightbody, Esq. ; communicated by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S. May 6th.—On the Brick-pit at Lexden, near Colchester, by the Rev. Osmond Fisher, M.A., F.G.S.; with Notes on the Coleoptera, by T. V. Wollaston, Esq., F.L.S. On the Original Nature and Subsequent Alteration of Mica-Schist, by H. C. Sorby, Esq., F.R.S., F.G.S. On the Fossil Corals of the West Indian Islands.— Part I., by P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.G.S. May 20th.—Further Observations on the Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé, and New York, by J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. - Dermal Coverings of certain Carboniferous Reptiles, by J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S, vonian Rocks, by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S., A.L.S. June 3rd.—On the Section at Moulin Quignon, Abbeville; and on the peculiar character of some of the Flint Implements recently discovered there, by Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S., Treas.G.S. June 17th.—On the Relations of the Ross-shire Sandstones contain- ing Reptilian Footprints, by the Rev. George Gordon, LL.D., ~ and the Rey. J. M. Joass; with an Introduction, by Sir R. I. Mur-" -chison, K.C.B., F.R.S. On some Tertiary Shells from Jamaica, by J. Carrick” ‘ Moore, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. ; with a Note on the Corals, by - P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.G.S8.; anda Note on some Nummulinee and Orbitoides, by Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.G.S. — Notes on the Geology and Mineralogy of Borneo and — - the adjacent Islands, by Mijnheer Cornelius de Groot ;. communi- cated by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B.; FANS. b2 Notice of a New Species of Dendrerpeton, and of the’ On the Upper Old Red Sandstone, and Upper De- / xX. ANNIVERSARY MEETING. 1863, June 17th.—Description of a new fossil Thecidium (Thecidium Adamsi) from the Miocene Beds of Malta, by J. Denis Macdonald, Esq., F.R.8.; communicated by the President. ee On the Sandstones and Shales of the Oolites of Scar- - borough, with Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Plants, by J. Leckenby, Esq., F.G.S. A Monograph of the Ammonites of the Cambridge Greensand, by H. Seeley, Esq., F.G.S. On a new Crustacean from the Glasgow Coal-field,. by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S., A.L.8. — On the Occurrence of a Bituminous Substance near Mountgerald, Scotland, by Dr. G. Anderson ; in a letter to Sir R. J, Murchison. Se On the Occurrence of a Bituminous Mineral at Mount- gerald, Scotland, by A. C. Mackenzie, Esq.; communicated by Prof. Tennant, F.G.S. On the Occurrence of Rocks of Upper Cretaceous Age in Eastern Bengal, by Dr. T. Oldham, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. Nov. 4th.—On some Ichthyolites from New South Wales, forwarded by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, by Sir P. G. Egerton, Bart., M.P..,. F.R.S., F.G.S. Se Notes on the Geology of a Portion of the Nile Valley north of the Second Cataract in Nubia, taken chiefly with the view of inducing further search for Fluviatile Shells at High Levels, by A. Leith Adams, A.M., M.B., Surgeon H.M. 22nd Regiment; with a Note on the Shells, by 8. P. Woodward, Esq., F.G.8. ; and a Note on some Teeth of Hippopotamus, by Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.; communicated by Leonard Horner, Esq., V.P.G.S. Nov. 18th.—On the Fossil Corals of the West Indian Islands.—Part II., by P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.G.S, Notes to accompany some Fossils from Japan, by Captain Bullock, R.N.; communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, KCB, FR.S. On some Tertiary Mollusca from Mount Séla, in the. Island of Java, by H. M. Jenkins, Esq., F.G.S.; with a Description of a new Coral from the same locality, and a Note on the Scindian Fossil Corals, by P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.G.S. Dec. 2nd:—On the Correlation of the Oligocene Deposits of Belgium, Northern Germany, and the South of England, by Herr A. von Koenen ; communicated by F. E. Edwards, Esq., F.G.S. —__ On the Liassie Strata of the Neighbourhood of Bel- fast, by Ralph Tate, Esq., F.G.S. Notes on the Devonian Rocks of the Bosphorus, by. W. R. Swan, Esq.; communicated by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B. Dec. 16th.—Experimental Researches on the Granites of Ireland. —Part IV., by the Rey. Prof. Haughton, F.R.S., F.G.S. —————— letters relating to recent discoveries of Fossil Rep- tiles in Central India, by the Rey. S. Hislop; communicated by Prof. T, R. Jones, F.G.S, ANNUAL REPORT. XXi 1863. Dec. 16th.—On the Pebble-bed of Budleigh Salterton, by W. Vicary, Esq., F.G.S.; with Notes on the Fossils, by J. W. Salter, Esq., F.G.S. On the recent Earthquake in Manila, by J. W. Farren, Esq.; communicated by the Foreign Office through Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.G.S. 1864. Jan. 6th.—On the Recent Geological Changes in Somerset, and their date relatively to the Existence of Man and of certain of the Ex- tinct Mammalia, by G. 8. Poole, Esq. ; communicated by Sir Charles Lyell, D.C.L., F.B.S., F.G.8. : On the Structure of the Red Crag in Suffolk and ~ Essex, by S. V. Wood, Jun., Esq.; communicated by Searles V. Wood, Esq., F.G.S. Jan. 20th.—Observations on supposed Glacial Drift in the Labrador Peninsula, Western Canada, and on the South Branch of the Sas- katchewan, by Prof. H. Y. Hind; communicated by the President. Notes on the Drift-Deposits of the Valley of the Severn, in the Neighbourhood of Coalbrook-dale and Bridgenorth, by George Maw, Esq., F.L.S.; communicated by J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Ksq., F.R.8., F.G.S. Feb. 3rd.—On the Permian Rocks of the North-West of England and their extension into Scotland, by Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.R.S., F.G.S., and Prof. Harkness, F.R.S., F.G.S. After the Reports had been read, it was resolved,— That they be received and entered on the minutes of the Meeting ; and that such parts of them as the Council shall think fit be printed and distributed among the Fellows. It was afterwards resolved,— 1. That the thanks of the Society be given to Prof. A. C. Ramsay, retiring from the office of President. 2. That the thanks of the Society be given to Sir P. G. Egerton, Leonard Horner, Esq., and Sir Charles Lyell, retiring from the office ‘of Vice-President. 3. That the thanks of the Society be given to W. J. Hamilton, Esq., retiring from the office of Secretary. 4, That the thanks of the Society be given to George Busk, Esq., Sir P. G. Egerton, Leonard Horner, Esq., Professor T. H. Huxley, and R. W. Mylne, Esq., retiring from the Council. After the Balloting-glasses had been duly closed, and the lists examined by the Scrutineers, the following gentlemen were declared to have been duly elected as the Officers and Council for the ensuing year :— XXil OFFICERS. pig PRESIDENT. W. J. Hamilton, Esq., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. R. A. C. Godwin-Austen, Esq., F.R.S. Edward Meryon, M.D. J. Carrick Moore, Esq., F.R.S. Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., F.R.S. SECRETARIES. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Warington W. Smyth, Esq., M.A., F.R.S. FOREIGN SECRETARY. Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.R.S. TREASURER, Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S, COUNCIL, John J. Bigsby, M.D. Sir Charles Lyell, F.R.S, & L.S. Robert Chambers, Esq., F.R.S.E. | Robert Mallet, Esq., C.E., F.R.S. & LS. Edward Meryon, M.D. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. John Carrick Moore, Esq., F.R.S. Robert Etheridge, Esq., F.R.S.E. | Prof. John Morris. John Evans, Esq., F.S.A. Sir R. I. Murchison, K.C.B., Rey. Robert Everest. ERS: Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.R.S. Joseph Prestwich, Esq., F.R.S. R. A. C. Godwin-Austen, Esq., | Prof. A. C. Ramsay, F.R.S. . F.R.S. Warington W.Smyth, Esq.,M.A., Wiliam John Hamilton, Esq., EBB: ERS: Alfred Tylor, Esq., F.L.S. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Esq., F.R.S. Rey. Thomas Wiltshire, M.A. M. Auguste Laugel. — S. P. Woodward, Esq. XXL LIST OF THE FOREIGN MEMBERS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, rin 1854. Date of Election. 1817. Professor Karl von Raumer, Munich. 1818. Professor G. Ch. Gmelin, Tubingen. 1819. Count A. Breuner, Vienna. 1819. Signor Alberto Parolini, Bassano. 1822. Count Vitiano Borromeo, Milan. 1823. Professor Nils de Nordenskidld, Helsingfor's. 1825. Dr. G. Forchhammer, Copenhagen. | 1827. Dr. H. von Dechen, Oberberghauptmann, Bonn. 1827. . Herr Karl von Oeynhausen, Oberberghauptmann, Dor tmund, Westphalia. 1828, M. Léonce Elie de Beaumont, Sec, Perpétuel de l’Instit. France, — For. Mem. R.S., Paris. 1828, Dr. B. Silliman, New Haven, Connecticut. 1829. Dr. Ami Boué, Vienna. 1829, J. J. d’Omalius d’Halloy, Halloy, Belgium. 1839. Dr. Ch. G. Ehrenberg, For. Mem. R.S., Berlin. 1840. Professor Adolphe T. Brongniart, For. Mem. R.S., Paris. 1840. Professor Gustav Rose, Berlin. 1841, Dr. Louis Agassiz, For. Mem. R.S., Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1841, M.G. P. Deshayes, Paris. _ 1844, Professor William Burton Rogers, Boston, U.S. 1844, M. Edouard de Verneuil, For. Mem. R.S., Paris, 1847, Dr. M. C. H. Pander, Riga. 1847. M. le Vicomte B. d’Archiac, Paris. 1848. James Hall, Esq., Albany, State of New York, 1850. «Professor Bernard Studer, Berne. 1850. Herr Hermann von Meyer, Frankfort-on-Maine. 1851, Professor James D. Dana, New Haven, Connecticut. 1851. General G. von Helmersen, St. Petersburg. 1851. Hofrath W. K. Haidinger, For. Mem. R.S., Vienna, 1851. Professor Angelo Sismonda, Turin. 1853, Count Alexander von Keyserling, Dorpat. 1853. Professor Dr. L. G. de Koninck, Liége. 1854. M. Joachim Barrande, Prague. 1854, Professor Dr. Karl Friedrich Naumann, Leipsie. 1856, Professor Dr. Robert W. Bunsen, For, Mem, R.S., Heidelberg. XXIV 1857. Professor Dr. H. R. Goeppert, Breslau. 1857. M. E. Lartét, Paris. 1857. Professor Dr. H. B. Geinitz, Dresden. 1857. Dr. Hermaun Abich, Tiflis, Northern Persia. 1858. Dr. J. A. E. Deslongchamps, Caen. 1858. Herr Arn. Escher von der Linth, Zurich. 1859, M. A. Delesse, Paris. 1859. Professor Dr. Ferdinand Roemer, Breslau. 1860. Professor Dr. H. Milne-Edwards, For. Mem. R.S., Puris. 1861. Professor Gustav Bischof, Bonn. 1862. Sefior Casiano di Prado, Madrid. 1862. Baron Sartorius yon Waltershausen, Géttingen. 1862. Professor Pierre Merian, Basle. 1864. Professor Paolo Savi, Pisa. AWARDS OF THE WOLLASTON MEDAL UNDER THE CONDITIONS OF THE “ DONATION-FUND ” ESTABLISHED BY WILLIAM HYDE WOLLASTON, M.D. F.B.S, F.GS, &., ‘To promote researches concerning the mineral structure of the earth, and to enable the Council of the Geological Society to reward those individuals of any country by whom such researches may hereafter be made,”—“ such individual not being a Member of the Council.” 1831. Mr. William Smith. 1850. Mr. William Hopkins. 1835. Dr. G. A. Mantell. 1851. The Rev. Prof. A. Sedgwick. 1836. M. L. Agassiz. 1852. Dr. W. H. Fitton. Capt. P. F. Cautley. M. le Vicomte A. d’Archiac 1837. Dr. HL Falconer. ; aed E. de Verneuil. 1838. Professor R. Owen. 1854. Dr. Richard Griffith. 1839. Professor C. G. Ehrenberg. | 1855. Sir H. T. De la Beche. 1840. Professor A. H. Dumont. 1856. Sir W. E. Logan. 1841. M. Adolphe T. Brongniart. | 1857, M. Joachim Barrande. 1842. Baron L. von Buch. Herr Hermann yon Meyer. 1843 M. E. de Beaumont. 1858. eae James Hall. 1M P. A. Dufrénoy. 1859. Mr. Charles Darwin. 1844. The Rey. W. C. Conybeare. | 1860. Mr. Searles V. Wood. 1845, Professor John Phillips, 1861. Prof. Dr. H. G. Bronn. 1846. Mr. William Lonsdale. 1862. Mr. Robert A. C. Godwin- 1847. Dr. Ami Boué, Austen. 1848. The Rey. Dr. W. Buckland. | 1863. Prof. Gustav Bischof. 1849, Mr. Joseph Prestwich, jun. | 1864, Sir R. I. Murchison, TPL. Shuss ‘punj-jsonbog umoig pur yZnous.1H dy} Woy Zuruteuar OOEF JO souvyeq oy} Jurpnjouy x “P98T *8z “ues "SpALL HOIMISAUd HdSOL = [ tI &visF —<—<————_ $< y pa. Soa Se Ns [*papnjour asay 20Uu $2 suorg +6 -panqng pjosun fo yoo)s pun ‘aanjiuing ‘hang y “UT ‘suorjoayog pouomapy ayy fo anqna ay], “T€'N] 4 a O O OCT “TT «6 (0NIP) suOTyNqIZUOD [enuUY jo sIvalIy va O FF 88 “tttesttsee**** (NOOS polapISUOd) SadJ-UOISSIUIPY JO SsivaITy 4 0 0 OSEF a O O xOSEP Peer eeoeeree tee Oabese G6 4e ‘sjosuoy by a Oe —: Ayzodoig pepuny g 8 06 CCC OHHH HH EEHES ETS HHHEHEHHSERSESHEE spuey S YIIIO ul sourleq . 9 6 SOE Na Ta i dad lal Mantel dad 010 S Joyued Ul soueleqg OL £ Ge “rreteseteeeseeeeees TeUINOL UL SUOTJIIIIOD ,SIOYJNY I1OJ ang 0 0 GE tiittttttttteseeseeeeeeeererrs TeMIMOL 0} SIaqOsqng WoT ancy LBL SHIG treet tetsttseeeseteeresees = KQQ1D0G BY} JO INOARJ UL adURTeG | 1 F 6G JeuINOL Jo yUNODIe U0*OD pue uvWISUO'T ‘SISSOAT WO ONG 8 F "SLT9Q] ms x *ALUAAOU "EOS Suaquavag ps{g {ALUAAOUT SALAINOG AHL AO NOTLVATVA € 19F €: © 105 6 g te fet re ee ee *sjuay jod € poonposy 6 8 TE eettitteseteseeeees Cpung-doyseTJoM) S.loyaeg ye soured ‘PL ‘ST F8O1F UO EO8I 10J puny -uorzeuog aq} Uo SpueprtAl(y 0 gl OL joyosig ABqsnx) "JOlg 0} popireme Tepe suUIyLys jo ysoy el 6z Het A. 2tig gual ae ine ane ta punj-uoljyeuoc] Q QT ST **rrsecrssccescecssrscsccorees AIMOG “JOI 0} Spead0Ig JO plmay 9 UOjSE]TOM OT} JO “EOST ‘IT Arenuer ‘s,Jayueg ye souLleg ae: *SINDNAVG 2 Poe *SLdIFOaY *LNQ0900 “LS OU XXVl EstTIMATES for INCOME EXPECTED. 5 8. do cE ee Due for Subscriptions on Quarterly Journal (con- sidered good) ......++. Salelane Kes smoilepiovinas ee elabiane 35 0 0 Due for Authors’ Corrections © .ccssesssecces tees a-hoee 35 7 10 Due for Arrears (See Valuation-sheet) .........0. 120 0 0 — 190° -:7 38 Estimated Ordinary Income for 1864. Annual Contributions :— Resigens colors at £2 2s., and } a, ee 606-6 8 Non-resident Fellows at £1 lls. 6d. Admission-fees (Supposed) 2..1.....cceasoceccuevecascroneeessves 300 0 O Compositions (supposed): ..css.s+000.+-s0c-veccweeseos Sabiepsbessss) 200) num. Dividends on Consols ...... pak conics Scacctanceasee Seesesee’ Sco ciseek’ Lomo mae Sale of Transactions, Proceedings, Geological Map, Library- catalogues, and Ormerod’s Index ........... ‘sohiewe See. cocmenwaldeiia 100: -0- 6 Sale of Quarterly Jqutnall ci. cccetenssceeddesssseneoreet ese snetiraeeee 200 0 0 Due from Longman and Co. in June sss.se.ccveeccccesoocdesseeses 59 1 Balance due from Bequest-fund on Expenditure on Map, Library, and Museum © \2..:.3.0c0setvacsernedesdsvecseswot Soca ts 130) ave as £1962 15 0 JOSEPH PRESTWICH, Treas. Jan. 28, 1864, the Year 1864. EXPENDITURE ESTIMATED. Es..d. £ 8 -d General Expenditure : Weems te) SINUTANICE. 2 6 ooo aoe 0s 60 os we ew cen 35 0 0 REGPME-ECQHINIS os oo sous oc co 5s vatwe i tw eee =» 20: .0..0 NILE 056 ons 6a viv ee abn ces +e an sa fe 50 0 0 Ch 2 aS et ice crs faery 35 0 0 WANE ~ siete o Salo d[dielSs 0s 0 oss Ve eenb cit epee we . 35 0 0 Miscellaneous House-expenses .........- ise. 275 0 O PMOL eteniscc = ee ee eh ne vin he care e seme 25 0 0 Miscellaneous Printing (Abstracts, &c.) ...... 250° @ Meador Meetings... 22.5. cs sess es cwee cs ce 20 0 0 320 0 O Salaries and Wages: DAGINLATLSEOTELATY «pice csc core snes destes oe 200 0 0 2 Se poet eters 120 0 0 Assistants in Library and Museum............ 85 0 0 POTGET 26-0 e Sos e cee ce ce cee nse tr seeess 90 0 0 Rep fe he ideals Rie eel e eles cis’ sole ave ce's 40 0 0 Occasional Attendants ........... sees stp 20 0 0 Collector ....... Rinictins a mains amen 6 a5 pS 20 0 0 S76") Oo FEM Eas cidstinda's od aosasedossdaes ancien scant BET REE se saheceen inate 169". 0::, 0 NEE ia cnso 0s wr'sdacscaacectesss sop nsaiuusiaenanccas sents ansis a 0.0, 0 EN RPMCCTINGS owen covsscaaes's siiensvssivanscavaesveeusens oes 12 0 0 Miscellaneous Scientific Expenditure .........ccessescessecseeecees 50) 0:0 Publications: Quarterly Journal ...........0. peeseen 550» 0; 0 rn PT aSAClIONS s, Jesesaca cosas Sewaen cme, oF OU 0 _ Geolopicnl Map ess. ..ceresssscccacses 100 0 O 655 “0 -0 £1762 O O Balance in favour of the Society .......ssescsesscesseeee eocnpuwes 200 15 O £1962 15 O XXVili Income and Expenditure during the INCOME. Gs ids Balance in Banker’s hands January 1, 1863 ...... “ie, 490 Balance: Clence hands: 3202. 4 eee 22 Compositions recewed, USOseece te. es ee 210 Arrears. of Admission-feesr: +). West. bo SEAL f 25 Arrears of Annual Contributions ...... SO ee otaars cs Admission-fées ‘for 1863° .< 2.:222.%62.; SAS bit ee we ve O40 Annual Contributions for 1863, viz.— 250 Resident Fellows ......... £505 11 6 27 Non-Resident Fellows ... 42 10 6 —— O46 Dividends on Consols 45...00.0 6.08. see See ee: Lo2 Publications : Longman and Co., for Sale of Journal in 1862. 47 14 7 Sale of Transactions) ner. so c.s ois acacieie oe 418 4 Sale‘of Journal, Vols) 1-6. 02.2 .25.%05 a6 2. Oris A “ Wolse JU 2iir ina fs Get cca aches 910 0 i; MOS S155 o. ciepalctoridem aps 9 aR LG = VO SU i otea.stornicants Aree 315 6 ” Moles SE gis Save creams nue cere 12 12 10 - MOL AGS Ware a crtaicine c elstaiers 3111 4 . Wools SV9F (1S63) cor cg sone 103 18 3 Sale of Geological. Map? +106 c.g cade ree ok 616" 3 Sale of Library-catalogues .......... 0000 3.15 0 Salerof Onmerod’s) Indextts cf s.'% iors tolo's) wierele 25 gh 4 Sale of Proceedingst.« cc: eisai witercrssscm yes Oh @ — 224 13 8 a — 12 18 7 We have compared the Books and aA Vouchers presented to us with these Z Statements, and find them correct. (Signed) JAMES TED A jee £2091 17 3 ALFRED TYLOR, Jan. 30, 1864. * Due from Messrs. Longman and Co., in addition to the above, on Jourmal,’Vol. XUX. 9 Sc@scrmegree tes stan ote alee as, fees £59 Due from Fellows for Journal-subscription ..........+--++ 35 Balance due from Bequest-fund on expenditure on Map, Library, and Museum ....... «oii shelatathteeisteels « Gialie)aie s- ns iv xieliets a ll melo os XX1X Year ending December 31st, 1863. EXPENDITURE. General Expenditure : Stn, £ 8s d, DN Sees i a Nas oh a Si iui ahohace 2 22.383 EES cc encnaascscesecgacss 32 0 O PEM oe eveocstctuvapen io. of pee BORMGE-FCPANS 665 cise ces cs cesssese 615 0 ee Se Ree oad ween owe ol 17 0 es eee aac hig ov big wes Rad a odin & o ELS ae 9 | Miscellaneous House- expenditure ........ 73 17 5 00 eS a eae 7 ie ae Miscellaneous Printing........-.-+e.eees- 2013 9 Tea for Meetings ..ye. ce see cence cccece 2210 3 —_——._- 266 11 10 Salaries and Wages: Assintamt-Secretary .c.... cw esse cswecece 200 0 0 Mae rien boca napus cs <0 ve aede sm 120 0 0 Library and Museum Assistants .......... 54 8 4 SS eS at tte oa ie eaten cecs a - 90 0 0 DRE oe ee ace ccanse 40° & © Occasional = ey ta REE RS OPS ss 1410 0 RM a hE See ters ks o's uma tee Cac YES EO S 536 810 Library esecevsevti_vueeee2 272 OB PHSsesesveraspess pesetsd 104 8 8 Ne ee BE taiem semis et amaceeta ee. an B IRAE DCC oo yk aa es k-eeedsesccsu «66 100 -O Miscellaneous Scientific Expenses, including Postages.. 38 2 1 Publications : PERMA aca< ae swe oe we wes 2’ ee a oe 5 net GS MONEE naa Wig ob laila Se wio ds wae ae ee 2 Teen CMM Ne ore ose De Winicl om 7116 0 elk Sa oer are 57119 6 ——- *651 17 O Balance at Banker’s, Dec. 31, 1863 .......... seu (ieee Sar & Balance in Clerk’s hands, Dec. 31, 1863 .......... 90 8 8 £2091 17 3 * £72 15s. 3d. of this amount belongs to the expenditure of 1862, being a sum due to Mr. West, omitted in that year’s payments, as per note to 1862 ac- counts.—J. P VOL, XX. d ———~ ae oF F anie : OF . ; VAR aw to veo’ goes ne ef. * ihn wp @ bas eae aa! Ben igs teh A pp ty ae es . FOr ey 2a. be eee wteereoetals A ; Se 44 oki eo a +4 see Sees ae “. 2) + | 6. > 9 chi Ph cece ple «8 6G EBs Paes 29 ; a ide meas aaa ae : La - « id s ~ ad : : - e Be) i a» Gee pe ce ay, is | er a nee ors tere i a oe — =~see b ime _@ee8¢ 946 ’ - } a ; oe ‘ - RF AN nls mpes OS on B= PS eS * a ££ wé oe 3 ares 8 Gee 9’ o9 | ’ - #* a > & J a, Fe , ae — iy z i,m, | deb sae tu iv Fac dae eke Sete ies is 2 Se* aegis quibalanhs t 2 wearers ear f 7 aver sngve ~~ it I 2 err ae" iam ; eh cuca, Pai At ar rerener. Bins thet LEIS —— a ery ri BOR ayer eas . ey 4 es ¥ e - ; - : Se , ® 4 : a PROCEEDINGS AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, 197TH FEBRUARY, 1864. AWARD OF THE Woxttaston MeEpAt. Tae Reports of the Council and of the Committees having been read, the President, Professor A. C. Ramsay, delivered the Wollaston Medal to Sir Roprrtck Murcuison, addressing him as follows :— Sir Roprrick Murcuison,—The accident of your retirement from the Council of this Society last year, as one of its senior Members, has enabled us to bestow on you that honour, which, but for your previously unbroken services on the Council for a period of thirty-two years, would, I well believe, have been conferred on you many years ago. The fame of your great original work on the Silurian System, in which you clearly unrayelled the intricacies of the Lower Paleozoic rocks on the borders of Wales, was already established before I ever set foot in these rooms; and the whole geological world knows how well that fame has been maintained in many books and memoirs, and also in the field, in the development of the geology of European Russia, and last, not least, in the singular revolution you have effected in the classification of the strata of your native High- lands. To meit isa peculiar pleasure, as President, to be accidentally the means of placing in your hands this medal, because I believe it is impossible to place it in hands that have more worthily wielded the hammer ; and, perhaps, on this occasion I may be pardoned for re- calling the memory of a time I well remember, when, of all the geologists of weight, you, Sir, were the first who held out the hand of fellowship to me, a young man, when four-and-twenty years ago I was struggling to enter into the ranks of geologists. Sir RopErick Murcuison replied in the following manner :— Mr. Presipent,—As upwards of forty years have elapsed since I had the good fortune to profit by social intercourse with that eminent d 2 XXXL PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. man, Dr. Wollaston, and as I was deeply indebted to him for sound advice, which has been of use to me through life, and which he then gave toa willing tyro only in science, you can well believe me when I say that the acquisition of the medal which bears his effigy is an honour which, as an English geologist, I deeply prize. I receive this medal, Sir, with feelings of gratitude to the Council and yourself, inasmuch as by your award you have recorded the opinion that by my labours I have established some of those land- marks in our science, the elaboration of which was the main object of Wollaston’s dying bequest. I further especially value it because, in associating me in memory with the great philosopher, it is, at the same time, a testimony that I retain the goodwill of men among whom I have long laboured, and whom it is my pride to have served in bygone times, during five years as Secretary and four years as President. I have only to add, Sir, that my gratification has been much increased by receiving this medal at your hands, whilst I can only attribute the too high estimate you have been pleased to make of my researches and works to the appreciation of a warm friend, AWARD OF THE WoLLASTON DoNATION-FUND. The President then addressed the Foreign Secretary, and said :— Dr. Fatconer, to you I now deliver the balance of the Wollaston Fund, with the request that you will cause it to be conveyed to M. Deshayes, in testimony of the high value this Society has always attributed to his labours, especially in the field of Tertiary palzon- tology, with an expression of hope that this donation may be of some use to him in the further prosecution of his important work on the ‘ Mollusca of the Paris Basin.’ Dr. Fatconerr replied as follows :— Srr,—I have great pleasure in being the medium of communica- ting to M. Deshayes the mark of distinction which the Geological Society has this day, for the third time, conferred upon him by the award of the proceeds of the Wollaston fund. I will make known to M. Deshayes the sustained interest which the Society takes in his researches, which have contributed so importantly to the ad- vancement of our knowledge of the Molluscan fauna of the Paris Basin, and express the hope that this renewed mark of our sympathy may induce M. Deshayes to persevere in laying before the world the latest results of his extended labours. ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXill THE ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, Prorrssor A. C, Ramsay, F.R.S., &e. Before entering on the subject which I have chosen for my An- niversary Address, in accordance with the custom of the Society, I must now read the Obituary Notices of those Members of the Society who had distinguished themselves in the prosecution of our science, and whose deaths were reported to us- between January 1863 and January 1864. Lucas Barrett, Director of the Geological Survey of Jamaica, was born in London, on the 14th November, 1837. He went to school with Mr. P. Aston, at Royston, where he acquired his first love for geology by collecting fossils of the Chalk. Afterwards he was at Uni- versity College School, and in his holidays became a frequent visitor at the British Museum, where he was a great favourite with the naturalists. In 1853-54 he passed a year at Ebersdorff, studying -German and chemistry, and made a geological tour in Bavaria. In 1855 he accompanied Mr. M‘Andrew in a dredging-excursion from the Shetlands to Norway and beyond the Arctic Circle, in which he kept a register of all the operations, after the method of Prof. E. Forbes, and made some good observutions on living Terebratule. In the same year he was elected a Fellow of the Geological Society of London, being the youngest member yet admitted, and was made Curator of the Woodwardian Museum by Professor Sedgwick. In the following spring he went out to Greenland, in the hope of extending his researches in the deep-sea zones. ‘This expedition was attended with considerable hardship and expense; but no record remains, beyond the suites of specimens in the British Museum, at Cambridge, and at Isleworth. In 1857 he made another dredging-cruise with Mr. M‘Andrew to the north coast of Spain, and added considerably to his collection of Radiata, which remains intact, at Cambridge. In these years, 1856-58, he delivered most of the geological lec- tures for Professor Sedgwick, by whose wish he had entered his name and kept one term at Trinity. Very large additions were made to the Cambridge Museum in his time, and he was the discoverer of bones of Birds in the Upper Greensand, and of some new and re- markable forms of Pterodactyle. He also prepared a geological edition of the Ordnance Map of Cambridgeshire, which was published by Macmillan. In March 1859 Mr. Barrett was appointed to the direction of the Geological Survey of Jamaica on the retirement of Mr. Wall, and thus obtained a more extended sphere of occupation for his enter- prising talents. By the following November he had made such pro- gress with the survey of Jamaica as to have finished the first sheet of a geological map, and to send to this Society a notice of the Cre- taceous formations of the island. (Quarterly Journal, vol. xvi. p. 324.) He had ascertained that the copper-bearing slates and purple conglomerates, with their interbedded porphyries and hornblende- SEKI - PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, rocks, which form the axis of the principal range of the Blue Moun- tains of Jamaica, supposed, in accordance with the geology of the period, to be “transition rocks” by Sir Henry de la Beche (Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. ii. p. 148), were really of Cretaceous age, contain- ing the characteristic fossils of the Hippurite-lmestone. He also ascertained that the “ Orbitoidal limestone,” formerly regarded as Carboniferous, was at the base of the Miocene series; and from the newest part of the well-known white Miocene limestone he obtained 71 Shells and several Corals, afterwards examined by Mr. H. Moore and Dr. Duncan, the results of which are printed in our Journal. T am informed that, in his letters, Mr. Barrett gave many valuable details respecting the newest Tertiary strata (Pliocene) of Jamaica ; and that he might the better understand their relations, he com- menced to dredge the neighbouring sea-bottoms in from 15 to 150 fathoms and upwards, in which he found about 100 species of minute shells similar to those that have been found at similar depths on the coasts of Norway, Japan, and in the Aigean Sea. It would be out of place here to give a list of these forms; but I have been told by Mr. 8. Woodward that from them he “ acquired the belief that 9-10ths or perhaps 99-100ths of the sea-bed, viz. the whole area beyond the 100-fathom line, constitutes a single nearly uniform province all over the world.” There still remained for Mr. Barrett the region of the coral-reefs, which eannot be explored with the dredge, and there he expected to find the living representatives of the fossils described by Mr. Moore and Dr. Duncan. In 1862 Mr. Barrett was in England as one of the Commissioners from Jamaica to the International Exhi- bition ; and on his return to Jamaica in the same year, he took with him a diving-apparatus to enable him personally to explore the reefs. Having once gone down safely and successfully in shallow water, he would not wait for the assistance of his friends; and set out on the 19th of December, attended by a negro crew and servants, to the coral-reefs outside Port Royal. At some distance from the land he descended into deep water, provided with 100 feet of air-tubing, and holding the “life-line” only in his hand; and after the lapse of more than half an hour he floated to the surface, but no longer alive. Thus unhappily perished Mr. Barrett, a victim to his own enthusiasm, at the early age of 25. ‘To these sorrowful details I may add that Mr. Barrett was married only a few days before his first voyage to Jamaica; and he has left one child, Arthur, whom he never saw, and who was born at Cambridge, in January 1863, after his own untimely end. He was the author of eleven memoirs on geological and zoological subjects, chiefly published in the ‘ Annals of Natural History ’ and in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society.’ Though not at any time actively engaged in geological science, the Society has lost by the death of the venerable Mareuis oF LanbspowneE, one whose capacious understanding and great accom- plishments induced a, corresponding sympathy with almost every ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT, XXXV branch of human knowledge. I have often been struck with the vigorous manner in which, conversing with men of science, he used to master all the salient points connected with any new discovery or adaptation to new purposes of an old one. Eager, earnest, and simple in his demeanour, without affectation or show of needless patronage, every one he conversed with felt not only at his ease, but, however eminent, that he was also in the society of his intel- lectual equal; and the manly independence of his character was never more strikingly manifested than in a circumstance mentioned by Sir Roderick Murchison in his Anniversary Address of last year to the Geographical Society, in which he states, “‘ when all his friends in the Government had, as his co-Trustees, come to the conclusion that it was expedient to break up the British Museum by severing from it its natural-history contents, Lord Lansdowne, then in the last year of his valuable life, qualified his unwilling assent in a letter, expressing his regret that an adequate expenditure could not have been obtained to keep united those memorials of art, letters, and science in the one great and unrivalled national repository which he had so long admired.” By the death of Mr. Jonn Taytor, which took place on Easter Monday last, in his 84th year, we have lost one of our oldest Fellows— one whose long and useful career has for more than half a century been associated with the objects and the actual working of our Society. Mr. Taylor joined the first founders of our body in 1807, and filled the responsible office of Treasurer from 1816 to 1843, contriving to devote to our interests no small portion of his time, which during that period was closely occupied by the charge of numerous and great undertakings in British and foreign mining- districts. Born at Norwich, and exhibiting as a boy a strong inclination for scientific pursuits, Mr. Taylor was introduced to the mines of the west by the accident of being taken by some intimate friends to visit the copper-mine of Wheal Friendship, near Tavistock. On this occasion his aptness and energy led to a proposal from the share- holders, in accordance with which, at the age of 19, he was installed there as superintendent, with the special object of reforming abuses which had crept into the administration. His judgment, upright- ness, and firm but considerate management of the men under his charge soon achieved success, and within the next few years he was entrusted with the conduct of other enterprises, especially of the ancient tin-mine called Drakewalls, on the Cornish side of the Tamar, and of the construction of a canal from Tavistock to the same river, which had to be carried by a long tunnel through Morewell Down, the various difficulties of which, in a branch of engineering then so little practised, were all to be overcome by his own ingenuity and perseverance. A description of this work was written by Mr. Taylor for our ‘ Transactions’ (1st ser. vol. iv. p. 146), shortly after he had contributed another paper “‘ On the Economy of the Mines of Corn- wall and Devon” (vol. ii. p. 308). XXXV1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Until the year 1812, Mr. Taylor continued to reside at Tavistock, occupied with the introduction of arrangements tending to the well- being of the miners, and with improvements in the machinery. He was on intimate terms with the group of remarkable men who were at that time perfecting the Cornish pumping-engine and its boilers ; and he was among the first to appreciate and apply every invention for avoiding accidents, and increasing the “ duty” of the steam- engine. Moreover, Wheal Friendship, contiguous to the abundant streams of Dartmoor, offered a fine field for the application of hydraulic power; and, under the fostering care of Mr. Taylor, it became, as it is still, the most notable among our western mines for its powerful water-wheels. Meanwhile his unswerving rectitude and cheerful benevolence, of which his features were an index, had endeared him alike to the employers and employed; and rendered it feasible (for him) after several years passed in London in chemical investigations, to launch undertakings of a far greater calibre. He had proved himself a skilful engineer, a wise manager, and a judi- cious miner; and in 1819 he succeeded in conjoining a number of mines in Gwennap, under the name of the Great Consolidated Mines, into a vast concern, for many years the largest and most profitable mine in the world. In 1824, led by the popular enthu- siasm for the Spanish American Republics, and by Von Humboldt’s favourable report of the prospects of the silver-mine, he undertook the direction of speculations on a large scale in Mexico, where the attempt to introduce English machinery and methods, coupled with the difficulty of ensuring good management at so great a distance and with so peculiar a native race, formed no ordinary obstacles to suecess. He had become famous as an administrator, and, placed at the head of a profession which he had in fact originated, he directed from his London offices, with the aid of his sons and carefully selected captains, mining-adventures in all parts of the globe. Trusted and beloved as he was by men of mark both in the scientific and commercial world, he had only to recommend a pro- ject, and a party of his friends would at once prepare the necessary capital. Nor is it unsatisfactory to find that, in despite of occasional heavy losses, inseparable from the nature of the work, the average results were, on tabulating the experience of forty-five years, highly remunerative. In 1825 Mr. Taylor became a Fellow of the Royal Society, and five years later was one of the first promoters of the British Associa- tion, of which body he was appointed Treasurer and Trustee. To its volume of Reports for 1833 he contributed a valuable and laborious Report on the state of knowledge respecting mineral veins, The liberal bent of his mind induced him also to become an active promoter of the London University College, where he fulfilled the duty of Treasurer for many years. Besides contributing several papers to our ‘Transactions’ and ‘ Proceedings,’ and to those of the British Association, Mr. Taylor laboured in other directions to place on a scientific basis the practice ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXVI of mining, which at his first entry into life was palpably defective at many points. He commenced in the ‘ Records of Mining,’ in 1829, what he hoped would command the attention of the public as a standard periodical for mining and metallurgy; and in the first and only part which appeared he inserted a sensible and well-considered treatise on the education of miners and the proposed establishment of a school in Cornwall. With the same end in view of advancing knowledge, and thereby of furthering the commercial prosperity of those classes in which he was especiaily interested, he collected and published statistics during a period when scarcely any public record of our mineral produce existed, and contributed important aid to the collection of those valuable Returns which are now annually edited by Mr. Hunt at the Museum of Practical Geology. It was in great part Mr. Taylor’s thirst for knowledge and desire to extend it, coupled with his mental activity, his honour, and thoroughly tolerant spirit, that enabled him so successfully to form arrangements for working mines amid the most various populations. His name was thus well known in Spain, France, and Portugal, in the United States, Mexico, and Cuba, in Australia and California ; and it may confidently be said that whoever in these countries, Englishman or native, was acquainted with him will have felt that the death of John Taylor has taken from him a friend. Mr. Samvet Pracr Pratt, F.R.S., F.L.S., was born on the 6th of November, 1789, and was educated at Mr. Clarke’s school at En- field. At Tottenham, where he resided with his parents, he was well known in youth for his great eagerness in the pursuit of the physical sciences, rising before dawn in winter and at daylight in summer to devote himself to his favourite studies. In this manner he took up successively chemistry, botany, mineralogy, astronomy, natural philosophy, and geology. I am told, by one who knew him well, that he first turned his attention to the last-named science in 1812. In 1823 he went to reside at Bath, where he remained about sixteen years, during which period he was an active member of the Bath Literary Institution. In 1829 he was elected a Fellow of this Society, and in 1831 he read a memoir, published in our ‘ Transactions,’ ‘“ On the Existence of Anoplotherium and Paleotherium in the Lower Freshwater Formation at Binstead, near Ryde, in the Isle of Wight;” and in June 1833 he contributed a paper “‘ On the Osseous Caves of Santo Ciro,” near Palermo, in which he showed, from the boring of Jitho- domus, that the country had undergone recent elevation subsequent to the Mediterranean being inhabited by existing species; and also, in common with Dr. Turnbull Christie, who had observed the same phenomena in 1831, he notices the occurrence in the cave of bones of Hippopotami, teeth of Elephants, and other Mammalia. In 1843 Mr. Pratt read a memoir ‘‘ On the Geology of the neigh- bourhood of Bayonne.” In 1852 he again gave an important memoir to the Society “On the Geology of Catalonia,” in which he described a series of forma- OO Eee EE — XXXVill PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. tions all highly disturbed and associated with bosses of granite. They range from certain schistose beds beneath the Carboniferous limestone, through Oolitic, up to Eocene and Miocene strata; and in this memoir Mr. Pratt corrected some grave errors inserted in the French map of the district. In 1837 Mr. Pratt gave “A Description of the Geological Character of the coast of Normandy,” in which he corrected some of the views previously published by De la Beche and Elie de Beaumont, and de- scribed with great accuracy the strata ranging between the Lias and the Chalk Marl, which he showed are the true equivalents, some- what modified, of similar strata in England. Several other memoirs were contributed to this Society, all of considerable value; and one on the coal-deposits of the Asturias to the British Association in 1845, in which he shows that the coal of the district is of true Carboniferous age, and that beneath it are several remarkable beds of hematite, one of pure unmixed ore 50 feet in thickness. Mr. Pratt was also well known to the Geological Society of France, to which body he communicated memoirs, It must still be fresh in the minds of many Fellows of the Society that we were much indebted to Mr. Pratt for various contributions to the Museum; among others, a collection of Catalonian fossils, and a quantity of Mammalian bones from the caves of Palermo. Also, in conjunction with the late Mr. Daniel Sharpe, he devoted great time and labour to the arrangement of a vast accumulation of specimens of rocks and fossils, both foreign and British. Mr. Pratt also, un- assisted, revised the collection of minerals in the Museum; and, indeed, until a few years ago, when his health gave way, Mr. Pratt, known and respected in the Council-room, in the Museum, and at the evening-meetings, was esteemed by all as an able and zealous Member of the Geological Society. He died last year, at the age of 75. ErzHarD Mrrscueriicu, the eminent Professor of Chemistry at the University of Berlin, was born on the 7th of January, 1794, at Neuende, near Jever, in East Friesland, where his father was pastor. Here he studied under the historian Schlosser, with whom he went to Frankfort. In 1811 he went to Heidelberg and afterwards to Paris, devoting his attention to the study of history and philology. In 1818 his pursuits took a different direction, and at Berlin he gave himself wholly to the study of the natural sciences, and especially of chemistry. In the last-named science, in 1820 and 1822, he speedily rendered his name famous by his memoirs in the ‘Annals of Chemistry and Physics,’ “‘On the relation existing between erys- talline form and chemical proportions.” In other words, he dis- covered the law of isomorphism. By this law he first showed that the crystalline form of compound bodies is in relation to the nature of their components and the weight of their equivalents; so that in numerous compound bodies, by virtue of analogies of composition, one of the principal components may be replaced by another without ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. XXXIX- the minerals undergoing any change in their outward form; and this discovery was rendered complete by a second, namely, by that of dimorphism, in which he showed that sulphur has the property of crystallizing under different conditions in two dissimilar forms. Berzelius, thoroughly appreciating the value of these discoveries, invited the young chemist to Stockholm, where in the laboratory of the great Swede he spent two years; and on his return to Germany in 1822 he was appointed Professor of Chemistry at Berlin, and elected a member of the Berlin Academy of Sciences. Occupied much with erystallography, he greatly improved the goniometer, and thus overcame certain objections to his law of isomorphism, proving that the inequalities in the corresponding angles of certain crystals are not greater in the isomorphous forms than in many of those that possess even the same chemical composition. The researches of Professor Mitscherlich on artificial crystals threw much new light on the formation of natural crystals. He also made observations on the points of fusion of rocks by heat, and published memoirs ‘On the volcanic phenomena of the Eifel” and ‘On the occurrence of boulders of granite and porphyry on the higher Apennines, near Naples,” &c. He also published a celebrated manual of chemistry, which went into a 5th edition in 1856. In 1828 the Royal Society of London elected him one of its foreign members, and in 1829 awarded him the Royal Medal for his discoveries in crystallography ; and in 1832 he was elected a foreign member of this Society. In 1852 he was elected one of the few foreign Associates of the Imperial Academy of Sciences of the Insti- tute of France. He died at Berlin in 1863, at the age of 69. Though contrary to our custom, I may be pardoned for alluding to the death of a gentleman who was not a member of our Society, but who contributed several important papers to our Journal. The Rey. SrepHen Histor was born at Dunse, in Berwickshire, on the 8th of September, 1817. After passing through the schools of his native village, he attended the Universities of Glasgow and Edinburgh, completing his theological studies at the New College in the latter city. He went out as a missionary to Nagpore, in Central India, during the latter part of 1844. From his youth up he had always given more or less attention to geology; but it was not until the seventh year of his residence in India that he commenced the series of researches which terminated only with his death. When walking with his colleague in June 1851, about two miles from Nagpore, he unexpectedly came upon a specimen of the Physa Prinsepii. He was aware that this and a few other Tertiary mol- luses, sometimes associated with silicified wood, had been detected by Dr. Malcolmson, Dr. Spilsbury, and others, in various parts of Central India; but, so far as he knew, the occurrence of fossils in the immediate vicinity of Ndgpore itself had not previously been suspected. From this period, whatever leisure remained to Mr. Hislop, after the satisfactory discharge of his professional duties, was given to geology. Various military friends joined in the xl PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. inquiry ; mission-tours were turned to good account; and a series of remarkable discoveries was the speedy result. Between one and two years subsequently, Mr. Hislop sent to the Bombay branch of the Royal Asiatic Society a brief paper on the Nagpore researches, which was printed in that Society’s Journal for July 1853. After- wards, in conjunction with the Rev. R. Hunter, his fellow labourer, he transmitted a paper to the Geological Society of London, which was read on June 21st, 1854, and published in the Quarterly Journal for August 1855. Several supplementary papers followed from the pen of Mr. Hislop, of which the most important was a description by himself, when he was in this country on sick-leave, of the Nagpore Tertiary Shells. Professor Owen described and named a Labyrintho- dont Reptile from the Nagpore collection—the Brachyops laticeps. Professor T. Rupert Jones drew out a brief memoir on the Cyprides. Andrew Murray, Esq., F.R.S.E., took up the subject of the Insect- remains. Sir Charles Bunbury, Bart., described the older series of fossil Plants which had been deemed Oolitic, but which still require further research to determine their precise date. The Rey. Pro- fessor Haughton, F.R.S., detected in the Nagpore collection two new minerals, one of which he designated Hislopite. The newer, or Tertiary series of Plant-relics, with some recently discovered Repti- lian remains and other fossils, have still to be described. Mr. Hislop can, however, now no more give assistance in Central Indian research. On the 4th of September last he was drowned, about twenty miles south of Nagpore, while attempting, after dark, to cross the flooded backwater of a river. When thus unexpectedly cut off, he was in the full vigour of his strength, physical and mental, being no more than 46 years old. The contribution for his widow and four orphan children of more than £3000, of which sum about £2000 was raised in India, is an emphatic testimony on the part of the public that the deceased missionary had faithfully discharged the responsible trust confided to him, while yet finding time to advance the interests of his favourite science in no inconsiderable degree. At the close of my Anniversary Address of last year, I said that I might probably return to the subject on a future occasion; and an opinion haying been expressed by some of my friends that a continuation of the investigation applied to the Secondary Forma- tions would be acceptable, J have determined on this occasion to discuss Tue BREAKS IN SuccEssION OF THE BririsH Mesozoic SrraTa. In the previous Address I showed that, in Britain, between the Laurentian gneiss and the Permian strata there are ten physical breaks, or, in other words, unconformities repeated ten times; and each of theseégcases is accompanied by a sudden and remarkable change of fossils, sometimes in the genera, and always in the species, so much so indeed that sometimes the change in species is altogether or nearly complete. I further connected these interruptions of the ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xli continuity of life and the coincident stratigraphical breaks in this way, namely, that they are probably a necessary accompaniment of the influences that produced the change of species, especially if we adopt the view of descent with modification, in so far that the gaps in the geological series of formations indicated by the unconformities, or, in other words, the missing records of palzeozoic time are possibly, and I believe probably, much longer than those of which the various ex- isting Paleozoic formations of Great Britain bear witness. I shall now endeavour to discover how far and in what manner the same kind of reasoning is applicable to the Secondary strata; but before entering fairly on the subject, I must make a few remarks on some points relating to the Paleozoic formations, which are, in my opinion, intimately connected with the newer phase of life of the Mesozoic epoch. Commencement of the Prevalence of Secondary Genera in Carbo- niferous times.—First, then, if we examine all the Paleozoic fossili- ferous formations in the British series, it is evident that there is towards the end a state of things showing, as it were, an approxima- tion to the peculiar grouping that is characteristic of Mesozoic life. Thus, if we take the bivalve Shells, the Gasteropoda, and the Cepha- lopoda as tests, we roughly find the proportions given in the Table on the next page. From the Table, it is evident that, massing the individual forma- tions and ignoring the finer subdivisions, from Lower Silurian to Devonian times, the Lamellibranchiate Mollusks, though equal to or more numerous generically than the Brachiopoda, are much less nu- merous in species, and the excess of the latter in Upper Silurian times is, perhaps, not greater than we might expect from local circumstances. The same kind of remark applies to the Brachiopoda ; but while in the Lower Silurian beds the Lamellibranchiata are to the Brachiopoda as 2 to 5, in the Upper Silurian the proportions approximate to 3 of the former to 4 of the latter; while in the De- vonian rocks the proportions are very nearly the same as in the Lower Sunrian. It is worthy of remark that the Devonian grouping of bivalves thus approaches closely to that of the Silurian rocks, and is in this very far removed from the Carboniferous grouping*. When we compare theCarboniferous bivalve-fauna with the more ancient palzo- zoic formations, and specially with the Devonian, we find the propor- tions of Lamellibranchiate mollusks to the Brachiopoda suddenly re- versed, the former being in the proportion of nearly 7 to 3 of the latter. Indeed it may be said that, while individually, as specimens, the Car- boniferous Brachiopoda generally outnumber the Lamellibranchiata, the latter, as species, more than double the former. In the scanty and imperfect fauna of the Permian beds an analogous development is found ; and in both formations the outnumbering of the Brachiopoda by the Lamellibranchiata strongly points towards the marvellous decline of the one class and the great development of the other in * More closely analyzed, the Marwood beds form one of the links between true Devonian and true Carboniferous, but their fossils are much closer to the Carboniferous than to the Devonian type, OLT | &T 9¢6 | 9¢ SLL | Sb | SSL | er |'°°**** ” smosoujorp LEI; 9 eco Bo 4 9c" ee. eee ES "* $091790 ogi | F FOI | 98 | OL Se). Wea eae FS eS ae bi 0 0 ee. |} 16 | 06 | St | st | @— |° 7° (qsrmmg) womoy B *(goysun]{) 9 es 9 G i SI ‘ id oo spoq UBISSES) JUTBG 5 Grarconcep) 2 68 9 €&1 | &3 | 89 GT G9 S | Spoge UvIssBy 4UTLY 5 91 v 69 6L -| && II te: eaten WTPYOPSVF, . fe 4 1 OS 1 OF 9 Se co eet ofS eS ee ee wero g S EOE ad, G8 | Fr | 99T | SE STL l= ee ae SMOTOFTUOGI/) =| Sv S LY 61 0€ 9T PAI Sn So eo UBIUOAS(T - Tae 2 9-1 0G | 66°) ft | stele & wermpig toddy = LE S IF GT €3 OT ST G WELMYIG 1OMOT : ‘soroodg | "B19 || -soroadg | “eaouo "sotoodg =| B99) || -satoadyg | ‘erate sopoodg “BIOUOX) | ‘Sotoodg | *w.19TI0-4) lls aa ee aoe a eee rele Ares ee 8 erred erred “spodoreydog ‘epodo.yseg ‘epodonpor.tgy ae ere ¢ [i - “e{BIOUBAq TT [OULeT "syv0dT $N0990}01) PUD UDUNIY LaMO'T AY) UdIMZ2g SuONMUL.LOT ayy ur epodoyeydoy pun ‘epodosoysey “eyetgouvaqryjouey ‘epodoryppeag fo suaqunu saynsnduon ay2 bumoyy *[ LTAV, ii ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xiii mesozoic times. The same inference may be eyen more specially and strongly drawn in the great development of the order Mono- myaria in Carboniferous times. With respect to the Gasteropoda I am not so confident, and yet I think it probable that the same argument might be applied to them ; and there is little doubt that it may be used with safety in reference to the Cephalopoda. In Lower and Upper Silurian and Devonian strata the proportions, with some changes of genera, are not very different, ranging (say) from 37 to 50 species; but, suddenly, in the 7 genera and 137 species of the Carboniferous rocks we have an approximation to the vast development of Cephalopodous life in secondary times, and the resemblance is strengthened by the large proportion of Nautili and Goniatites, one a prevalent secondary genus, and the other closely allied to Ceratites and the Ammonites. In some respects, therefore, the later paleozoic stages in their forms of life are clearly leading, as it were, up to secondary times, and closely foreshadow their advent. Secondary Formations. New Red Sandstone series—I now come to the secondary strata themselves. Every geologist knows the thorough stratigraphical break between the paleozoic and mesozoic rocks that marks the commencement of the New Red Sandstone in England, so complete, indeed, that, from Devonshire to Yorkshire, some part or other of that great formation lies as it were at random on almost every principal member of the palozoic series; in Charnwood Forest, for instance, on so-called Cambrian rocks, in Gloucestershire on Silurian, in Devonshire and South Wales on De- yonian strata, in Somerset and Derbyshire on Carboniferous beds, and in Warwickshire and Staffordshire, Shropshire, Lancashire, Derbyshire, and Yorkshire, on all parts of the Permian rocks from the equivalents of the Rothliegende up to a high stratum of the Magnesian Limestone. The New Red series consists, in England, of the following sub- divisions— Kossen or Westbury beds, Keuper New Red marl with streaks of sandstone, White and brown sandstone and marl; Upper variegated sandstone, Bunter + Conglomerate or pebble-beds, Lower variegated sandstone ; and in no part of England is there any symptom of a passage from Permian into the lowermost New Red Sandstone strata; for in York- shire and Derbyshire, where they lie apparently at the same angle, the lower variegated sandstone is absent, and the second member, the pebble-beds, lies on the incompleted Magnesian-limestone series ; in South Staffordshire the same pebble-beds lie on the middle part of the Rothliegende, or what I consider the ice-drifted erratic boul- der-beds; while further west, skirting the older formations from Worcestershire to Flintshire, the lower variegated sandstones (the lowermost English Bunter beds) lie on Permian strata, sometimes above the boulder-beds and sometimes below, until finally they in- xliv PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. trude on the Coal-measures. The Werbance, contortion, partial upheaval into land, and vast denudations which the palozoic rocks underwent before and during the deposition of the New Red Sand- stone in the west of Europe is so well known that I need not enlarge upon it; and, on the principles advocated in last year’s Address, there is every reason, in the enormous lapse of time indi- cated by this vast denudation and unconformity, why it should be accompanied by the wonderful generic changes and total change of species that mark the sudden lapse from palzeozoic to mesozoic time. St. Cassian and Késsen beds.—But in our country we have no certain relics of common marine life in the New Red Sandstone to compare with those*of the underlying paleozoic formations, and therefore I must transgress a little from the rule I imposed on my- self last year, and give a brief sketch of the leading differences be- tween the upper paleeozoic marine molluscous faunas and those of the St. Cassian and Kossen beds, well known to be largely developed in the Italian and Bavarian Alps, but the former of which has no representative in England. As nearly as I can make out from consulting the writings of Giimbel, Escher, Hauer, and others, the order of superposition of these strata is as follows ; and I add what I believe to be their English equivalents :— CoNnTINENTAL. ENeLIsH. 1. Rheetic beds or Késsen beds . . 2. Plattenkalk or Rissoa-beds. . . ieee ae setts 3. Hauptdolomit or Dachstein-beds Sie ao nee 4. Gypsum and Rauhwacke . . .) Keuper marls and sand- 5. Lower Muschelkeuper stones. 6. Lower Keuper limestone . . .J Lower Keuper Sandstone. 7. Letten Keuper or St. Cassian beds 8. Upper and Lower Muschelkalk . >Unrepresented in England. 9. Schwirzlicher Mergelkalk . 10. Bunter Sandstone . . . . . New Red Sandstone. From the foregoing table it is evident that with us, as is well known, the series is so imperfect, that for Nos. 7, 8, and 9, which include the Muschelkalk and St. Cassian beds, we have no terms of comparison with the Continental series. The fossils of the Muschel- kalk, including, according to Bronn, 222 species, are so well known to be species of secondary type, that, were it not for their connexion with the St. Cassian beds, it is scarcely essential to my argument that I should say anything about them. But it is different with the St. Cassian beds. These strata, according to the Austrian and Swiss geologists, lie above the Muschelkalk, and yet the fossils they contain are of a more mixed type, and in part characteristically paleozoic. If we take the lists of Bronn, we find that he gives in all the enor- mous number of 774 species. .Thus, he names 44 species of Amor- phozoa and 8 of Bryozoa. Of Zoophyta he catalogues 36 species, of which 12 belong to paleozoic genera, namely, Syringopora, Astrea, Cyathophyllum, Inthodendron, and Anthophyllum. Of the Echino- dermata there are 52 species, 39 of which are classed as belonging ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT. xlv to the genus Cidaris; but none of the genera are truly palozoic. Of the Brachiopoda there are 45 species and 6 genera, namely, Tere- bratula, Rhynchonella, Spirifer, Orthis, Productus, and Crana. Four of these are essentially of paleozoic types; and the genera Terebratula and Lthynchonella, of which there are 30 species, may be considered as typical of both epochs, although perhaps, as regards mere quan- tity, more common in mesozoic than in paleozoic times. Of the Lamellibranchiate Monomyaria there are 8 genera and 65 species, 2 of these belonging to the palozoic genus Posidonomya; and of 15 genera and 68 species of Dimyaria, 5 of the genera (including 32 species of Mytilus, Modiola, Arca, Nucula, and Myophoria) are both paleozoic and secondary. The only Heteropod, Porcellia, is of a paleozoic genus; and of the 27 genera (some of them doubtful) and 352 species of Gasteropoda, 4 genera, namely, Natica 30 species, Trochus 36 species, Schizostoma 5 species, and Pleurotomaria 46 spe- cies, are both palzeozoic and secondary. Of Cephalopoda there are said to be 6 genera and 89 species, namely, Goniatites 4, Ceratites 1, Ammonites 75, Nautilus 1, Conchorhyn- chus 1, and Orthoceras 7. Two of these genera—Goniatites and Or- thoceras—are essentially paleeozoic forms; the genus Nautilus is of both ages; one, the Conchorhynchus, is peculiar ; and the other two are secondary forms. The few remaining Articulata, Crustacea, and Fish may be said to be secondary forms. The number of species altogether is probably greatly exaggerated; but, supposmg the ex- - aggeration to be about equal in all the classes and genera, the pro- portions would remain about the same; and the result would be that, out of 104 genera, 15 are characteristically paleozoic and 11 are mixed. Thus, out of 774 species, 44 belong to the 15 genera mentioned as characteristically paleeozoic, while the 11 genera that occur both in paleozoic and secondary rocks yield 180 species, perhaps every one of which is confined to the St. Cassian beds. The broad generalization from this is, that 1th of the genera and nearly ith of the species have a common palzozoic facies. Again, if we take Mimster’s determination, we find that he gives a list and drawings of Corals ‘s .. 14 genera, 53 species. Behbimodermaty, 3. 42 Sr Spd. © .», Brachiopoda GRR I oS I Lamellibranchiata.;. 18 ~"), . dave Gasteropoda Sng Oi, 55. ee a a Se AO. yy en Fish . e 2 ie 5 hehe Reptiles .. sé i eee 78 417 Of these, 8 genera and 29 species belong to paleozoic types, and 13 — (including 104 species) are mixed. This gives very nearly jth of the genera and between ;4th and 5.th of the species as belonging to types characteristically palaozoic ; "and of these, accord- VOL, XX, € xlvi PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ing to Miinster’s tables, 12 species of the genera Cyathophyllum, Cala- mopora, Terebratula, Avicula, Capulus, Natica, and Naticella are found both in the Carboniferous rocks and in the Zechstein, If we add the paleeozoic and mixed genera together, and also the species of those genera, we get, according to Bronn, 26 genera in all, out of 104, or ith, and 224 species in all, out of 77 4—less than ard ( > o a oa © ts 9) 1864. | MAW—SEVERN-VALLEY DRIFT. 137 List of Rocks, &c., from the Drift in the Valley of the Severn at Bridgnorth. Llandovery sandstone. Wenlock limestone. Drift coal. Coal-measure rocks and Penneystone ironstone. Carboniferous limestone. Red and grey Permian sandstone. Bunter sandstone. Basalts and greenstones. Red, grey, and white granites. Quartz-rock. Elvan or compact granite-rock, Flints and hard chalk, and A Lias fossil (Gryphea incurva). The composition of the whole of these Severn-Valley gravels is very similar, and only differs in respect of the formation upon which they immediately rest, which always preponderates ; thus, the Bridgnorth drift partakes largely of the components of the New Red Sandstone, especially the beds at Quatford, about two miles below the town, which are almost entirely composed of the detritus of the Bunter sandstone, and contrast strikingly with the tough clays of the Strethill deposit, which I cannot help thinking have been largely derived from the waste of the Coal-measure clays and Wenlock shale in its immediate neighbourhood. The cuttings of the Severn-Valley Railway below Bridgnorth, on the west side of the valley, expose several sections of drift; gravels and sands, containing a few broken fragments of Shells, generally rest on the older formation, and in some places these are again over- lain by a more clayey deposit, which may possibly be related to the clay-beds of the Strethill drift; but as the whole of the drift-beds exhibit so much variety of character, the correlation of their con- stituent strata in different localities is most difficult and uncertain. In describing the strata of Strethill, I mentioned that the larger constituent materials were the same throughout, but that the cha- racter and aspect of the strata differ considerably, the middle beds being composed of unstratified clay, silt, and muddy gravel, whilst the upper and lower strata consist of clean sand and water-worn shingle, evenly stratified, and without the slightest trace of mud. That the whole mass was derived from similar sources appears probable from the identity of the constituent rocks and boulders, and its variety of character and aspect must be attributable to the different circumstances under which its component strata were deposited. The long-continued action of the tide upon a particular level will tend to the removal of all fine matter capable of being held in watery suspension, and leave the coarser particles as clean sand and shingle similar to what we find on our more exposed coasts; and I would suggest that such beds, forming the base and summit of the Strethill drift, may represent periods of comparative cessation in the sub- _ mergence of the land, during which fresh erosion and accession of new materials would be checked, and the débris already accumulated 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Jan. 20, on the coast subjected to the long-continued cleansing action of the waves above described, thus converting it into clean sand and rounded shingle. With regard to drift clay-beds, rapid submergence would con- tinually present fresh points of approach for the eroding waters, and might tend to the accumulation of débris at a greater rate than the finer matters could be cleansed away by repeated tidal action. The Strethill clay-bed, which was probably deposited in deeper water, contains a much larger proportion of angular and unworn fragments than the shingle accompanying the clean sand, and also lumps of soft Wenlock shale, which, had they been subjected to long coast-action, must soon have been broken up. I would submit, therefore, that the alternating strata of Strethill present us with evidence of un- equal or interrupted action in the submergence of the land, in the same way that the Bridgnorth terraces prove an irregularity in the rate of upheaval. I believe that the whole of the drift-strata I have described, ex- cepting, perhaps, the flat valley-alluvium, were deposited in the interval between a single period of depression and re-elevation, but that subsequent oscillations of level, represented by a separate series of drifts of a different character at a lower level, are also evident. The lowest beds of the Shropshire drift are nearly 100 feet above the sea-level; they are,.excepting the flat alluvium bordering the river, exclusively of marine origin, entirely devoid of Mammalian remains, and, considering their immense thickness and range of altitude, their monotonous character and paucity of organic remains contrast strikingly with the drifts of lower levels, such as those of the valleys of the Somme, the Avon, and the lower part of the Severn Valley. All of these, from the smaller scale of their constituent strata and close alternation of marine and freshwater beds, appear to have been the result of less extensive variations of level than that involved in the formation of the Strethill drift, and may have gone on during comparatively short periods within the 100 feet separating the pre- sent sea-level from our lowest Shropshire drift, and subsequently to its last denudation. They would be more essentially valley-drifts than those now described, which belong to an epoch in which nearly the whole land-surface of Great Britain was probably submerged. In the valley about Bridgnorth, and on the terraces of drift before described, there here and there occur large boulders of grey granite, Cambrian slate, Llandovery sandstone, Coal-measure rocks, Car- boniferous limestone, New Red sandstone, New Red conglomerate, Devonian sandstone, and a voleanic rock, probably from N. Wales. They are for the most part subangular, and, although they do not exhibit any well-marked glacial striz, the large weight of some of them (from one to two tons) clearly implies some form of ice- action as a means of transport. These erratic blocks occur sparingly amongst the drift all up the valley to Shrewsbury, but much more abundantly on the higher ground at altitudes of from 400 to 800 feet above the sea, where they are not always accompanied by the ordinary drift. 1864. | MAW—SEVERN-VALLEY DRIFT. 139 On the high ground to the south-west of Bridgnorth, in the direc- tion of Wolverhampton, blocks of grey granite are most abundant; and at Burton, 33 miles to the west of Much Wenlock, a consider- able area of ground, extending from 700 to 800 feet above the sea, is thickly strewn with them, where they are accompanied by a bed of smaller water-worn gravel or shingle, mostly composed of granitic detritus, and having no apparent stratification. The fine matter of this bed is of a loamy character, and the absence of the beds of clean sand occurring at lower levels is noticeable. The local distribution of these boulders is rather remarkable. In. some places, as at Burton, the ground is thickly strewn with them, and, again, at similar elevations over considerable areas they are almost entirely absent. I would suggest that their partial distribution may be accounted for by supposing that they were not merely casually dropped from floating icebergs, but deposited wherever they happened to ground. Otherwise the tendency would be for the low ground, which was longer under water than the higher hills, to receive a larger instead of a smaller proportion of them. The fossils found in the drift-beds, in the determination of which I have been kindly assisted by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys and also by Mr. Etheridge (of the Geological Survey), Dr. Duncan, and Mr. Jenkins, consist of various marine organisms, sparingly distributed, and including fossils from the Silurian, Carboniferous, Liassic, and Chalk formations; and the vertebra of an aquatic Fowl has recently been found in the gravel near Buildwas Abbey, but I do not think it eoeval with the drift. No Mammalian remains have yet been detected. I have endeavoured to ascertain whether any species are peculiar to particular parts of the deposit, but find that, like the rocky consti- tuents, they are indiscriminately distributed through the whole mass of drift, including the clay- and gravel-beds. In the clay the whole of the Shells were exceedingly soft, and difficult to extricate without breaking, and the more perfect examples were obtained from some thin beds of fine gravel immediately over and under it; but, out of several hundred examples, not above six or seven are quite perfect. Of that massive and strong shell, Cyprina Islandica, I have detected nothing but fragments scarcely an inch across, and mostly much smaller. The broken and water-worn condition of these remains would support the idea of their long transit from perhaps northern latitudes ; but the evidence before us of the repeated tearing-up and redeposition of the beds in which they occur would also account for their fragmentary state. Mr. Jeffreys has, in the second volume of his ‘ British Conchology’ (p. 306), offered another explanation of the condition in which Cyprina Jslandica occurs in the Boulder- clay. At the point where the drift-beds rest against the old coast-line of Wenlock shale I made a careful examination of the water-worn surface, with the object of ascertaining if some of the Shells occurred wm situ, but found nothing different from the usual state: all were broken and fragmentary. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 20, Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S., has made out the following species of Shells, &c., from the drift of Strethill :— Inst of Shells, §c., from the Drift at Strethill. Mo.uvsca. (Bivalves.) 1. Anomia ephippium. A single valve, very soft. 2. Ostrea edulis. Some very thick, others thinner and of younger growth. 3. Pecten opercularis. Mostly small fragments. 4. Mytilus edulis. 5. modiolus. 6. Cardium echinatum. he edule. Abundant; some small valves quite perfect. 8. Cyprina Islandica. Small fragments plentiful. 9. Astarte borealis. 10. Venus exoleta. 11 lincta. A very perfect valve. 12. verrucosa. 13. gallina. ; 14. Tellina Balthica, var. solidula. tr ceases several valves perfect and 15 calearia. resh 1n appearance. 16. Psammobia Ferroénsis. Hight or nine fragments. 17. Mactra solida. 18. Mya truncata. A single hinge-fragment. 19. Saxicava rugosa, var. arctica. 20. Pholas crispata. Four fragments. 21. Teredo Norvegica. Part of a tube. ( Univalves.) 22. Dentalium entale. Four or five examples. 23. Trochus magus. umbilicatus. A single broken example of each. cinerarius, var. 26. Littorina litorea. Two or three examples. rudis. One example. 28. Turritella terebra. The most frequent species. 29. Aporrhais pes-pelicani. Three examples. 30. Purpura lapillus. Five or six tolerably perfect examples. 31. Murex erinaceus. Four or five good examples. 32. Nassa reticulata. One example. 33. Buccinum undatum. Two or three examples. 34. Fusus antiquus. Much broken ; one specimen perforated by Cliona celata. 35. Defrancia turricula. Three examples. CIRRIPEDES. 36. Balanus Hameri. 37. porcatus. 38. —— sulcatus. 39 balanoides. ANNELID. 40. Pomatoceros triquetra, on Ostrea edulis. SPONGE. 41. Cliona celata in, Fusus antiquus. Mr. Jeffreys suspects that there may have been some mistake as to Trochus umbilicatus and the variety of 7’. cinerarius, because they 1864. | MAW—SEVERN-VALLEY DRIFT. 141 are both southern forms; and he suggests that they may have been intentionally or accidentally introduced into the railway-cutting, or brought to me with genuine drift-shells; but he also remarks that the other species do not indicate peculiarly arctic conditions. The following species have also been brought me by the navvies, respect- ing the occurrence of which similar doubt exists :—Patella vulgata, very fresh in appearance and covered with Conferva; Meleagrina margaritifera ; Strombus accipitrinus, a West Indian Shell; also fresh-looking specimens of Purpura lapillus, Pecten opercularis, and Cardium edule. The Bridgnorth beds have, up to the present time, afforded but a single specimen of Purpura lapillus, from the gravel-pits behind St. James’s, in addition to a few very small fragments of bivalves in the Severn-Valley railway-cuttings, two miles south of Bridgnorth. In the Buildwas beds, where vast quantities of gravel have been dug for ballasting the Severn-Valley and Wenlock Railways, broken fragments of Shells also occur, including Cyprina, Cardium, Venus, Turritella, and other genera; but, as they have not been examined with the same care as those from the Strethill cutting, a complete list cannot be given. The vegetable remains of the drift-period of the Severn Valley are limited to drift-wood, of which some very small fragments have been detected in the Buildwas gravels ; and a labourer in my employment also informed me that some years ago, when working in the Willey grayel-pits, he came upon a large piece of blackened oak timber. I have recently procured some small specimens from the same locality, and also a small water-worn fragment of yew wood from the Stret- hill clay-bed. A careful examination of the drift has convinced me that the great bulk of the materials of those in the Severn Valley, situated within 300 feet of the sea-level, were certainly of local origin. It will be seen from the list of rocks already given that the principal consti- tuents of the Strethill deposits now occur 7m situ, either close at hand or within three or four miles. A few, such as the Lias- and Chalk-remains, are further removed, and the granite-pebbles and boulders appear to have come 120 miles from the north. At first sight, the presence in the drift of such foreign materials furnishes evidence of long transit; but the actual proof of this is only of a negative character, as we know not how near such formations as the Chalk and Lias originally existed, before the face of the country was subject to that erosion which the deposits of the drift represent. It must be remembered that the mere bulk of a drift-deposit gives but slight evidence of the bulk of eroded strata from which it was derived. We have little evidence to show the proportionate bulk which the gravels bear to the finely triturated matter which would be carried away in watery suspension, or of the extent to which the gravel-beds have been denuded after their first deposition. So that whilst, in the existence of drift between 200 and 300 feet thick, we have strong positive evidence of vast degradation of the older rocks, we see no limit to the extent to which that degradation took place 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Jan. 20, during the deposition of the drift. The more we look into the drift- phenomena, the more convinced are we how very different the contour of the country must have been before the submergence of the land, notwithstanding the probable existence of the present larger river- valleys, and we should hesitate before assigning exact distances for the transit of rocks which now only occur in situ a long way off. Two separate epochs of denudation appear evident,—firstly, that of the denudation of the older formations to supply the materials of the drift, and secondly, after an intervening period of comparative rest, that of the erosion of the drift itself, accompanied by a further de- gradation of the older rocks; for the rounded contour of the knolls of drift occurring at Strethill and Buildwas, as before observed, is quite independent of the stratification of their gravels, and, with the rounded contour of the Wenlock shale and other older forma- tions, appears as though the whole had been eroded together. I would suggest that the first degradation of the older formations took place during the submergence of the land, that the drift-deposits had attained their greatest thickness when the full submergence was accomplished, and that, during the gradual elevation of the land, when its whole surface would have successively again come under erosive action, the drift was gradually denuded with a further degradation of the older formations. It is impossible to compare the numerous outlying patches of drift, the various levels at which they occur, and the great individual thickness of some of the isolated patches, without being convinced of the large proportion that has been removed, compared with what remains. The valley above Ironbridge is shut in by hills rising 500 feet above the present level of the Severn; and as it now contains knolls of drift, upwards of 200 feet high, that have escaped the ero- sive action of the subsiding waters, it appears more than probable that the valley up to and beyond Shrewsbury was at one time (before the second erosion) filled up with a great and even mass of the drift- deposit. The Strethill knoll was evidently not an isolated patch, for at its very summit, 200 feet above the river, it has a level stra- tification quite independent of its rounded outline, and must have extended across the valley, and formed a barrier adjacent to the gorge, between the Silurian ridge of Benthall Edge on the west and Lincoln Hill on the east, through which the Severn slowly ate out its course during the elevation of the land. It is scarcely possible to speculate as to the original consecutive thickness of this deposit ; but I may mention that at Ryden Hill, on the top of Benthall Edge (see fig. 1), not above a mile and a half from the Strethill knoll, a deposit of drift-sand and shingle occurs, 250 feet above the stratified summit of Strethill, with which it is precisely identical in character. That such a vast consecutive thickness as nearly 500 feet once existed of a deposit which now has but a local distribution seems scarcely probable; but as such isolated patches, many of them of considerable bulk, occur on the high land immediately adjacent to the valley, at elevations of from 400 to 550 feet above its present 1864. | MAW—SEVERN-VALLEY DRIFT. 143 bottom, it is easy to understand how such thick masses as that at Strethill might accumulate and fill up the narrow valley. When we reflect on the variety of conditions under which the drift must have been deposited and modified, from the time of the first erosion of the older formations to the present denuded remnants of gravel, we need not be surprised at the variety of aspects it presents. The vast changes of outline of the older rocks involved in merely providing materials for its formation, and the continual changes of outline of land and water resulting from the depression and subse- quent elevation of land, of at least 900 feet, would repeatedly vary the proportion of materials brought under erosive action. When it is remembered that these changes of contour in an island- covered sea, full of narrow and changing channels, would continually vary the force and direction of the eroding currents, that such changes may have greatly varied in neighbouring localities, and that these deposits of débris must, in the subsidence and elevation of the land, have been often torn up and redeposited with different proportions of freshly eroded matter, we shall not wonder at drifts apparently of contemporary deposition presenting in different localities that variety of aspect which renders their comparison so perplexing, and is so notably different from the persistent character of deep-sea deposits. Drift may occur, whether on the present surface of the earth or amongst the older geological formations, wherever denudation has taken place, and must essentially be local in character and irregular in distribution ; it is often dissevered from the finer sedimentary de- posits contemporaneously derived from the degradation of antecedent formations, and probably carried hundreds of miles away into the deepest basins of the ocean. Drift-matter generally implies the existence of an old coast-line. It was seldom accumulated except near the tidal range; and in _ tracing it from low to high ground, we must attribute its wide dis- tribution and range of altitude to the progressive advance or retro- gression of the waters, making successively every part of the land on which it was formed an old sea-border, and bringing it under the erosive action of the waves. We may suppose the gradual advance of the waters, first forming estuaries in our lowest valleys, then creeping up the hill-sides, severing England from Wales, and England into two or three large islands, and then forming the mountain-tops into an archipelago, de- positing a succession of beaches at various levels during its progress ; and possibly the whole land was covered by a widely expanding ocean unmarked by a single mountain-top or islet. From the very large proportion of the débris that has accumulated in our valleys, compared with that on the high ground, we are too apt to picture to ourselves that the valleys were almost exclusively the scene of the submergence that the drift represents. But the lower the level of the old coast-line, the larger was its circuit, and the greater would be the bulk of eroded matter; and in looking for evidence of the presence of the waters at high levels, we must not expect to find the same bulk of drift as in the lowlands, on account 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, of the smaller proportionate mass of land that would be available for their derivation, and the greater facility with which they would be denuded on mountain-tops. It is only surprising that any record whatever has been left of the presence of the waters over the steep mountain-tops, apparently out of the range of any débris excepting that derived from their own mass. We have, however, in the occurrence of drift in North Wales at an altitude of 2300 feet, evidence of a submergence vastly greater in extent than that necessary to produce the drift-phenomena of the Severn and other valleys. Whilst we can have no certain proof of the limit to the extent or duration of the submergence, we may be allowed to conjecture that such phenomena as those developed in the drift of the Upper Severn Valley may have been but compara- tively very short episodes in the history of the oscillation of level in which their deposition and subsequent denudation was included ; the first during the commencement of the submergence, and the second when the present level had been nearly recovered, and the long-sub- merged land and its drift-beds were again appearing above the waters, presenting their surface along successive new coast-lines to the eroding action of the waves, and soon to be repeopled with ter- restrial life. Fesrvary 3, 1864. Charles William Villiers-Bradford, Esq., B.A., of St. Catherine’s College, Cambridge, and Greatham Rectory, Petersfield, was elected a Fellow. The following communication was read :— On the Permtan Rocks of the Nortu-West of Enewann, and theor Extension into Scortanp. By Sir Ropericx I. Murcuison, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., Director-General of the Geological Survey of Great Britain; and Roserr Harxnuss, F.R.S., F.G.S., Professor of Geology, Queen’s College, Cork. Intropuction. By Sir R. I. Murcutson. Tux data which are presented to the Society in the following Memoir have for the most part been established by the researches of my as- sociate, Professor Harkness, whose previous labours* on the same subject are well known to geologists, and who, with one exception, has prepared all the maps and coloured sections which are now ex- — hibited. In the following Memoir, as well as in a brief outline of the same subject communicated by us to the last Meeting of the British Asso- ciation at Newcastle, we propound that which is, in truth, a new view of the aggregate of the component parts of the Permian Group in Britain. By this arrangement we place these rocks in direct * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xviii. p. 206. 1864. | MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN. 145 correlation with their equivalents in Russia and Germany—the regions in which they are most expanded, and to their arrangement in which I first called attention*. This novel feature in British classification is the absolute connexion with the Zechstein (Magnesian Limestone) or its equivalents, of great masses of superposed red sand- stones, which, in the north-west of England, we propose to remove from the New Red Sandstone or Trias, to which they have hitherto been assigned, as we consider them, on the contrary, to be the natural upper limit of the paleozoic deposits. In this way, we affirm that the tripartite arrangement which I insisted on some years ago as existing in parts of Germany—of a Lower Sandstone or Roth- legende, a central limestone or Zechstein, and a connected superior sandstone—is clearly developed in the counties of Westmoreland, Cumberland, and Lancashire. As this arrangement involves a con- siderable change in all previous geological maps, I now present a new edition of my little general map of England and Wales, in which this new delimitation in the north-west of England is given. It is with great satisfaction that I state, that the conviction of my colleague and self upon this point has been also arrived at by the independent researches of our friend Mr. EK. W. Binney, who, more than any one of our countrymen, has vigorously and ably explored and brought into order the Permian rocks of the north-west of England, and has also followed out their relations into Dumfriesshire and the adjacent parts of Scotlandt. Incredulous, in the first instance, as he has himself assured me, regarding the natural connexion in Britain between the Upper Sandstone above alluded to and those fossiliferous shales near Manchester that represent the Magnesian Limestone, he has no longer any doubt that, and entirely coincides with us in considering, the sandstones of St. Bees Head, Corby, and other places described in this Memoir, as the upper member of the Permian group. In the following pages we indicate how ee the Permian rocks of the north-west of England differ in lithological details from the deposits of the same age in the north-eastern parts of our country, or opposite flank of the Pennine chain—the tract which, on account of the large spread of Magnesian Limestone, and the presence of nu- merous fossils, has naturally been considered typical of this portion of the geological series; particularly after the masterly description of it by Professor Sedgwick, in the third volume (2nd Series) of the Geological Transactions. At the period when Professor Sedgwick wrote, the western side of the Permian chain had been comparatively little explored ; but he well described the correct mineral character and characteristic fossils of these rocks, particularly in the eastern counties, where he has since been followed by the valuable contributions of King, Howse, and Kirkby. * oe Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 81, and ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. pp. 325 to 34 t See the various Memoirs of Mr. Binney in Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc., and Trans. Geol. Soc. of Manchester. VOR. XX.——PART Fe : L 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. (Feb. 3, Even in the western region, to which we now invite attention, Pro- fessor Sedgwick showed the existence of equivalents of the eastern Magnesian Limestone at St. Bees Head and in Furness, though he did not propose to unite, as we do, the lower and the upper Red Sandstones in the same natural group; on the contrary, the upper sandstone (the Upper Permian or St. Bees Sandstone of our Memoir) has been left to this day in all maps as the New Red or Bunter Sandstone. The transference of the sandstones of St. Bees and Corby to the Permian group is, we grant, not founded on any evidence of a con- tinuation of a similar type of a fossil Fauna or Flora. We base our conclusions on the evidence afforded by clear and unmistakeable sections, which show that these upper sandstones are connected with the lower sandstone or Rothliegende through the intervention of the Magnesian Limestone or its equivalent, and that, thus united, all these strata, from the base to the summit, form a continuous series. In truth, the central or calcareous member has alone as yet proved to be really fossiliferous ; certain footsteps only having been observed in the lower sandstone. Turning to the consideration of the Continental equivalents of these rocks, let me say, that, in exploring Russia, I was led, by com- paring the rocks of this age with those of Britain and Germany, to dwell upon the highly diversified or protean characters of these de- posits. J observed that, in the vast regions around the large ancient kingdom of Permia, the lithological distribution was very different from that of synchronous deposits in Germany and Britain, and yet I saw that the age of the strata was clearly proved by order of super- position, and by imbedded fossils distinct from those of the Carbo- niferous rocks below and those of the Trias above. My several researches in Germany having strengthened the con- viction, as expressed in the second edition of ‘ Siluria, and in a Memoir offered last year to this Society, it has given me great satis- faction to examine, in company with Professor Harkness, all the chief localities to which we allude, and to convince myself that these British sections fairly sustain the conclusions at which I had ar- rived by the survey of foreign tracts. The exploration of last summer, following upon previous examination of the fossiliferous Permian shales near Manchester, as well as my old inference that the south-western Scottish or Dumfriesshire red sandstones were of Permian age, haye completely satisfied me that, notwithstanding their very striking lithological dissimilarity, the magnesian strata to the east of the Permian chain, and the red sandstones to the west of it, are truly synchronous groups. Again, in the sandstones of the east and west of England the distinction is most striking. Thus, whilst, according to Sedgwick and all his successors, inciuding myself, the incoherent yellow sandstone of Durham is a true though poor representative of the Rothliegende of the Germans, this rock has not the remotest resemblance to the red sandstones and con- glomerates which occupy the same place in the series in our own north-western tract. Even on the eastern side of the island the changeful nature of this Lower Permian Sandstone has been specially pointed out by myself. For the very same strata beneath the Mag- 1864.] “MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN. 147 nesian Limestone, which on the banks of the Wear, in Durham, are soft yellow sandstone, become on the banks of the Nid, in Yorkshire, and west of Knaresborough a pebbly brownish-red and white con- glomerate, which closely resembles the Rothliegende of Germany*. With this vast dissimilarity in the lithological development of rocks of this age in our own island, we need not wonder if we find still greater diversities prevailing when we follow these deposits into Germany and Russia. In the first of these countries the lower member of the group (Rothliegende) has been abundantly trans- posed by igneous eruptions, which have swollen it out and produced many modifications of original structuret. Again, in Russia, though igneous rocks are not abundant in these deposits, considerable mineral changes have been effected in them,—hot:springs, sulphureous va- pours, the transformation on a grand scale of cliffs of carbonate of lime into gypsum, and the diffusion of rock-salt and copper ores are abundantly displayed. Now, although in England no clear evidences of the outburst of those eruptive rocks, or of those signs of powerful chemical action which characterize the foreign Permian rocks, have hitherto been adduced, we bring before our associates that which we consider to be a clear proof that the hematite or valuable kidney iron-ore of Cumberland and Lancashire was formed in the early accumulation of the Permian deposits ; or, in other words, that that period com- menced in the north-west of England with the formation of this ore. Whether this substance resulted from the deposit of hot springs or otherwise, we therefore regard it as one of the signs of that intense chemical agency of which the Permian rocks of the Continent offer so many proofs. As great doubts have prevailed concerning the age of this hematite, which occurs in the abraded cavities of the Car- boniferous Limestone, we consider ourselves fortunate in being able to show its absolute connexion with the Permian breccia or conglo- merate, and thus to sustain a sagacious suggestion of Professor Phillips, that such might prove to be the age of this hematitet. If it be asked whether the Trias has disappeared altogether in this north-western region, we can only say, that there are sandstones and red and green marls in the environs of Carlisle, superior to our Permian rocks, which we refer to that group; and Mr. Binney, who has also examined this area, has shown that Liassic strata occur in the flat district south of the Solway Firth. In this Introduction I would remind my associates, that the evi- dences of a tripartite arrangement of the Permian group, that is, of lower and upper sandstones, and an intermediate limestone, or its fossiliferous equivalent, which we show to exist in England, enable us to correlate our British deposits of this age with the formations I have examined over extensive foreign tracts, and they demonstrate the inapplicability of the term Dyas to this group. * See ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 348. t See my last Memoir on the Permian Rocks of North-eastern Bohemia, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 297. { See Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1858, Trans. Sect. p. 106. L2 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, ~The more the variable lithological development of these rocks in different countries is established, the more I venture to think that the term Permian, as taken from by far the largest region occupied by these rocks, will be approved, whenever it is applied to deposits which, however changeful in lithological arrangement and composi- tion, are characterized, particularly in their central or calcareous portion, by those organic remains which pertain to the youngest member of the palzeozoic series,—the strata of which are as clearly separated from the Carboniferous rocks beneath as from the New Red or Triassic rocks above them. In the Memoir which follows, the different members of these Permian rocks will be described in ascending order, commencing with the Lower Red Sandstone or Rothliegende, which immediately overlies many of our coal-fields. ContTENTS. 1. Lower Permian, or Penrith Sandstones. a. The Valley of the Eden. 6. Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven. c. Furness area. d. Hezematite in the Lower Permians. e. Lower Permians of Scotland. 2. Middle Permian, or Magnesian Limestone. a. Valley of the Eden. 6. Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven. c. Furness area. 3. “Hard Brockram” of Kirkby Stephen. 4, Upper Permian. a. Valley of the Eden, and Corby. b. St. Bees Head. c. Furness area. . Triassic strata west of Carlisle. . Dolomitization. . Conclusion. AT OD O71 § 1. Lower Permian, or Penrith Sandstones. This term, which is equivalent to that of Inferior Sandstone of Sedgwick, Lower Red Sandstone of Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System,’ and Rothliegende of the German geologists, is applied to a thick mass of rocks, usually of a light-red colour, and possessing well-marked mineral characters, as exhibited in an extensive district in Westmore- land and Cumberland, especially around the town of Penrith. The area occupied by these sandstones in Cumberland and Westmoreland has been already described*, its western and south-western margin being a line of fault corresponding nearly in extent with the Great Permian fault, as it is developed in these counties, and having nearly the same course. By means of this fault the western and — south-western edges of the Lower Permian are brought into contact with the Carboniferous formation. a. Valley of the Eden.—The strata composing the Lower Permian are well exhibited in the section from Great Ormside to Roman Fell, * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xviii. pp. 206 e¢ seg. 1864. ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 149 which may be regarded as the type-section of this series of rocks*. In this section the base of the series consists of breccias, locally called “ brockrams,” composed, for the most part, of unaltered frag- ments of Carboniferous Limestone. ‘To these there succeeds a thick mass of red sandstones, upon which are superposed other breccias Fig. 1.—G@eneralized Section of the Permian Rocks of the Eden Valley. 3 W. ae rietes E. o Se . o 3 re Oo ce ize) Q 3 NEw a s ~~ o S Sa En i 3 ies) a) o Bb S gS 3 g Maas Lic ae 3 BHAse a q i S o Bic Pid 3S — nferior | pe Arg A unaltered = oF RS 38 i c 3 SFaoé > & ® Carboniferous Breccia. Red Sandstones. Ss am fam} AY Limestone. Le : 1 ' { 1 pd Mes . Vie NS ~~ S \ A QIXttQ\ 1 2 3 4 1. Penrith Sandstone (Lower Permian). 2. Hilton plant-beds (Middle Permian). 3. Corby or St. Bees Sandstone (Upper 4. Lower Silurian. Permian). having red sandstones intercalated in them. The higher breccias, locally termed “ rotten brockrams,” are also to a considerable extent made up of limestone-fragments, but which, in every instance, are converted into dolomite. The inferior unaltered breccias are not seen in Cumberland in connexion with the Penrith sandstones; and in Westmoreland they are confined to the district west of Appleby, where alone the lowest portion of this series is seen. The succeed- ing sandstones, which spread themselves over the whole of the Lower Permian area, possess peculiar mineral characters. They are, almost exclusively, made up of grains of quartz, many of which retain the facets of the original quartz-crystals, reflecting solar rays therefrom. The quartz grains are of more than usual size, as compared with that of the particles of other siliceous sandstones, are angular or subangular, and give to the rocks which are composed of them the nature of a very fine-grained breccia. Owing to the abundance of oxide of iron, these sandstones have commonly a bright-red colour ; but occasionally perfectly white strata are associated with the red beds, the absence of oxide of iron alone distinguishing the two. These white sandstones are largely quarried to the east and north- east of Penrith, and many new houses are built of them. The higher breccias, ‘“‘ rotten brockrams,” lke those appertaining to the base of the series, are, in the Vale of the Eden, of local occur- rence. They are well seen in the Hilton-beck, a stream descending from Roman Fell to the Eden, which traverses along the dip the greater part of the Permian rocks of Westmoreland; and they also * Op. cit. supra, p. 207. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, occur abundantly in the neighbourhood of Brough and Kirkby Stephen. Here the magnesian-limestone fragments frequently present them- selves hollow in the interior, possessing the characters of potato-stone. Besides dolomitic limestones, these higher breccias have fragments of vein-quartz and Silurian slates entering into their composition. The Lower Permians of the Valley of the Eden have a great thick- ness (2000 feet), but have hitherto afforded no fossils. Footprints have, however, been obtained from some of the beds near Penrith, and are considered to be analogous to those of Corncockle Muir in Dumfriesshire. Although the breccias of the Penrith sandstones have, to a great extent, only a local persistence, they afford important information concerning certain superinduced structures which are, perhaps, more peculiar to the Permian formation than to any other of the groups of British sedimentary rocks. This is seen in the abundance of dolo- mitized or magnesian limestones which are contained in and towards the central portion of the Permian series. These dolomitized frag- ments of the higher breccias, there is every reason to infer, were originally deposited in the condition of simple limestones lke those of the lower breccias of the same group. The magnesian breccias are not confined to the Vale of the Eden; they occur also in the course of the Shalk-beck, about two miles south of Curthwaite Station, on the Carlisle and Maryport Railway, where they form the higher member of the Penrith sandstones. The Lower Permian sandstones of Cumberland and Westmoreland have a feature which serves to distinguish them from other and higher sandstones of the group, and which will be subsequently alluded to. They abound in hard transverse veins composed of quartzose sand- stone, the particles of which are similar to those of the ordinary red sandstone. These veins are white in colour, and much harder than the mass of red sandstone which encloses them; every good section of the Penrith sandstones exposes them, but they are best seen in the middle portion of the series. They are strikingly exposed on the banks of the Eden, in the faces of the romantic cliffs near the Nunnery, about two miles north-west of Kirkoswald. Here they stand out from the red and white sandstones in consequence of their superior hardness, and at one spot a vein about two feet thick is a mass of perfect chert. Veins also occur in connexion with the magnesian breccias at Hilton-beck, where they possess a somewhat different mineral na- ture, being composed of sand cemented together by magnesian lime- stone, the latter having doubtless been derived from the dolomitized fragments imbedded in the strata. The character of the veins changes as we descend Hilton-beck towards the underlying red sandstones, where ordinary white-sandstone veins make their ap- pearance. The latter are usually widest in their upper parts, and seem to have been filled in from above. b. Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven.—At Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven, on the north-east side of St. Bees Head, we have a small area of Penrith sandstones exhibited, and here also other Per- 1864. | MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 151 mian rocks occur. This area, which is altogether detached from that of the Vale of the Eden and the Great Cumberland Plain, has been noticed by Professor Sedgwick* and Mr. Binneyt. The Penrith sandstones here are very thin—not more than three feet on an average. Their dimensions are, however, very irregular, as they have been deposited on the eroded surface of a purple Carboniferous sandstone on which they repose (see fig. 2). In lithological cha- racter these sandstones resemble the magnesian breccias of Hilton- beck, and, as in them, the limestone-fragments have usually the potato-stone feature. The only portion of the Penrith sandstones represented here are the highest beds. Fig. 2.—Section at Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven. a. Upper Permian, or St. Bees Sandstone. 6. Red and green marls with gypsum. c. Yellow magnesian limestone with fossils. d. Breccia of e, being the Upper member of the Lower Permian, passing into c. e. Coal-sandstone. In no other localities in Cumberland or Westmoreland have we any exhibition of the Penrith sandstones, or lowest member of the Permian group. There is, on the Cumberland coast south of St. Bees, a red sandstone which has been referred to by Professor Sedgwick. This, however, is not well exposed, but it probably belongs to the highest portion of the Permian series to be subsequently alluded to. In the district of Furness, in Lancashire, the representatives of the Lower Permian sandstones occur, but only to a slight extent, yet under circumstances of very great interest. ce. Furness area.—The Furness Railway, at Park, from about a mile and a half to two miles north of Furness Abbey, exhibits the lowest of the Permian rocks. A section opened out by the rail- road-cutting is here in part through Carboniferous Limestone, which forms the lowest rock seen. Reposing upon this limestone is a mass of a peculiar character, consisting of angular fragments of limestone, partially cemented together in the higher part, but having inter- spaces between the fragments in the lower portion. This peculiar limestone-breccia is locally known as “ Crab rock.” * Geol. Trans., 2nd Series, vol. iv. p. 395. t Mem. of Lit. and Phil. Soc. of Manchester, vol. xii, p, 51, 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, This “‘ Crab rock,” as seen in the section, is in some parts twenty feet thick; but its thickness is very irregular as it spreads over the eroded edges of the Carboniferous Limestone. It is seen, not only reposing unconformably upon the Carboniferous rocks, but also enclosing veins of hematite (see fig. 3). Another locality where this breccia or ‘‘ Crab rock” appears is St. Helen’s, about half a mile to the north of the Park cutting, and immediately east from the railway. Here the Carboniferous Limestones have the breccia also spread out upon their surfaces, and into some of the open joints which intersect the underlying strata the ‘‘ Crab rock” has found its way. At Dalton the same relations occur. Near the church the ‘¢ Crab rock,” consisting of unaltered fragments of hmestone cemented together by a red matrix, also covers over the Carboniferous strata. This “‘ Crab rock” is well known to miners, who have noticed that where hematite occurs below it, in the Ulverstone district, the latter is always in intimate relation to the former. Fig. 3.—Section from Park to Furness Abbey (14 mile). N. Breccia 8. Park. ‘Crab rock.” A 1 22 1 3 1. Carboniferous Limestone. 3. Fault. 2. Heematite. 4. Corby Sandstone. With reference to the position of the “Crab rock,” its mineral characters lead to the conclusion that it is of like age with the lower and unaltered breccias of Burrells, west of Appleby; for it possesses none of the magnesian features appertaining to the higher breccias. Here, therefore, the lowest Permian rocks of the north-west of England are seen; and after the clear and unmistakeable natural section at Barrowmouth, under St. Bees Head, where the Lower Permian is reduced to a few feet in thickness, we have no occasion to call in the agency of great denudation in the Furness district. In truth, it is quite manifest that along the western flank of the old slaty mountains of Cumberland we meet only with ridges or patches of Carboniferous Limestone, which, with the exception of the very partial breccias above described, are at once surrounded by the middle and higher members of the Permian group, of which hereafter. d. Hematite in the Lower Permians—The mode in which that valuable ore of iron, hematite, is found deposited in pre-existing cavities of the Carboniferous formation, and sealed up by “ Crab rock,” is a matter of great geological interest. Joints, fissures, and caverns were doubtless formed in the older rocks antecedent to the deposition of the Permian strata, and in these the ores of iron so widely diffused throughout the Permian rocks have, in this portion of the north-western region, assumed the characters of hematite. 1864. ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN. 153 This circumstance justifies the inference that these hematite ores are the result of an agency which ushered in the Permian epoch. The earlier Permian rocks of both England and Scotland are strongly impregnated with iron, their composition consisting principally of silica and an oxide of this metal. This latter substance originated from the same source which, during the commencement of the deposition of the Penrith sand- stones, filled up the fissures in the Carboniferous Limestone. This conclusion is applicable not only to the Ulverstone district, but also to that of Cleator, south-east of Whitehaven, where valuable deposits of hematite are also obtained from the cavities and fissures in the Car- boniferous Limestone, which, at one time, was here covered over by an extension of those Permian breccias and sandstones now forming an escarpment a short distance west from Cleator Moor. This infer- ence concerning the Permian age of the hematite had been arrived at by Professor Phillips, who in a communication to the British Association, of which a short abstract was published (Report of Brit. Assoc. 1858, Trans. Sects. p. 106), illustrated his opinions by maps and drawings. There are three other small areas where the Lower Permian rocks occur in the north-west of England. They have been described by Mr. Binney. One of them is at Rougham Point, in the southern por- tion of the Cartmell Promontory; the second is at West House, near Burten-in-Lonsdale ; and the third at Ireby, about four miles south- east of Kirkby Lonsdale. In these localities occur breccias indica- tive of a low position in the Penrith sandstones. e. Lower Permian Rocks of Scotland.—In Scotland there are several areas where the Lower Permian sandstones occur, the details con- cerning which have been already published*. It is only necessary, therefore, to state that, lithologically, these Scottish Lower Permian rocks are very nearly allied to those of the Vale of the Eden, there being a breccia at the base, a middle member consisting of red sand- stones identical in all respects with the sandstones of Penrith, and succeeded by higher breccias. The difference in the rocks of the Scotch and English Lower Per- mians is confined to the nature of the fragments which make up the breccias. These are, in the former, for the most part fragments of the Lower Silurian rocks, against which the Permian strata of Scot- land usually repose. There is, however, one locality, namely, Dalton Hook in Dum- friesshire, where the Scottish members of the lower sandstones are precisely similar to those west of Appleby, being composed of unaltered limestone-fragments; and here the Lower Permian is in contact with the Carboniferous formation. It is not in mineral character only that the Lower Permians of the north-west of England and the south of Scotland agree; there is also a point of agreement in the footprints, the only evidence of life which these strata contain. Even as building-stones the rocks of the two countries have great * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. pp. 254 e¢ seg. 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, affinity; for, taking one of the areas most remote from the English border, that of the centre of the Vale of the Nith, we find that whilst the more solid and thicker red beds, out of which Drumlanrig Castle has been built, resemble the chief masses of the sandstones around Penrith, the thinner and broad flaglike portions which are exposed in the numerous quarries near Thornhill, and used for roofing-purposes in Dumfriesshire, have their exact representatives in Cumberland, in the hilly tracts N.N.E. of Penrith. § 2. Middle Permian, or Magnesian Limestone Rocks. a. Valley of the Eden.—The middle member of the Permian rocks of the north-west of England—the Hilton shales, sandstones, and lime- stones of Westmoreland (equivalents of the Magnesian Limestone of the east of England, the Zechstein of the Germans)—has a more varied mineral character than the two other divisions of this forma- tion. This member is well represented in Hilton-beck, overlying conformably the lower sandstones; and, as some interesting fossils occur here, the term Hilton shales, sandstones, and limestones is applied to the central portion of the Permian rocks of the north-west of England. These Hilton beds, or their equivalents, subtend and overlie the Penrith sandstone on the east, in the Vale of the Eden, and the direction in which these strata strike conforms very nearly to the course of the great Pennine fault. Southwards from Hilton- beck the Middle Permian consists of red clays, except as seen in Bela Water, where they approximate somewhat to the Hilton type; and northwards from Hilton-beck red clays are their usual compo- nents, with, in some localities, lenticular masses of gypsum. The ordinary form which they exhibit is well seen in the course of the Crowdundle-beck, at Newbiggin, in the grounds of our kind friend Mr. Crackenthorpe. The basement-beds of the Middle Permian rocks, as seen in Hilton- beck, are finely exposed at Ash Bank, and consist of cream-coloured shaly sandstones with thin partings of grey shale, and occasionally a narrow band of impure sandy limestone which weathers brown. These beds contain a considerable number of vegetable remains, among which Mr. Etheridge has recognized the following :—Spheno- pteris Naumanni, Gutbier, S. dichotoma, Althaus, Alethopteris Goep- perti, Naum., Ullmania selaginoides, U. Bronnii (base of cones show- ing bracts), Odontopteris, sp.?, Sphenopteris, sp.?, and Cardiocarpon triangulare, Gein. Portions of coniferous wood also occur; and as the remains are usually in the form of detached leaves and bracts of cones, they seem to be the relics of autumnal vegetation*. Of these Plants, two, Ullmama selaginoides and U. Bronnii, are common at the base of the Magnesian Limestone of Midderidge in Durham, and the other forms occur, along with Ullmanie, in the Kupferschiefer of Germany. ‘The fossil contents of the lower por- * Through the kindness of the Earl of Lonsdale, the proprietor of Ash Bank, we were enabled to obtain most of the specimens of these Plants by cutting away a small portion of the escarpment in which they occur. 1864. ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 155 tion of the Hilton series indicate, therefore, an absolute identity in fossil remains with the base of the Magnesian Limestone, or Zech- stein, and even in lithological nature these strata nearly approxi- mate to the marl-slates of the county of Durham. The plant-bearing strata of Hilton-beck are succeeded upwards by thin-bedded sandstones with impure limestones and shales, the highest member being red clays, having the ordinary aspect of the more common representative of the Middle Permian strata of the north-west of England. As the country is much covered by drift and only laid open by ravines at intervals, it is not to be expected that we should be able to follow out these few feet of plant-bearing beds upon the strike to the north or south, and, in truth, no clear evidence of their occurrence has yet been detected except by the sides of Hilton-beck. b. Barrowmouth, near Whitehaven. — Beyond the Vale of the Eden and the Cumberland Plain we have the Middle Permian rocks more distinctly exhibited in the form of a true yellowish sandy magnesian limestone at Barrowmouth, under St. Bees Head, than in any other locality in the north-west of England, and in them are typical fossil Shells. These strata have been described by Professor Sedgwick * and Mr. Binneyt. The latter geologist gives the section of the rocks as seen here in detail, and points out the occurrence of fossil Shells in the magnesian limestone in the state of casts. This limestone is described by Prof. Sedgwick as running 8.8.E. to Ben How quarry, about a mile from Barrowmouth. We traced it still further. It is seen in Demain-gill, where it was formerly worked, and also in Chambers Bodell Wood, where it is about seven yards in thickness, and overlain conformably by red shales. This lime- stone changes greatly in colour, being yellow at Barrowmouth. At Preston How quarry, where it is worked for road-metal, its colour is grey, with purple spots. At Demain-gill it is still darker, and is locally known as “black limestone.” Wherever it occurs, it is transgressive upon the coal-measures, as pointed out by Prof. Sedg- wick, from an examination of sinkings in connexion with the Croft- pit, near Barrowmouth. This limestone, along with the overlying shales and sandstones, forms an escarpment on its line of outcrop, and this escarpment is the eastern limit of the Permian rocks near Whitehaven. Succeeding quite conformably to the band of magnesian lime- stones is the highest member of the middle series of Permian rocks of St. Bees Head at Barrowmouth. This is a mass of red shales, containing fine white gypsum, which Mr. Binney estimates at 29 feet in thickness. The mineral character of this band is identical with the red shales and gypsum forming the middle portion of the Permian formation in the Valley of the Eden. At Barrowmonth, therefore, the middle member of the Permians consists of limestone with Permian Shells, and red shales with gypsum, whilst at Hilton- beck the contemporaneous strata consist of yellow and grey shales * Op. cit. supra, pp. 395 and 406. t Mem. Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. xii. p. 51. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, with true Permian Plants, sandstones, limestones, and red shales, passing upwards into gypsiferous red shales. c. Furness area.—Another locality where the Middle Permian rocks occur is at Hole-beck, near the village of Stank, about two miles south-east of Furness Abbey. The strata here have been noticed by Prof. Sedgwick and Mr. Binney. The exposure of rocks is, however, by no means satisfactory, consisting of a small portion of an old quarry now mostly covered up with soil or by brushwood. The rock is a yellow cellular magnesian limestone, which was formerly used in the village of Stank as a building-stone. Its nature and its position with reference to the Carboniferous rocks on the north-east, and the red sandstones on the south-west, allow of very little diffi- culty in referring it to the magnesian representatives of the Middle Permian series. The other areas of the north-west of England, before alluded to as containing Lower Permian sandstones, namely, West House and Ireby, do not exhibit Middle Permian strata, nor are there any clear repre- sentatives of them exposed in the Permian districts of Scotland. § 3. “Hard Brockram” of Kirkby Stephen. Before describing the strata succeeding the Middle Permian rocks in the north-west of England, it is necessary to notice a local deposit intervening between the highest portion of the red shales and the base of the Upper Permian series. This deposit is developed only in the neighbourhood of Kirkby Stephen, especially to the south thereof, and consists of a breccia of angular fragments of Carboniferous Limestone, cemented together by a brown matrix. This is the ordinary building-stone of Kirkby Stephen, and, to distinguish it from the soft magnesian breccias, or upper members of the Penrith sandstones, it is designated “ hard brockram.” Its position and area have been previously described*. Lithologically this ‘‘ hard brock- ram” is nearly allied to the inferior unaltered breccias at the base of the Penrith sandstones ; and with reference to this, the highest of all the breccias of the north-west of England, it is interesting to notice that its unaltered character indicates a deposition after the operation of that force which dolomitized the middle members of the Permian group f. § 4. Upper Permian. The English equivalents of this division are the St. Bees and Corby sandstones; and the foreign equivalents, the Bunter Schiefer of Ger- many, and the upper sandstone and conglomerate of Russia. In the north-west of England it consists of red sandstones with courses of red shales, all perfectly conformable to the underlying Permian rocks, there being a regular transition or passage into these from the Middle Permians just described. Im all situations where we have examined them, whether in Westmoreland, the east of Cumber- * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 208. + This rock, “hard brockram,” is mapped as Magnesian Limestone by Prof. Phillips, Geology of Yorkshire (1836), vol. ii., and referred to in pp. 120 e¢ seg. 1864. | MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN. 155 land, or in the north portion of St. Bees Head on the west coast, where they are largely and clearly displayed, they exhibit not only a perfect conformity to the Middle Permian strata on which they rest, but also an intimate connexion with them. Whatever may be the angle of inclination of the one is always that of the other, and no- where is there to be seen a trace of erosion on the upper parts of the supporting strata from which a separation might be inferred, such as would be expected between rocks of paleeozoic age and others of a mesozoic date. We have therefore no hesitation in expressing our conviction that these sandstones of St. Bees Head and Corby, or of the western and eastern sides of Cumberland, must be removed from the Upper New Red Sandstone or Trias, with which they have been hitherto grouped, and be viewed as the upper zone of the Per- mian group. a. Valley of the Eden, and Corby.—The Upper Permian sand- stones are only very partially represented in the higher parts of the Vale of the Eden, having been removed by denudation. They are, however, exhibited in the typical section from Great Ormside to Roman Fell, and have in Westmoreland and Cumberland as their eastern boundary, the great Pennine fault. They increase in thick- ness as they extend from Westmoreland into Cumberland ; and they are admirably exposed in those picturesque cliffs forming the banks of the Eden to the south of Corby Castle, where their varied tints of colour, from deep red to almost pure white, and the natural caverns which have been hollowed out in them, when combined with the richest foliage, have attracted many tourists*. In separating these Upper Permian rocks from the New Red Sand- stones, we may remark that there is one characteristic lithological feature of the latter, which scarcely, if ever, appears in the former: they are hardly, if ever, spotted or “ bunter.” But, in offering this remark, we by no means attach any peculiar value to it, inasmuch as the Old Red Sandstone of Perthshire, and other parts of Scotland, is, if possible, more curiously and abundantly characterized by white and whitish-green round spots than any portion of the New Red or Bunter Sandstone of England. The great plain of Cumberland is so covered by drift that only a few spots exhibit Upper Permian rocks: one of these is Shalk-beck, a locality before referred to; and west from this point we have the Upper Permians occasionally exposed by the streams which flow northwards from Brocklebank Fells. These streams exhibit the rocks near their southern margin, which is the line of fault before alluded to as forming the south-western limit of the Lower or Penrith sandstones. This fault, on approaching the centre of Cumberland, near Dalston, takes a curved course, and then running W.S.W. enters the sea near Maryport. On assuming the W.S.W. course, the fault has, on its N.N.W. side, the Upper Permian sandstones, denudation * Our friend Mr. P. H. Howard, of Corby Castle, has, at the request of Sir R. I. Murchison, obligingly transmitted specimens of these good and beautiful building-stones, of which the fine viaduct over the Eden at Corby is built, to the Museum of Practical Geology in Jermyn Street. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, not having been sufficiently powerful in this area to remove the upper and middle members of this formation. The extreme north-western limit where the Upper Permian sandstones are seen is Maryport, beyond which, along the southern shores of the Solway Firth, no rocks are exposed until Rockcliff is reached. The Upper Permians, forming a trough under the drift of the Cumberland Plain, reappear on the opposite side of the Solway. They are seen at Torduff Point, five miles E.S.E. of Annan, and their extension and arrangement in the south-east of Dumfriesshire, the only part of Scotland where they have hitherto been recognized, have been already described*. b. St. Bees Head. —The Upper Permian sandstones are admi- rably represented in the St. Bees section, and have been alluded to by Prof. Sedgwick and Mr. Binney, though referred by the first of these authors to the New Red Sandstone, and not to the uppermost paleozoic deposit as in this memoir. This upper member of the Permian formation forms the whole mass of the promontory of St. Bees Head, from Barrowmouth westwards, and here it has pre- cisely the same intimate connexion with the middle series as in the Vale of the Eden. The upper sandstones of St. Bees are also iden- tical in mineral character with those of East Cumberland and West- moreland, and have the same thin red shales associated with them (see fig. 2, p. 151). On the south face of St. Bees Head, where the successive ledges are well exposed at low water, and in the impending cliffs, the beds of strong and hard sandstone, nowhere spotted or “ poikolitic,” and of brownish-red, whitish, and yellowish colours, are indeed very unlike any beds of unequivocal Trias with which we are acquainted, and have much more the aspect of coaly grits and sandstones. By referring to the section from Barrowmouth upwards it will be seen that there, as in Westmoreland, a perfect and unbroken continuation from the Middle Permian into the upper sandstones prevails, preserving precisely the same dip and strike as the fossili- ferous limestones and red shales with gypsum on which these upper sandstones repose. Along the Cumberland coast, to the south of the village of St. Bees, few indications of rock are seen; and although red sandstones do occasionally occur, they are so covered up with blown sand, and are in such small sections, that it is difficult to assign to them their exact position among the Permian rocks 7‘. c. Furness area.—When, however, we reach the north-west coast of Lancashire, the case is very different. Here, especially in the Furness district, besides the “Crab rock” (the base of the Lower Permians), and the Magnesian Limestone of Stank (a member of the Middle Permian group), we have abundant examples of the Upper * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 214. + Prof. Phillips refers to the Permian age a considerable part of the Red Sandstones which adjoin the Lower Paleozoic and granitic rocks about Raven- glass and Bootle. (See Geological Map of the British Isles, new edit. 1862.) 1864. | MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 159 sandstones of this formation. These Upper Permian sandstones are separated, in the south and west, by a fault from the Carboniferous Limestone which contains the hematite ores. Around Furness Abbey there are many fine exposures of the Upper Permian sandstones, adding greatly to the beauty of the scenery; and at Howcoat, about a mile and a half south-west of the noble ruin, these sandstones are largely worked, and are the materials which have been used in the construction of Furness Abbey. The relation of the Upper Permian to the other members of this formation cannot be seen in Furness, the fault just alluded to bring- ing the higher member of this formation against the Carboniferous Limestone. The Upper Permian sandstones of the Furness area, in Lancashire, have, however, the same mineral type -as those of Cum- berland, and, indeed, this has been pointed out by Prof. Sedgwick, who remarks upon the identity of the latter with the sandstones of St. Bees and Furness*. In no other portion of the north-west of England do these sandstones occur save in those before referred to. The Upper Permian sandstones have a well-marked lithological structure. They have a deeper and duller red colour than the Lower Permian sandstones, but they occasionally exhibit whitish and light-coloured layers. They have a much finer grain than the lower series; and the thin red shales, or wayboards, which are as- sociated with them, is a feature absent from the lower or Penrith sandstones. They also frequently exhibit signs indicative of a littoral origin. But, notwithstanding these slight lithological distinc- tions, the mass of these lower and upper sandstones of Permian age, with their intervening deposits of limestone and gypsum, forms one unbroken and continuous series, which represents in the north- western portion of England the most complete type of the group in the British Isles, as compared with its foreign equivalents before referred to, and constituting the youngest deposits of the Paleozoic series. § 5. Triassic Strata west of Carlisle. Before we take leave of the sandstones of the north-west of England it is necessary to refer to some strata exposed in the course of the Eden at and near Carlisle. At Etterby Seam, purple shales, with greenish-grey layers, and spots of a similar colour, are seen forming the north bank of the river. Below, on the opposite side of the river, at Eden Bank, contiguous to.the North British Railway-bridge, the same strata occur, forming here a synclinal trough, the sides of which dip E.S.E. and W.N.W. at 35°. Further down the river, between Eden Bank and Grinsdale, the same strata are seen in a nearly horizontal position. A short distance from Grinsdale Church, on the opposite (north) bank of the river, there occur grey shales and impure limestones having an easterly dip, and resting conformably upon a thin series of grey gritty sandstones with rippled surfaces, the beds being about three feet in thickness. Supporting the latter are * Op. cit. supra, p. 396. 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, grey laminated false-bedded sandstones, the lower portion of which forms a cliff, well seen near Cargs. The same light-coloured sand- stones form the bed of the river to near Kirkandrews. A _ short distance below Kirkandrews purple and grey shales are again seen in the west bank of the river, their position being nearly horizontal ; beyond which, at Beaumont, the same strata dip south at 35°, and the surfaces of the shales here are frequently marked by pseudo- morphs of bay-salt. No further traces of these rocks are seen in the Eden, nor do they occur in the district. At Rockcliff red sand- stones of the Permian formation make their appearance. - he nature and arrangement of the strata seen in the sections of the Eden near Carlisle, and west of that place, are altogether different from those of the Permian rocks of the north-west of England. The highest beds here consist of purple shales with grey bands, especially in their lower portions. These purple shales greatly resemble those of the Keuper series, the grey beds upon which they rest having con- siderable affinity to the water-stones ; and the light-coloured sand- stones are probably the highest members of the Bunter. That these rocks appertain to the portion of the Trias assigned to them is still further corroborated by the fact that Liassic strata occur within a short distance southwards, as shown by Mr. Binney*. The occurrence of Triassic and Liassic strata in this part of Cum- berland results probably from fanlts throwing down these and the underlying formations. In no portion of Cumberland, however, have we any evidence of the mode in which the lower members of the Mesozoic group are associated with the upper portion of the Palzo- zoic division. § 6. Dolomitization. "e Reference has already been made to the unaltered character of the lower sandstones. Their nature shows that the dolomitizing influence had not begun to act when they were being deposited. The period when this agency commenced, and that when it ceased, can, so far as the Permian rocks of the north-west of England are concerned, be very nearly determined. Dr. Blyth, of Queen’s Col- lege, Cork, has kindly furnished us with the results of his analyses of different rocks from various portions of the Permian formation of Cumberland and Westmoreland. As regards the red sandstones of the Penrith series, a specimen of these from the Beacon quarry, about a mile east of Penrith, consisted almost exclusively of quartz-granules; the cementing ma- trix of these granules being silicates of lime, iron, and magnesia, the two former being in greater proportions than the latter. The red colour of this sandstone is owing to a considerable amount of oxide of iron incrusting the silica-granules, which can be dissolved off, leaving the granules quite white. The white sandstones, occasionally asso- ciated with the lower sandstones in the same locality, consist also of quartz-granules cemented together by the same substances ; but here the silicates of lime and magnesia are in excess, while the silicate of * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xv. p. 549. 1864. ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 161 iron is in smaller proportions; and in this white sandstone there is no incrusting oxide of iron. The presence of oxide of iron as an incrusting material at this early period of the Permian formation is a proof of the abundance of the substance, which now occurs as veins of hematite filling up the fissures in the Carboniferous rocks, during the commencement of the Permian epoch. The presence of silicate of magnesia as a cementing material in the quartz-granules in the Penrith sandstones indicates the early occurrence of magnesia, a substance more abundant in the Permian than in any other group of rocks, Evidence of the occurrence of abundance of magnesia during the Permian epoch becomes more prominent in the upper beds of the Penrith sandstones, a portion of dolomitized Carboniferous Limestone from the magnesian breccias of Hilton-beck yielding Dr. Blyth the following results :— LS RS Sin, een ee 65-0 LLG Ss ee AR et ean 29°4 Carbonate of iron and silica 19 56 100-0 Regarding this rock Dr. Blyth observes that, by deducting the carbonate of iron and silica, and calculating the mixed carbonates of lime and magnesia, we have CMEC te ee 68-8 Mey 0 eae os oD 31:2 100-0 Rammelsberg has given three proportions, to which the composi- tion of bitter spar and dolomite approximates more or less (Bischof, li, p. 47), namely :-— First, TeO Cen n Coty aryl 54:18 pe 45-82 . 100-00 Second, eS acabcislaiee, s,s 63:95 Oy Oe ta, as 86-05 : 100-00 Third, BC20, CR. 6 228d 25.80; | 70:28 EMSOLOD, BUS REP oF Re 29-72 100-00 The dolomite of the magnesian breccia of Hilton-beck agrees ‘ nearly with the third approximate formula which Rammelsberg gives for dolomite=2Ca0,CO,+Mg0,CO,. Of this composition are the dolomites from Kolozomek, of Gliicksbrunn *, and a variety from the Tillerthal. The dolomitizing here has been complete. Reference has already been made to the hard veins of light- coloured sandstone which intersect the lower sandstones. Their _* For a description of the dolomites of Glicksbrunn, and their position, see ‘ Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 340, VOL, XX,—PART I, M 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, cementing substance generally consists of the same materials as those which unite the quartz-granules of the rocks in which they occur; but when they appear among the magnesian breccias, they have, however, a different cementing matrix. A portion of one of these from the higher part of the Penrith sandstones of Hilton-beck, as determined by Dr. Blyth, afforded the following results :— CaQn@O Git och Otek cee ene 16:00 MeO) (COMA, Shh rebts cos 1:75 Qikicg oc Ur Baa 76:20 Carbonate of ironand moisture 6°05 100-00 Rejecting the sand and iron from this specimen, and calculating the percentage of lime and magnesia, gives the following result :— ©20;CO:, Guat, skuiny emer 91:36 Mic), (C Omran ne 8°64 100-00 In this case the cementing matrix, although of dolomite, has had the dolomitizing process much less advanced than is the case with the fragments making up the magnesian breccias. In the Hilton group a specimen of the impure limestones asso- ciated with the plant-beds yielded Dr. Blyth the following consti- tuents :— CaO CO a scccaetce racticracterspers 24-4. MgO CO ci traeaesge tan tein 1:7 PLADie. hub tore neta ctceneeentar te 70:0 Oxide-Gf inom, 3c ee 3:9 100-0 The dolomitized limestone, the cementing matrix of the sands in this stratum, had the following composition :— CaOACO Motos Hato Bee 93-1 MeO: 00ers ihe 8 So eS 6-9 100-0 In this specimen the cementing matrix has a great affinity to that of the siliceous vein just described. Immediately beneath the red shales of the Hilton section a thin mass of grey limestone occurs, containing drusy cavities, and much resembling in aspect the compact limestone of the county of Durham. This limestone approaches very nearly to a true dolomite. No calcareous rocks are seen in the Hilton section above this limestone, but in the Kirkby Stephen section the “ hard brockram ” has a higher position, appearing above the red shales. The un- altered condition of the limestone-fragments in this “ hard brock- ram” indicates the termination of the action of that foree which gave rise to dolomites, anterior to the period of deposition of these “hard brockrams,” and shows that the action of the dolomitizing agent was confined to the middle portion of the Permian epoch. The Upper Permian rocks—the St. Bees and Corby sandstones—. 1864, ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN, 163 afford further proof that the dolomitizing influence had ceased to ope- rate anterior to their deposition. Dr. Blyth finds that these rocks are composed of small rounded quartz-granules, with a cementing matrix of silicates of lime and iron, very little magnesia being present. Their deep-red colour, owing to oxide of iron as in the lower sand- stones, is merely incrusting, and can be dissolved off, leaving the granules perfectly colourless. The mode in which the magnesian breccias and limestones oceur in the north-west of England leads to the conclusion that the dolomiti- zing agent must have acted from above. Had this cause exercised its influence from below, it would have operated powerfully on the lower breccias; and yet these, as seen in the north-west of England, are per- fectly unchanged, while the higher breccias always exhibit the mag- nesian-limestone character. These latter have also been subjected to a force which dissolved a portion of carbonate of lime from the fragments, converting them into potato-stones; the dissolved por- tion, combining with carbonate of magnesia, furnished the materials out of which the regular stratified dolomites were formed, or, be- coming mixed with other mineral matter, constituted its cementing matrix; in which condition we have it, in the plant-beds of Hilton, giving rise to dolomitic sandstones. Concerning the dolomitizing cause, this has been frequently dis- cussed both by chemists and geologists, One circumstance, namely, the occurrence of gypsum, either in beds associated with magnesian limestone or in deposits appertaining to the period when this kind of mineral matter was very abundant, seems to connect gypsum with dolomites, since at St. Bees Head the former occurs in red shales immediately overlying magnesian limestone, and in several portions of the Vale of the Eden gypsum and red shales are the ex- clusive representatives of the Middle Permian series, This associa- tion supports, to some extent, the conclusion that the magnesia of the dolomites originally existed as a sulphate of this earth, from which was derived the sulphuric acid combined with the lime in gypsum. § 8. Conclusion. The Permian rocks of the county of Durham have hitherto been regarded as the type of this formation in England. In this county, however, excepting the middle member, the strata appertaining to this portion of the Paleozoic period are very imperfectly repre- sented. Of this group the base is almost absent, the Penrith sand- stones occurring only to a very slight extent as soft sandstones, sup- porting the base of the magnesian limestones—the equivalents of the Hilton series—and in many localities these sandstones disappear altogether. In the county of Durham the portions of the Permian strata which occur are transgressive on the coal-measures, and are spread out upon the eroded surfaces of the latter rocks. At Tynemouth, beneath the “ brecciated limestone” forming the upper portion of the cliffs, this eroded surface is seen in the light-coloured sandstone supporting the Permian breccia-beds. This light-coloured sandstone is said to pass downwards into another sandstone with um 2 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 3, a purple tint, and the latter rests conformably upon shale which equally conforms to the seam of coal seen at Cullercoats and known as the Hebburn seam. In the red sandstones immediately above, and conformable to the Hebburn coal, Plants occur, consisting of species common in the Coal-measures. They have no relation to the true Permian Plants such as are obtained from the marl-slate of Durham and its equivalent—the Hilton leaf-beds of Westmore- land; and the evidence, both as regards stratigraphical arrange- ment and fossils, removes the sandstones north of Tynemouth from the Lower Permian or yellow sandstones of the Wear, and places them in the Carboniferous formation. With regard to the nature of the Plants of the true Permian strata, they have a widely different facies from that which the carboniferous Plants present. No traces of either Lepidodendron or Sigillarie—so abundant in the Coal-measures—have been hitherto met with in the Permian rocks; and with reference to seeds, while T’rigonocarpon, a fruit appertaining to the berry-bearing Conifers, occurs in the Coal- measures, it is absent from the Permian group, the seeds occurring in the latter being the products of cone-bearing pines which make their appearance for the first time in the Permian formation. Of these Conifers of the Permian strata, two forms of Ullmania, a genus unknown in the Carboniferous formation, are abundant, the cones of which seem to have been of small size; and as regards Ferns, these also in the Permian rocks are altogether distinct from such as occur in the Carboniferous group. The fossil plants are, therefore, characteristic of, and peculiar to, the Permian series ; they also indicate different climatal conditions; and, if we may judge from the relative size of the cones of the Gymnosperms, we should infer that a somewhat lower temperature obtained during the Permian than during the Carboniferous epoch. Although there is no great band of Magnesian Limestone like that of Durham and Yorkshire to mark the central division of the Per- mian rocks of the north-west of England, we hold that the series we have described in the Valley of the Eden is much fuller and thicker than its equivalent in the north-eastern counties. In the north-east’of England, not only is the Lower Permian or Rothliegende most slenderly and imperfectly represented, but the highest member of the group is entirely wanting. On the other hand, the splendid development of the Magnesian Limestone, in its range from the coast of Durham through Yorkshire and into Nottinghamshire, is so much superior in volume to its feeble equivalent in the region under consideration, that some geologists may be induced to view the Upper Sandstones of St. Bees and Corby as synchronous with the Upper Magnesian Limestones and red marls of the Yorkshire series. In contrasting the siliceous character of the Permian group of the north-west of England with its eminently calcareous development in Durham and Yorkshire, it is to be borne in mind that even the latter band, when it trends southwards into Nottinghamshire, becomes so sandy a rock, that the freestones of Mansfield, of both red and whitish colours, might, from their aspect, be mistaken for sandstones. It was the least calcareous 1864. ] MURCHISON AND HARKNESS—PERMIAN. 165 of these masses which was recommended by Sir Henry De la Beche as the building-stone of the Houses of Parliament; and had his advice not been departed from, by resorting to the Anstone quarries in Yorkshire, the beautiful freestone of Mansfield would, we are persuaded, have been through ages unaffected even in our London atmosphere. The sandy varieties of the Magnesian Limestones of Nottinghamshire were long ago well described by Prof. Sedgwick, and recently their analyses were given in the Memoirs of the Geolo- gical Survey, in Mr. Aveline’s description of the Quarter-sheets N.E. 71 and S.E. 82. We may, indeed, adopt the view of synchronizing the red marls and sand-beds which overlie the Magnesian Limestone of Notting- hamshire with the St. Bees and Corby Sandstones of the north-west ; and in this way, though the thickness of the Nottinghamshire band is small, it has been clearly represented in the Geological Maps of the north and south of Mansfield by Mr. Aveline, and even there we have thus a tripartite arrangement of the group. In Ireland, also, it is probable that the Upper Permian is represented by the red sandstones which at Rhone Hill, near Duncannon, co. Tyrone, afford Palwoniseus catopterus (Ag.) ; for these beds have an intimate relation in mineral nature to the St. Bees and Corby Sandstones. However this may be, we simply call attention to the fact that on the western side of the axis of the north of England, or Pennine Chain, the Permian Group, from its base to its summit, consists of a triplex conformable series similar to that which was long ago described by one of us as prevailing over wide tracts of the Continent of Europe. The establishment of a vast range of Permian rocks in the north- west of England is connected with the probability that productive Carboniferous deposits will at a future day be attained by sinking through some of the superjacent Red Sandstones. Near Barrow- mouth, at St. Bees Head, coal has been indeed worked for many years under the Magnesian Limestone, the Lower Permian having there become very thin ; and we see no reason why coal may not be found, though at greater depths, under the Red Sandstone north-west of the village of St. Bees. Again, immediately south of Maryport, where the productive coal-measures dip northwards, they are flanked on the north by the Upper Permian, from which they are separated by the powerful fault before alluded to. Now, ifthe Lower Permian should have become thin here, as it has done in the environs of Whitehaven, coal may very well be won by shafts sunk through the Upper Permian Sandstones. Lastly, the small but highly productive coal-field of Can- noby, lying on the northern side of the great Pennine fault in its exten- sion into Scotland, is seen to have its strata dipping southward, or directly towards the Corby Sandstones or Upper Permian. We have therefore little doubt that, at a depth which we will not pretend to estimate, the coal-beds of Cannoby, which have been abruptly broken off by the great downcast fault extending under the Red Permian Rocks, and under the Solway Frith, may in this way be viewed as the north-eastern limb of the West Cumberland or Whitehaven coal-field. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. POSTPONED PAPER. A Monoeraru of the Ammonites of the CAMBRIDGE GREENSAND. By Harry Seerey, Hsq., F.G.8S., Woodwardian Museum. [Read June 17, 1863*.] [This paper was withdrawn by permission of the Council. ] (Abstract.) In this paper the Ammonites and Scaphites of the Cambridge Co- prolite-bed were described, with the endeavour to elucidate the nature of Ammonite-species in a single stratum and a limited area. It was the result of five years’ study of about 12,000 specimens. The special peculiarity of the paper was that many “species” hitherto thought distinct were connected together. This was called ‘resolving species into the varieties of which they appear to con- sist.” The specific names became varietal, “ the idea of the system followed being to make certain forms the indices as it were to their groups,” without disturbing the existing nomenclature. There are three “ great species,” or groups, called Ammonites ros- tratus, A. splendens, and A. planulatus; and a few “small species,” mostly new; besides these were a small group of Scaphites, and a Crioceras from Hunstanton. | Every recognizable variation of form was described, and, in a few marked instances, named, the named forms being merely used as necessary links for connecting together allied species. In the “splendens group,” A. Fittont was shown to pass insen- sibly into A. splendens. A. splendens was traced on the one hand through a series of variations into a thick and robust, ribbed, and tubercled new species called A. cratus; and this again was regarded as passing into another new form, very thin and flat, called A. leptus. And, on the other hand, A. splendens was traced into A. Guersantit, and A. Guersantit into A. Renausianus, and this again into another new form called A. gymnus. A. Guersantw passed into A. auritus ; this species passed into a new form called A. novatus; this into * For the other communications read at this Evening-meeting, see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xix. p. 506, and vol. xx. p. 74. SEELEY—GREENSAND AMMONITES, 167 A. Raulinianus; and that into a new ribless, tubercled form called A, tetragonus. A. novatus passed into another new form called A. dendronotus, very like A. cratus and A. interruptus. A. novatus also passes into A. Salteri, as well as into A. Vraconensis, which latter may be traced into A. Studeri. All these forms were con- sidered to make up, in the Cambridge district, one great natural species, called the “splendens”-group. And the author has fortified his conclusions by breaking up many specimens, and finding the inner whorls corresponding to those of other species. Thus, A. splen- dens is found in the interior of A. awritus; A. Studeri may be ex- tracted from A. Raulinianus ; and A. splendens and A. Studeri differ only essentially in the degree of inflation and roughness of ribbing. The “rostratus” and “ planulatus”’ groups were similarly de- scribed. The former consists of the South of England A. rostratus, the Cambridge “ rostratus” (A. symmetricus), two other varieties (new), and a variation from A. inflatus, called A. pachys; the latter contains A. Timotheanus (Pictet, non Mayor), A. planulatus, A. Mayorianus, A. octosulcatus, and A. latidorsatus. The “small species”? described were A. celonotus (new), which is a variation from A. falcatus,in which the ribs are not angulated, but have a slight sigmoidal flexure. A. Woodwardi (new), like a young A. Studeri, only the ribs pass over the back. A. glossonotus (new), in which two ribs unite to pass over and form a tongue-like expansion on the back. A. sewangularis (new), with few and strong ribs, and three rows of tubercles on the angulated back; the sides are flat and the umbilicus small. A. rhaphonotus (new), ‘which is a similar shell, with a round back, crenulated, with one row of small tubercles, and crossed by more numerous and finer ribs. An untuberculated, round-backed variety of A. navicularis, called A. nothus; also A. Wiestii, and some few others. The Scaphites is S. equalis, and shows variation in size, form, and ornament, the latter being the addition of a row of tubercles on each side of the hamus. The Crioceras is C. occultus, in which the tetragonal whorl, mar- gined on each side of the back with a row of tubercles, is so coiled as almost to overlap the whorl beneath. The biological and geological considerations arising out of the facts detailed in the paper were reserved. 168 DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. From October 1st to December 31st, 1863. I. TRANSACTIONS AND JOURNALS. Presented by the respective Societies and Editors. American Journal of Science and Arts. Second Series. Vol. xxxvi. Nos. 107 & 108. September and November 1863. From Prof. B. Silliman, For. Mem. GS. J. P. Lesley.—Coal-measures of Cape Breton, N.B., 179. T. Sterry Hunt.—Chemical and Mineralogical Relations of Metamor- phic Rocks, 214. J.D. Dana.—Appalachians and Rocky Mountains as Time-boundaries in Geological History, 227. KE. Billings.—On the genus Centronella, 236. G. J. Brush.—Childrenite from Hebron, Maine, 257. J. P. Cooke.—Crystallographic Examination of the Hebron Mineral, 258. elt C. T. Jackson.—Meteoric Iron from Dakota Territory, 259. Natural History and Geology of the State of Maine, 274. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Extracts from, 277. Rose.—Production of crystalline limestone by heat, 278. W. E. Logan.—Rocks of the Quebec Group at Point Lévis, 366. T. S. Hunt.—Earth’s Climate in Paleozoic Times, 396, Discovery of Fossil Man, 402. T. L. Phipson.—Phosphatic (or guano) rock from the Island of Som- brero, West Indies, 428. A. A. Julien.—Observations on the Sombrero Guano, 424. T. S. Hunt.—On the Nature of Jade, and on a new mineral species described by M. Damour, 426. Report of Progress of the Geological Survey of Canada, 428. J. W. Dawson.—Air-breathers of the Coal Period, 430. O. Buchner’s ‘Die Meteoriten, ihre Geschichte, mineralogische und chemische Beschaffenheit,’ noticed, 445, DONATIONS, 169 American Philosophical Society. Proceedings. Vol. ix. No. 69. January 1863. : J. W. Dawson.—Note on Mr. Lesley’s paper on the Coal-measures of Cape Breton, 165. J. P. Lesley.—Notice of a remarkable Coal-mine or Asphalt-vein, cutting the horizontal Coal-measures of Wood County, Western Virginia, 183. Anthropological Review. No. 2. August 1863. De Quatrefages.—The Abbeville Jaw, 312. Tylor.—Human Remains from Moulin-Quignon, i. Busk.—Human Remains from Chatham, xi. C. C. Blake.—Antiquity of the Human Race, xxvi. Assurance Magazine. Vol. xi. Part 3. No. 53. October 1863. Atheneum Journal. Nos. 1876-1887. October 10 to December 26, 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. G. B. Airy.—The Earthquake as observed from Greenwich, 498. Rickard’s ‘Mining Journey across the Great Andes,’ noticed, 601. J. Plant.— Remains of the Mammoth at Leicester, 683. as ota of Recent Volcanic Action in the British Isles, 25. Berlin. Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der deutschen geologischen Ge- sellschaft. 1863. Zeitschrift fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften: redigirt von C. Giebel und W. Heintz. Band xx. Jahrg. 1862. L. Moller.—Die Lettenkohlengruppe Thiiringens, 189. C. Giebel— Wirbelthier- und Insektenreste im Bernstein, 311. . Band xxi, Jahrg. 1863. E. Séchting.—Paragenesis des Glimmers, 30. C. G. Giebel.— Limulus Decheni, Zk., im Braunkohlensandsteine bei Teuchern, 64 (plate). L. Witte.—Die Vertheilung der Wiarme auf der Erdoberfliche, 401. Vasquez und Bassols.—Analyse einer dem Erdpech ahnlichen Sub- stanz gefunden in einer Hohle bei Catemu in Chile, 447. C. Zincken.—Das Braunkohlenlager yon Latdorf, unweit Bernburg, 530 (plate). Boston Journal of Natural History. Vol. vii. No.2. 1861. C. A. White.—Geology and Palzontology of Burlington (Iowa) and its vicinity, 209. . J. Hall.—Descriptions of new species of Crinoidea from the Carbo- niferous Rocks of the Mississippi Valley, 261. Breslau. Abhandlungen der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterliin- dische Cultur. Abth. fir Naturwissenschaften und Medicin. 1862. Heft i. Vierzigster Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlindische Cultur. 1862. F, Roemer.— Ueber die Ergebnisse von ihm ausgefiihrter geologischer Untersuchungen in Oberschlesien, 25. : 170 DONATIONS. Breslau. Vierzigster Jahresbericht der Schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterlindische Cultur. 1862 (continued). Tantscher.—Galmei-Lagerstiatte in Oberschlesien, 28. Goeppert.—Hauptpflanzen der Steinkohlenformation, 31. . Ueber die versteinten Holzer Sachsens, 38. .. Ueber einige Exemplare von in Speerkies verwandelter Stig- maria ficoides, Brongn., aus Russland, 37. Einiges tiber die permische Flora, 38. Ueber die Entwickelung unserer Kenntnisse von einem Theile der oberschlesischen Grauwacke, 38. - Ueber fossile und jetztweltliche Coniferen, 47. Stenzel—Anatomische Structur der fossilen Coniferen, 64. Calcutta. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Supplement Number. Vol. xxxii. 1863. Canadian Journal. New Series. No. 47. September 1863. Lyell’s ‘Antiquity of Man,’ noticed, 378. Huxley’s ‘ Origin of Species,’ noticed, 390. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. vii. No.4. August 1863. G. P. Matthew.—Geology of St. John County, 241. J. W. Dawson.—Air-breathers of the Coal-period in Nova Scotia, 268 (plate). T. Macfarlane.—Origin of Eruptive and Primary Rocks, 295, T. Sterry Hunt.—Harth’s Climate in Paleozoic Times, 323. J. W. Dawson.—New Species of Dendrerpeton, 328. Chemical Society. Journal. Second Series. Vol.i. Nos. 10-12. October—December 1863. Christiania. Det Kongelige Frederiks Universitets Halvhundredaars- fest September 1861. 1862. . Forhandlingar i Videnskabs-Selskabeti Christiania, Aar 1862. 1863. Sars.—Om de Boller af forhcerdet Ler eller Mergel, der forekomme i det til vor Glacialformation henhd¢rende eldre Ler, 197. Hjortdahl.—Om homologe Legemers Krystalform, 263. Colliery Guardian. Vol. vi. Nos. 145-156. 1863. T. P. Barkas.—Interior of the Earth, 323. R. C. Clapham and J. Daglish— Minerals and Salts found in Coal- pits, 343. Meteoric Iron, 345. Lectures on Mining, 421, 440, 466, 488, 506. Manchester Geological Society, 425. Time-boundaries in Geological History, 437. Tron and Coal of the Forest of Dean, 442. Critic. Vol. xxv. Nos. 642 & 648. November and December 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. Scrope’s ‘ Volcanos,’ noticed, 492. S. V. Wood’s ‘ Crag Mollusca,’ noticed, 492. DONATIONS, 171 Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society. Sessions 1858-59, 1859-60, 1860-61. J. A. Smith.—Fossils from the Old Red Sandstone of the South of Scotland, 36. W. Turner.—Fossil Bovine remains found in Britain, 71. A. Bryson.—Danger of Hasty Generalization in Geology, 85. C. W. Peach.—Discovery of Nullipores (Calcareous Plants) and Sponges in the Boulder-clay of Caithness, 98. J. M‘Bain.—Fossil Nautilus from the Isle of Sheppey, 103. —. The Nucula decussata found in the so-called Raised Sea-beach bed at Leith, 105. W. Carruthers.—Geology of Swellendam, South Africa, 108. J. A. Smith.—Crania of the Urus (Bos primigenius) in the Museum of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland, 111. J. M‘Bain.—Notice of various Osteological Remains found in a “Pict’s House” in the island of Harris, 141, 207. W. Rhind.—Reptilian Fossils, Morayshire, 155, C, W. Peach.—Chalk Flints of the island of Stroma, and vicinity of John o’Groat’s, in the county of Caithness, 159. R. Hunter.—Obscure Markings upon an Old Red Sandstone Slab at Mill of Ash, near Dunblane, 165. J. M‘Bain.—Various Ornithic Fossil Bones from New Zealand, 164. D, Page.—New Fossil Forms from the Old Red Sandstone of Forfar- shire, 195. A. Bryson.—The Silicification of Organic Bodies, 202. R. H. Traquair.—Occurrence of Trilobites in the Carboniferous Lime- stone of Fifeshire, 253. A. 'Taylor.—Exposure of the Liberton Old Red Sandstone Conglo- merate-bed, in a quarry recently opened near the Grange House, Newington, 254. J. S. Livingstone.—Historical Review of the State of our Knowledge respecting Metamorphism in the Mineral Kingdom, with special regard to certain recent researches, 267. Session 1861-62. F, W. L. Thomas.—Geological Age of the Pagan Monuments of the Outer Hebrides, 352. W. Carruthers.—Geology of Moffat, Dumfriesshire, 383. J. A. Smith.—Mass of Meteoric Iron found in the village of Newstead, Roxburghshire; with some general remarks on Meteorites, 396. M. Thomson.—Analysis of the Meteorolite above described, 414. J. M‘Bain.—Danger of Hasty Generalization in Geology; with spe- cial reference to the so-called Raised Sea-beach at Leith, 430. M. Thomson and M. Binney.—Composition of a Pseudosteatite, 445. Geologist. Vol. vi. Nos. 70-72. October to December 1863, Ferns in Coal-shales, 361. Correspondence, 363, 455. Meeting of the British Association at Newcastle, 364, 459. Notes and Queries, 395, 474. Forresti’s ‘ Considerations on Prof. G. Capellini’s Lecture on the Antiquity of Man,’ noticed, 398. S. J. Mackie.—British Earthquakes, 401. T. Harrison.—Notes respecting the Origin of the World, 410, E. R. Lankester.—Certain Cretaceous Brachiopoda, 414. S. J. Mackie.—Fossil Birds, 415, 445 (plate). Planetary Orbits, 441. 172 DONATIONS. Geologist. Vol. vi. Nos. 70-72 (continued). R. Tate.—Occurrence of Waldheimia (Terebratula) Tamarindus, and the distribution of Brachiopoda, in the Cretaceous Rocks of Ireland, 444, Proceedings of Geological Societies, 461. Dr. H. Abich and Dr. W. Haidinger’s ‘On a Volcanic Island in the Caspian Sea,’ noticed, 472. Miscellaneous Notices, 475. Reviews, 478. Halifax. Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science. Transactions. Vol. 1..Part-1.. 1868. T. Belt.—Recent movements in the Earth’s surface, 19. A. Poole.—Characteristic fossils of the Coal-seams in Nova Scotia, 30. A. Gesner.—Gold and its separation from other minerals, 54. Prof. How.—Magnesia-Alum, or Pickeringite, in Nova Scotia, 85. . Ona Trilobite in the Lower Carboniferous Limestone of Hants County, 87. Heidelberg. Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medizinischen Ver- elns zu Heidelberg. 1862-63. Band iu. 2. Institution of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. Session 1863-64. No.1. Intellectual Observer. Nos. 21-23. October to December 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. D. T. Ansted.—Falling Stars and Meteorites, 157. Pissis.—Geology of the Andes, 180. Meeting of the British Association, 222. Earthquakes at Rhodes, 227. H. Woodward.—Seraphim and its allies, 229. The Earthquake of October 1863, 294. G. E. Roberts.—Great Cafons of the Colorado River, 310. D. T. Ansted.—Supply and Waste of Coal, 317, The Philosophy of Harthquakes, 358. Linnean Society. Journal of Proceedings. Vol. vu. No. 27. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxvi. Nos. 175-178. October to December 1863. From Dr. W. Francis, F.GS., fc. J. W. Dawson.—Devonian Plants of Maine, Gaspé, and New York, and on a new species of Dendrerpeton, 321. J. W. Salter.—Upper Old Red Sandstone and Upper Devonian Rocks, 321. J. Prestwich.—Section at Moulin-Quignon, 522. T. Sterry Hunt.—Earth’s Climate in Paleeozoic Times, 323. J. H. Pratt.—Mass of the Earth arranged in nearly spherical strata around its centre, 342. Gordon and Joass.— Relations of the Cromarty Sandstones containing Reptilian Footprints, 548. J. C. Moore.—Tertiary Shells from Jamaica, 549. C. de Groot.—Geology and Mineralogy of Borneo, 549. J. D. Macdonald.—New Fossil Thecidium from Malta, 549. J. pacenby ca Sanenete and Shales of the Oolites of Scarborough, J. W. Salter.—New Crustacean from the Glasgow Coal-field, 550. ’ DONATIONS. 173 London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Fourth Series. Vol. xxvi. Nos. 175-178 (continued). G. Anderson.—Bituminous Substance near Mounitgerald, Scotland, 550, A. C. Mackenzie.—Albertite at Mountgerald, 550. T. Oldham.—Upper Cretaceous Rocks in Eastern Bengal, 550. P. de M. Grey Egerton.—Ichthyolites from New South Wales, 550. A. L. Adams.—Geology of the Nile Valley, 551. P. M. Duncan.—Fossil Corals of the West Indies, 552. Bullock.—Fossils from Japan, 552. H. M. Jenkins.—Miocene Mollusca from Java, 552. London Review. Vol. vii. Nos. 171-182. 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. The Earthquake in England, 395. Rickard’s ‘Mining Journey across the Great Andes,’ noticed, 444, W. Lewis.—The Recent Earthquake, 554. The Chemistry of the Metamorphic Rocks, 608, Manchester Geological Society. Transactions. Vol. iv. No. 10. 1863. Session 1863-64, Annual Meeting, 253. Milan. Atti della Societai Italiana di Scienze Naturali. Vol. v. fasc. 1-3. foglil-11. April to July 1863. A. Stoppani.—Sulla carta geologica dei dintorni del Monte Bianco pubblicata da Favre, 39. B. Gastaldi—_Antracoterio di Agnana, Balenottera di Calunga e Mas- todonte di Monogrosso, 88. : R. Sava.—Sulla originaria formazione delle acque oceaniche e sulla loro salsedine, 92. A. Stoppani.—Sulla concordanza geologica tra i due versanti delle Alpi, 124. ——. Primaricerca di abitazioni lacustri nei laghi di Lombardia, 154. Atti del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Vol. ii. fase, 11-14. 1863. —. Memorie del Reale Istituto Lombardo di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Ser. 2. Vol. ix.” Fasc. 3. 1863. Mining and Smelting Magazine. Vol. iv. Nos. 21-24. September to December 1863. Abstracts and Reviews, 149, 224, 285. Notes and Memoranda, 164, 229, EK. Riley.—Titanium in Pig-Iron, 193. Meeting of the British Association, 212, 266, 335. Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Année 1862. No. 2. E. von Eichwald.—Die vorweltliche Fauna und Flora des Griinsandes der Umgegend von Moskwa, 355. I. Lewakowsky.—Zur Geologie von Siid-Russland, 514. H. Trautschold.—Ueber den Korallenkalk des russischen Jura, 560 (plate). 174 DONATIONS. Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Année 1862. No. 2 (continued), W. Qualen.—Einige Bemerkungen iiber die geologischen Beobach- tungen in Russland, insbesondere im Ural von R. Ludwig, 608. J. Auerbach.—Chemische Zusammensetzung des Meteoriten yon Tula, 628. Année 1862. Nos. 3 & 4. H. Romanowsky.—Geognostischer Durchschnitt des Bohrlochs beim Dorfe Jerino im Podolskischen Kreise des Gouvernements Moskau, 175. Einige Worte iiber natiirliche Entbléssungen der Gesteins- schichten in den Gouvernements Tula, Kaluga, und Riasan, 179. L. Sabatier.—Note sur le minerai de fer carbonaté spathique et la faille permienne de Karatscharoyo, district de Mourome, gouv. Vladimir, 188. H. Trautschold.—Der glanzkérnige braune Sandstein bei Dmitrijewa- Gora an der Oka, 206 (2 plates). Zeichen der permischen Zeit im Gouvernement Moskau, 222, J. Auerbach.—Der Kalkstein von Malowka, 229 (plate). R. Herrmann.—Untersuchungen einiger neuer russischer Mineralien, 240. H. Trautschold.—Nomenclator paleeontologicus der jurassischen For- mation in Russland, 356 (plate). Paris. Annales des Mines, Sixiéme Série. 1863, Livraison 3. Vol. in. Part 3. Laur.—Du gisement et de l’exploitation de l’or en Californie (Premiére partie), 347. Gauldrée-Boileau.—N ouveaux gisements auriféres du Canada, 482. Sontis.—Mines de la Nouyelle-Galles du Sud, 484. E. Simon.—Mines de houille des environs de Pékin, 485, Sixiéme Série. 1863. Livr. 4. Vol. iv. Part I. Gauldrée-Boileau.—Sur les pétroles du Canada, 105. = e . Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxiéme Sér. Vol. xx. feuill. 31-48. 1863. J. Barrande.—Faune primordiale aux environs de Hof, en Baviére, 481. A. Leymerie.—Note sur le systéme garumnien, 485, J. Barrande.—Représentation des colonies de Bohéme dans le bassin silurien du nord-ouest de la France et en Espagne, 489. L’abbé Bourgeois.—Note sur des silex taillés trouvés 4 Pont-Levoy (Loir-et-Cher), 535. R. Thomassy.—Supplément & la géologie pratique de la Louisiane.— Tle Petite-Anse, 542 (plate). Melleville-—Réponse a une note de M. Hébert, séance du 15 décembre 1862, 547. A. Meugy.—Sur un nouveau gisement de craie phosphatée aux en- virons de Périgueux (Dordogne), 549, H. Coquand.—Du terrain jurassique de la Provence et surtout des étages supérieurs de ce terrain, 553, J. Cornuel.—Sur la limite des deux étages du grés vert inférieur dans le bassin parisien, etc., 575 (plate). . DONATIONS, 175 A. de Rochebrune.—Note sur deux nouvelles espéces de la craie de la Charente, 587 (plate). Paris. Bulletin de la Société Géologique de France. Deuxiéme Sér. Vol. xx. feuill. 31-48 (continued). G. de Mortillet.—Complément de sa note du 16 mars dernier, p. 293, 592. Delesse et Laugel.—Revue de géologie pour l’année 1861, 598, De Binkhorst.—Découverte de nombreux gastéropodes dans la craie de Maéstricht, 604. Ed. Hébert.—Sur la craie blanche et la craie marneuse dans le bassin de Paris, etc., 605. N. de Mercey.—Note sur la craie dans le nord de la France, 631. De Chancourtois.—Tableau du classement naturel des corps simples. —Vis tellurique, 647. J. Capellini—Sur la carte géologique des environs de la Spezia, 647. R, Tournouér,—Note sur la présence des Nummulites dans l’étage 4 Natica crassatina dans le bassin de l’Adour, 649. Edm. Pellat.—Note sur les falaises de Biarritz, 670. pe seek ote sur une découverte de Lophiodons 4 Jouy (Aisne), De Verneuil et Louis Lartet.—Note sur le calcaire 4 Zychnus des en- virons de Segura (Aragon), 684 (plate). —. Note sur un silex taillé trouvé dans le diluvium des en- virons de Madrid, 698 (plate). ee de chemins de fer transformés en coupes géologiques, A. F. Nogués.—Note sur les sédiments inférieurs et les terrains cris- tallins des Pyrénées-Orientales, 703. E. Goubert.—Nouveau gisement de calcaire grossier fossilifére, 729. ach Coupe de la nouvelle ligne de Paris 4 Montargis, par Corbeil, ——. Coupe du nouveau chemin de fer de Saint-Cyr 4 Dreux, 736, . Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences. Tables Alphabétiques. Janvier-Juin 1863. Table des Matieres du tome lyvi. : Garrigou.— La présence de l’acide carbonique dans l’air des cayernes de Ariége, 838, 869, Marcel de Serres.—Sur deux articulations ginglymoidales nouvelles existant chez le Glyptodon, l’une entre la deuxiéme et la troisiéme vertébre dorsale, l’autre entre la premiére et la deuxiéme piéce du sternum, 885. -——. Le développement de l’articulation vertébro-sternale du Glyp- todon, et les mouvements de flexion et d’extension de la téte chez cet animal fossile, 1028. Michal.—La loi de la variation des débits des puits artésiens, observés a diverses profondeurs, 78, Des Cloizeaux.—Les formes cristallines et sur les propriétés optiques bi-réfringentes du castor et du pétalite, 488. —. Le pseudo-dimorphisme de quelques composés naturels et ar- tificiels, 1018. Jackson.—Mines de cuivre du Canada oriental, 635, Béchamp.—Nouvelle analyse chimique de |’eau du Boulou, 595. Pissis.—Recherches sur les produits de la vuleanicité aux différentes époques géologiques, 2itme partie, 82, 176 DONATIONS. Rivot.—Les mines de Vialas et sur la géologie de ce canton, 98, Nogués.—Les gypses secondaires des Corbiéres, 183, Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences. Tables Alphabétiques. Janvier—Juin 1863. Table des Maticres du tome lyi. (continued). Nogués.—Grauwacke dévonienne fossilifére des Pyrénées, 1122. Duponchel.—Cycle du développement de la vie organique 4 la surface du globe, 261. Meugy.—Quelques terrains crétacés du Midi, 432. L’existence de nodules de phosphate de chaux analogues a ceux de tun de la Flandre, dans les terrains crétacés du département de la Dordogne, 770. Ville.—Constitution géologique des dunes voisines des lacs salés du Sahara algérien, 440. Larroque.—Exploration du désert d’Atacama (Chili), 529. Garrigou.—Diluvium de la vallée de la Somme, 1042. Méne.—Analyse des houilles de Sainte-Foy-l’Argentiére, 1217. Pisani.—L’astrophyllite et l’egirine de Brevig, en Norvége, 846. Damour.—Le jade vert: analyse chimique de ce minéral le rappro- chant de la ihmille des Wernerites, 861. Sterry Hunt.—La nature du jade, 1255. Valenciennes.—Sur une communication de MM. Chopard et Pidancet concernant les restes d’un reptile dinosaurien découvert 4 Poligny (Jura), 290. —. Unchélonien fossile d’un genre nouveau, trouvé dans la craie du cap la Héve, 317. P, de Tchihatcheti—Sur deux nouveaux genres de bois fossiles re- cueillis prés de Constantinople, et déterminés par M. Unger, 516. J.-B. Jaubert.—Fossiles nouveaux provenant du terrain néocomien des environs de Gréouix, 776, Durance.—Une hache en pierre trouvée prés de Savenay (Loire-In- feribure), dans une argile supposée appartenir au terrain de trans- ort, - pe Vibraye.—Les silex travaillés du diluvium de Loir-et-Cher, 577. B, de Perthes.—Une machoire humaine découverte & Abbeville, dans un terrain non remanié, 779. De Quatrefages.—Deuxiéme et troisitme Notes sur la machoire d’ Abbeville, avec l’extrait d’une Lettre de M. Delesse, 809, 816, 857, Milne-Edwards.—Résultats fournis par une enquéte relative a J’au- thenticité de la machoire humaine et des haches en silex dans le terrain diluvien de Moulin-Quignon, 921. De Quatrefages.—Nouvelles observations sur la machoire de Moulin- Quignon, 933. E. de Beaumont.—Remarques sur ]’expression terrain diluvien, 935, E. Robert.—La non-contemporanéité de homme primitif et des orandes espéces perdues de Pachydermes, 955, Pruner-Bey.—Un examen de la machoire humaine de Moulin-Qui- gnon au point de vue anthropologique, 1001. Hébert.—Observations sur l’existence de l’homme pendant la période quaternaire, 1005, 1040. Desnoyers.—Les indices matériels de la coexistence de l"homme avec l’Elephas meridionalis dans un terrain plus ancien que les terrains de transport des vallées de la Somme et de la Seine, 1073. E. Robert.—-L’origine récente des traces instruments tranchants ob- servées 4 la surface de quelques ossements fossiles, 1157. He > DONATIONS, Lz Paris. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l’Académie des Sciences. Tables Alphabetiques. Janvier-Juin 1863. Table des Maticres du tome lvi. (continued). Scipion Gras.—Le diluvium de Saint-Acheul et le terrain de Moulin- Citendons, 1097. Garrigou.—L’homme fossile: historique général de la question, et discussion de la découverte d’Abbeville, 1120. E. Robert.—La non-contemporanéité de ’homme et des grandes es- péces éteintes de Mammiféres, 1121. Husson.—Les alluvions de la vallée de l’Ingression (arrondissement de Toul), 4 l’occasion de la machoire de Moulin-Quignon, 1227. A. Milne-Edwards.—La distribution géologique des oiseaux fossiles et description de quelques espéces nouvelles, 1219. Pelouze et Cahours.—Recherches sur les pétroles d’Amérique, 505. Dru.—L’écoulement de l’eau dans les puits artésiens, 189. Lefort.— Analyse d’une eau acide du volcan de Popocatepetl au Mexique, 909. , Sainte-Claire Deville, Le Blanc, et Fouqué.—Les émanations 4 gaz combustibles qui se sont échappées, 4 Torre del Greco, de la lave de 1794 lors de la derniére éruption du Vésuve, 1185. ——. -——. JDeuxiéme Semestre, 1863. Tome lvii. Nos. 1-22, 24-26. Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. Extracts from the Charter, Pharmacy Act, and Bye-laws, with Regulations of the Board of Examiners, School of Pharmacy, &c. 1863. Photographic Journal. Nos.138-140. October 15 to December 15, 1863. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. New Series. No. 12. October 1863. Reader. Vol. ii. Nos. 41-52. 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. British Association at Newcastle, 415, 447, 477. The Earth’s Climate in Paleozoic Times, 544. Meeting of the Hungarian Association for the Advancement of Natural Science, 606. C. Nicholson.—Geology of the Nile Valley, 634. Evidence of the Antiquity of Man in Spain, 671. R. Bingham.—Geological Nomenclature, 703. Royal Astronomical Society. Memoirs. Vol. xxxi. Session 1861- 62. 1863. Royal Horticultural Society. Proceedings. Vol. ii. No.8. De- cember 1, 1863. Royal Institution of Great Britain. List of the Members, Officers, &c., with the Report of the Visitors for the year 1861. 1862. Additions to the Library from July 1862 to July 1863. pei Proceedings. Vol. iv. Part 2. No. 38. 1863. J. Ruskin.—Forms of the Stratified Alps of Savoy, 142. VOL, XX.—PART I. N 178 DONATIONS, Royal Society. Proceedings. Vol. xii. No. 57. 1863. Royal Society of Edinburgh. Proceedings. Vol.v. No.59. 1862-63. R. B. Watson.—Geology of Liineburg, in the Kingdom of Hanover, 79. A, Geikie.—Occurrence of Stratified beds in the Boulder-clay of Scotland, and on the light which they throw upon the history of that deposit, 84. T. Brown.—Clay-deposit with Fossil Arctic Shells recently observed in the Basin of the Forth, 96. T. C. Archer.—Remarkable occurrence of Graphite in Siberia, 97. G. J. Allman.—New fossil Ophiuridan, from Postpliocene strata of the valley of the Forth, 101. Transgctions. Vol. xxiii. Part 2. Session 1862-63. Society of Arts. Journal. Vol. xi. Nos. 568-579. October 31 to December 25, 1863. Notices of Meetings of Scientific Societies, &c. South Shields Geological Club. Address to the Members by George Lyall, President, November 13, 1863. 1863. ——. Rules adopted November 13, 1863. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Transactions. Vol. vi. Part 1. 1863, Vienna. Jahrbuch der kaiserlich-koéniglichen geologischen Reichs- anstalt. Band xii. No. 2. April to June 1863. F. von Andrian.—Beitraige zur Geologie des Kaurimer und Taborer Kreises in Bohmen, 155. —. Geologische Studien aus dem Chrudimer und Czaslauer Kreise, 183. V. Lipold.—Die Graphitlager naichst Swojanow in Bohmen, 261. H. Wolf.—Bericht uber die geologische Aufnahme im Korosthale in Ungarn im Jahre 1860, 265. K. F. Peters.—Ueber Foraminiferen im Dachsteinkalk, 293. K. R. von Hauer.—Ueber das Verhiltniss des Brennwerthes der fos- silen Kohlen in der dsterreichischen Monarchie zu ihrem Forma- tionsalter, 299. ——. Verhandlungen der k.-k. geologischen Reichsanstalt 1863. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe. Band xxi. 1863. Kner und Steindachner.—Neue Beitriige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oesterreichs, 17 (7 plates). . Sitzungsberichte der k. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.- Nat. Classe. Band xlvi. Zweite Abtheilung. Hefte 3-5. Oc- tober to December 1862. 1862-63. Wohler.—Ueber die Bestandtheile des Meteorsteines von Bachmut in Russland, 302. Haidinger.—Die Meteoriten von Bachmut und von Paulowgrad, 307, Tschermak.—Einige Pseudomorphosen, 483 (2 plates). Haidinger.—Pseudomorphose von Glimmer nach Cordierit, 575. DONATIONS. 179 Vienna. Sitzungsberichte der kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Math.-Nat. Classe. Band xlvii. Zweite Abtheilung. Hefte 1 & 2. January and February 1863. ‘ . Band xlvii. Hefte 1-4. Jahrgang 1863. Erste und zweite Abtheilung. A. E. Reuss.—Ueber Paragenese der auf den Erzgangen yon Pribram einbrechenden Mineralien, 13. G. Tschermak.—Ein Beitrag zur Bildungsgeschichte der Mandel- steine, 102 (2 plates). F, Steindachner.—Beitriige zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oester- reichs, iv. Folge, 128 (3 plates). G. Tschermak.—Entstehungsfolge der Mineralien in einigen Gra- niten, 207. F. Zirkel.—Mikroskopische Gesteinstudien, 226 (3 plates). W. Haidinger.—Der Meteorit von Albareto im k.-k, Hof-Mineralien- cabinet vom Jahre 1766, und der Troilit, 283, II. PERIODICALS PURCHASED FOR THE LIBRARY. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Third Series. Vol. xii. Nos. 70-72. October to December 1863. G. de Saporta.—Tertiary floras previous to the Miocene, 290. W. K. Parker and T, R. Jones.—Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, 429, S. Haughton.—Fossil Red Deer of Ireland, 444. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. No. 36, Vol. xvii. No. 2. October 1863. ~ Bones in Drift, 334. Leonhard und Geinitz’s Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie u. s. w. Jahrgang 1863, fiinftes Heft. F, Roemer.—Geognostische Bemerkungen auf einer Reise nach Con- stantinople, 513 (plate). H. B. Geinitz.— Ueber zwei neue dyadische Pflanzen, 525 (2 plates). C. Naumann.—Ueber die Miinchberger Gneissbildung, 531 E. E. Schmid.— Bos Pallasi im alten Saal-Geschiebe bei Jena, 541. F. Scharff—Ueber Bleiglanz-Krystalle, 545. G. Tschermak.—Der Astrophyllit von Barkevig, 553. Letters; Notices of Books, Minerals, Geology, and Fossils. L'Institut. 17 Section. 31° Année. Nos. 1548-1558. 1868. —. 2°Section. 28° Année. No. 333. 1863. Natural History Review. Vol. ui. Nos.11&12. July and October 1863. W. B. Carpenter, W. K. Parker, and T. R. Jones’s ‘Introduction to the Study of the Foraminifera,’ noticed, 325. G. de Saporta’s ‘Etudes sur la Végétation du Sud-est de la France a l’époque Tertiaire,’ noticed, 360. ‘Sur le Role des Végétaux a Feuilles caduques dans les Flores N2 180 DONATIONS. Tertiaires antérieures au Miocene proprement dit et spécialement dans celle du Gypse d’Aix,’ noticed, 360. H. Falconer, G. Busk, and W. B. Carpenter.—Proceedings of the late Conference held in France to inquire into the circumstances attend- ing the asserted Discovery of a Human Jaw in the Gravel. at Moulin-. Quignon, near Abbeville, 423. W. Boyd Dawkins,—Molar Series of Rhinoceros tichorhinus, 525. Paleontographica, herausgegeben von W. Dunker. Band ix. Lief. 5. October 1863. O. Speyer.—Die Conchylien der Casseler Tertiar-Bildungen, 153 (5 plates). , herausgegeben von H. von Meyer. Band xi. Lief. 3. September 1863. C. W. Gumbel.—Ueber Clymenien in den Uebergangsgebilden des Fichtelgebirges, 85 (7 plates). R. Ludwig.— Unio pachyodon, Unio Kirnensis, Anodonta compressa, . Anodonta fabeformis, 166 (plate). III. GEOLOGICAL AND MISCELLANEOUS BOOKS. Names of Donors in Italics. Anon. A Familiar Epistle to R. J. Walker, from an old acquaint- ance. ‘To which is prefixed a Biographical Sketch. 1863. Mining Industries and Coal-trade of Belgium. 1863. From Prof. J. Tennant, F.GS. Newton et Leibnitz. 1863. Sir Mordaunt Wells and Public Opinion in India. 1863, Ball, J. On the Formation of Alpine Lakes. 1863. ‘Barkas, T. P. The Interior of the Earth. 1863. Beke, C.T. Views in Ethnography, the Classification of Languages, the Progress of Civilization, and the Natural History of Man. 1863. ‘Binney, E. W. Observations on the Carboniferous, Permian, and _ Triassic Strata of Cumberland and Dumfries. 1863. Bischof, G. Lehrbuch der chemischen und physikalischen Geologie. 1863. Brunton, J. Description of the line and works of the Scinde Rail- way. 1863, Bes F, Contributions to the Ancient Geography of the Troad. 1863. Catalogue. Catalogue of the American Philosophical Society Library. Parti. 1863. From the American Philosophical Society. Esposizione Italiana, Relazioni dei Giurati. Industria Mine- raria e Metallurgica. 1861. By C. Perazzi. From Sign. C. Pe- raza, F.GS. Udsist over Mineralcabinettets Orstilling og Storrelse DONATIONS. 181 afgivet som Indberetning for 1861 fro Bestyreren. 1863. From the Royal Academy of Christiama. Dana, J. D. On parallel Relations of the Classes of Vertebrates, and on some Characteristics of the Reptilian Birds. . The Classification of Animals based on the principle of Cepha- lization. 1863, Dawson, J. W. Air-breathers of the Coal-period: a descriptive ac- count of the remains of Land-animals found in the Coal-formation of Nova Scotia. 1863. Dewalque, G. Sur quelques fossiles trouvés dans le dépét de trans- port de la Meuse et ses affluents. 1863. : Ebray, T. Sur la présence de l’étage Bathonien et de l’étage Bajo- cien 4 Crussol (Ardeéche), et étude des allures du terrain houiller de Decize. 1863. Gastaldi. Sulla escavazione (affouillement) dei bacini lagustri com- presi negli anfiteatri Morenici. 1863. From Sign. G. de Mortillet. et Mortillet. Sur la théorie de Vaffouillement glaciaire. 1863. Gemitz, H. B. Ueber Dalmanites Kablike und Kablikia dyadica, Gein. 1863. Guiscardi, G. Sur le Spherulites Tenoreana. 1862. Hall, J. Preliminary notice of some species of Crinoidea from the Waverley Sandstone-series of Summit County, Ohio, supposed to be of the age of the Chemung group of New York. 1863. Hébert, HE. Note sur la craie blanche et la craie marneuse dans le bassin de Paris, et sur la division de ce dernier étage en quatre assises. 1863. Observations géologiques sur quelques points du département de ’Yonne. 1863. Howse, R., and J.W. Kirkby. A Synopsis of the Geology of Durham and parts of Northumberland. 1863. Hutton, T. Pre-Adamite Earth. Proved to be a geological delusion. 1863. Institute of Mining Engineers. Guide to Excursion to Canobie, Liddesdale, and Keelder Castle. 1863. From Prof. T. R, Jones, F.GS. James, H. Note on the Block of Tin dredged up in Falmouth Har- bour. 1863. Karrer, F. Ueber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in den brakis- chen Schichten (Tegel und Sand) des Wiener Beckens. 1863. Kjerulf, T., und D, Tellef. Ueber das Vorkommen der Eisenerze bei Arendal, Nas, und Kragerd, 1868, Koninck, L. de. Mémoire sur les fossiles paléozoiques recueillis dans l’Inde par M. le docteur Fleming; suivi de la description des Brachiopodes fossiles de Inde, par Th. Davidson. 1868. 182 DONATIONS. Milner, T. The Gallery of Geography. A descriptive and pictorial Tour of the World. PartsI.and II. 1863. Mortillet, G. de. Coupe Géologique de la colline de Sienne. 1863. Terrains du versant italien des Alpes comparés 4 ceux du versant francais. 1862. New Zealand. Sketch of the present position of the province of Auckland, statistically and financially. 1863. From the New Zealand Commissioners at the International Exhibition. Nicholson, C. The Australian Colonies, their condition, resources, and prospects. 1863. From Prof. J. Tennant, F.GS. Noblet et Baudry. Libraire polytechnique. Architecture, Arché- ologie, Beaux-Arts, Ponts et Chaussées, Mines, Science de [ange nieur, Industrie. 1863. Page, D. The Philosophy of Geology. 1863. Parker, W. K., and T. R. Jones. On the Nomenclature of the Fo- raminifera. ‘Part [X. - 1863. Report. Report of the Half-yearly General Meeting of the British Indian Association, held at the Hall of the Association. 1863. Sars, M. Geologiske og Zoologiske Jagttagelser, anstillede paa en Reise 1 en Deel af Trondhjems Stift i Sommeren 1863. 1863. Schwartz, G. Ueber die Familie der Rissoiden. 1863. Steindachner, F. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Fische Oester- reichs. 1863. Stoliczka, F. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Molluskenfauna der Ceri- thien- und Inzersdorfer Schichten des ungarischen Tertiiirbeckens. 1862. Oligociine Bryozoen von Latdorf in Bernburg. 1861. Strickland, H. E. Rules for Zoological Nomenclature. 1863. From the British Association. Trautschold, H. Der glanzkornige braune Sandstein bei Dmitrijewa- Gora an der Oka. 1863. Ueber den Korallenkalk des russischen Jura. 1862. ——. Zeichen der permischen Zeit im Gouvernement Moskau. 1863 : Verneuil, E. de, et L. Lartet. Note sur le caleaire a Lychnus des environs de Segura (Aragon). 1863. Wardle, T. On the Geology of the neighbourhood of Leek, Staf- fordshire. 1863. Winkler, T. C. Musée Reo Catalogue systématique de la ¢al- lection paléontologique. 1863, . THE QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Ferpruary 24, 1864. Edward Easton, Esq., 49 Upper Bedford Place, Russell Square ; George Maw, Esq., F.L.S., F.S.A., Benthall Hall, near Broseley ; Joseph Elliot Square, Esq., 4 Stanley Crescent, Kensington Park, W. ; and Edward B. Tawney, Esq., Assoc. Royal School of Mines, were elected Fellows. The following communications were read :— 1. Furtner Discovertss of Frrnt Liprements and Foss, Mammats im the Vautxy of the Ouse. By James Wyart, Esq., F.G.S. Since my communication to this Society of discoveries of Flint Implements associated with fossil remains of extinct Mammalia in the Post-tertiary gravels near Bedford, I have been so fortunate as to have the opportunity of examining in this valley several good sections ; and there is one especially of which it is desirable to have a record, as it furnishes several important data in reference to the question of the Drift. The opening of this section appeared to me to present a good opportunity of ascertaining whether the gravels at this lower level of the Ouse Valley exhibited any phenomena different from those of the upper level at Biddenham. With this view constant observa- tions were made throughout the excavation; and some points of evidence were obtained, which tend to support the opinions of Mr. Prestwich in regard to the different periods and climatal conditions VOL, XX,—PART I, 0 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 24, under which those deposits were made*, Without doubt I have found this lower portion of the Drift exhibit some features not met with in the higher levels, namely, a marked difference in the grouping of the fauna and in the types of Flint Implements. Although, as might have been expected, there are several species of Mammals in common, yet the section under notice contains some species not known in the localities considered to belong to the upper-level deposits; and the same remark holds good with reference to the land and freshwater Shells. The new line of railway from Bedford to Cambridge has been made across a large tract of this Drift-gravel to the east of Bedford, but very few fossil bones have been obtained from it, as the levels of the line did not necessitate any deep cutting. In connexion, however, with these works an excavation has been made in a hill contiguous to the line, which has furnished the interesting section now under consideration. Two miles eastward of the town of Bedford, and near the junction of the parishes of Cardington and Goldington, where the general level of the land is not more than four or five feet above the water of the River Ouse, there is a large mound known as «Summerhouse Hill.” The Ordnance Map does not give this name, but shows the hill and the brick-kiln on one side of it. The whole of the surrounding flat land is a deep alluvial deposit, and a great portion is under water during part of the winter, through the river- floods. Beneath is an extensive deposit of gravel, which overlies the clay and limestone of the Middle Oolite, and this hill is composed of the same clay. The hill is a conspicuous object, although only 36 feet above the level of the river, as it is the only natural elevation in this part of the valley. It is exactly four miles from the celebrated pit of Bid- denham “as the crow flies,’ but nine miles if the measurement be taken by the present meandering river, the feeble successor of the ancient torrent which scoured the valley. In the absence of an actual survey for the true levels of this district, some idea may be formed of the difference of the levels between the pit at Biddenham and the cutting at Summerhouse Hill when it is stated that the river has, in this distance, four mill-dams; so that the natural fall may be calculated to be at least 30 feet between the two sites. The railway contractors found that there was on the north-eastern flank of this hill a valuable deposit of gravel. This discovery was soon turned to account, and several acres have been excavated to furnish ballast for the line and roadways to the viaducts. I watched the work with great interest, as the gravel-deposit here presents the peculiarity of a great buttress to the hill on that north-east side only. This deposit has a depth of 15 feet at the foot of the hill, gradually decreasing in thickness until near the top, where it ceases altogether; and on the south-western slope no gravel is found, but there the hill is excavated for brick-making, the clay coming close to the surface. It would appear as if this mound had caused a shoal, and that * See his “Theoretical Considerations,” in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal So- ciety,’ March 27, 1862. 1864.] = WYATT—FLINT IMPLEMENTS AND FOSSIL MAMMALIA. 185 the current of the ancient Post- pliocene river had eddied round Wi it, depositing a large bed of gravel, silt, and mud on one flank, and subsequently shifting its course. The excavation by the railway contractors gave a transverse sec- tion of the deposit; and beds of gravel, of the depth stated, were shown between the alluvial soil and the Oolitic clay at the base. The gravel was similar to that at Biddenham, subangular, and com- posed of flint, limestone, New Red Sandstone, trap, and various old rocks—just such a collection as is found in the neighbouring hills of Boulder-clay; but some of the peb- bles are much rolled. The section presented none of those contortions of the stratawhich aresofrequently displayed at Biddenham; but the layersof gravel,sand,and mud were unusually conformable, the con- stant deposit, of the current appa- rently extending over a long period of time; while the large quantity of marginal and land-shells at differ~ ent depths, the marks of vegetable fibres in the mud, and the black streaks as from decomposed wood indicate a long continuance of this as a bank or shoal line. There were three very distinct layers of mud; those at the depths of 9 feet and 12 feet from the surface contained an immense number of land and freshwater Shells. A collection of these I have sub- mitted to Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys, who has kindly furnished the following list :—‘*‘ In the first layer (at the depth of 6 feet) were Valvata prscemalis, V. acuminata, Pupa marginata, Ancylus fluviatilis, Pisidium amnecum, P. fontinale, hs var. pulchella, var. Henslowiana, ay LIimnea peregra, L. truncatula, y Helix hispida, H. pulchella, Plan- ‘ish | | orbis spirorbis, Bithynia tentacu- ft ll Hh Hammer Hill. iddle Oolite). e. Limestone (Mi d. Oxford clay. Cardington. | Brick-kiln. Summerhouse Hill. ce. Boulder-clay. Section from Ravensden to Hammer Hill, through Summerhouse Hill. River Ouse. Goldington. 6. Gravel, with Fossil Mammals and Flint Implements. a. Alluvium. Penhold. ny 0 2 N. Ravensden. a se —— 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 24, lata. This assemblage of Shells shows the result of a large river- scouring, with a mountainous or hilly stream flowing into it, as well as the vicinity of the sea. In the second layer (at the depth of 9 feet) were Planorbis spirorbis, Ancylus fluviatilis, Spherium corneum, Pupa margimata, Limnea truncatula, L. peregra, Bithynia tentaculata, Pisidium fontinale, Zua lubrica, Unio Batavus. The Unio is the same species as now living in the Oise. In the third layer (at the depth of 12 feet) were Valvata piscinalis, Helix pulchella, Pupa marginata, Bithynia tentaculata, Spherium corneum, Pisidium amni- cum, P. fontinale, Ancylus fluviatilis, Limneea peregra, Succimea elegans, Planorbis albus, P. spirorbis. The shells have the same appearance as those from the Abbeville district ; and it is very probable they were coéval, and deposited under similar conditions.” During the excavation great quantities of bones were found, but from the nature of the work very few were preserved at the onset, as a large gang of navvies had to fill ballast-waggons in a given time for an engine to draw away to Bedford ; the consequence was that many fine fossils assisted to make approaches to the new bridges. As the demand for ballast slackened, the chances of ob- servation increased, and eventually many valuable specimens were obtained. There were great numbers of antlers of Deer, some shed, and others having portions of the skull attached: there were also teeth and bones of the same species, and many bones, teeth, and cores of horns of a large species of Bos. A doubt has been previously expressed whether the gravels in this valley have yet-given good evidence of the presence of Hippopotamus major ; but this excava- tion removes all doubt on that point, as I obtained portions of two tusks with an astragalus and portions of other bones; and within 500 yards of this spot, in the cutting for a watercourse by the side of the railway a fine tusk was found, which, however, the men broke in pieces. Professor Owen kindly permitted me to forward to him a portion of the fossils for his examination, and amongst them he has found Hlephas antiquus, Fale., some very fine remains of Hippopotamus major, Bos giganteus, Owen, Cervus elaphus (large variety), Cervus tarandus, and Ursus. It may be added that very few of the bones exhibited any signs of having been rolled far, but the great proportion retained their natural form perfectly. But there is another fact which gives importance to this section, and causes Summerhouse Hill to be added to the interesting loca- lities which have yielded the rude tools of the primitive flint- chippers. The only unsatisfactory point is that no Flint Implement has been discovered in situ; but the circumstances under which I found one specimen leave no doubt as to its original place of deposit, and its condition carries the most complete evidence of its antiquity. At a later period of the excavations the sand was sifted out, and only the larger gravel taken away for ballasting purposes. In one of the heaps of this sifted gravel I found a small Flint Implement of oval form, and this heap must have come from the lowest bed of gravel, and was amongst the last material that was removed from the section. Many of the stones were deeply stained with oxide of 1864.] | WYATT—FLINT IMPLEMENTS AND FOSSIL MAMMALIA, 187 iron, which I had observed all along a layer about 2 feet from the bottom of the bed; other stones had a whitish patina from imme- diate contact with the clay, and it was the latter coating which had accumulated on the implement so as to give it a porcellanous appear- ance. This flint tool is 2? inches long, and similar in outline to one found in the Champ de Mars at Abbeville, and figured by Mr. Evans in the sheet of typical forms accompanying his paper on Flint Imple- ments, published in the ‘ Archexologia,’ 1862. It is also similar to one found at St. Gilles, near Abbeville, and figured in the paper by Mr. Prestwich, in vol. cl. of the ‘Transactions of the Royal Society.’ Amongst the gravel I found three fiint flakes, on which there are sufficient facets to show that they were artificial. Soon after this discovery, Mr. Evans, who had come to pay me a visit, went to this spot, and on the newly constructed road through this section found amongst the gravel, which had been taken from the lowest stratum, a flint implement of oval form, which is rounder at the cutting end than usual, and altogether of a different type from that of those tools which have been found at Biddenham and St. Acheul. It was tantalizing to find that just as these diggings were begin- ning to be productive of interesting results the excavation ceased, the quantity of land agreed upon haying been worked out. Sufficient evidence, however, has been obtained to show that the gravels at this part of the Ouse Valley are as rich in fossil remains as on the western side of Bedford. There are six places at which Flint Implements have been found near Bedford, within a radius of four miles, in the following order of succession : — Biddenham, Harrowden, Cardington, Kempston, Summerhouse Hill, and Honey Hill. The evidence which warrants the addition of Honey Hill is curious. A few weeks ago I was on my way to inspect the neighbouring pits, and passed along an occu- pation-road which had lately been repaired. If the same regula- tions were adopted for farmers’ roads as Mr. MacAdam insisted on for the public turnpike trusts—where a man’s mouth is taken as the gauge for the size of the stones to be laid down—a most in- teresting relic would have been sacrificed. Fortunately for the interests of science this regulation had not been insisted upon here, and so I saw a flint hache reposing snugly in a rut. The rude wheels of dung-carts had gone over it and pressed it down, making one additional and unnecessary conchoidal fracture on one side, and taking off the point, but not sufficiently damaging it to prevent its identification as a true Implement of the Drift. I ascertained from the occupier of the farm that he had made a small pit at Honey Hill, and taken out such gravel as he required, and then levelled it up. This site is about a mile west of Bedford, at the junction of the parishes of St. Paul, Biddenham, and Kempston. This is on nearly the same level as the Biddenham pit, and the Implement is of the type of the pointed haches of Amiens. In reviewing the facts now under notice, and keeping in view the circumstance of the freshwater Shell, the Unio Batavus, found in the valley of the Oise(France), being discovered in a fossil state atSummer- 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 24, house Hill, and not in any spot higher up the valley of the Ouse, and the different assemblage of Mammalian species, I think they may be taken as of importance in the consideration of Mr. Prestwich’s theory. And, in conclusion, I must beg to express my regret that the section was not open sufficiently long to be examined by those who still doubt the high antiquity of these fluviatile valley-gravels. 2. On some Recent Discovertes of Fiint Implements in Drirt- DEPosITs 1 Hants and Wits. By Joun Evans, Esq., F.G.S., F.S.A. Havine within the last few days visited, in company with Mr. Prest- wich, the scenes of two recent discoveries of Flint Implements in gravel in the south of England, I think a few notes upon the sub- ject may be of interest to this Society. The discoveries in question have taken place, the one on the sea- shore, about midway between Southampton and Gosport, where Implements have been found by Mr. James Brown, of Salisbury ; and the other at Fisherton, near Salisbury, where they have been discovered by Dr. H. P. Blackmore, of that town.* The first-mentioned discovery was made accidentally in May last. Mr. Brown being on a visit at a friend’s house, near Hill Head, a spot about 23 miles south of Titchfield, was walking along the shore about the middle of the cliff westward of Hill Head, and between that place and Brunage, and picked up a worked flint, in which he at once recognized a form of Implement peculiar to the Drift. Dili- gent search, renewed on several subsequent occasions, enabled him to find five more, all within forty or fifty yards of the place where the first was picked np, and near the spot where a large mass of gravel had fallen from the cliff on to the shore only a short time pre- viously. Three of these Implements are oval, equally convex on both sides, and with a cutting edge all round. Two out of these three are more sharply curved at one end than at the other, anda fourth is more lanceolate in form. The fifth is the heavy butt end of a large Implement, probably a pointed one; and the sixth a broad flake with numerous facets on the convex side. On the occasion of our late visit, I was fortunate enough to discover another specimen, of the spear-head form with a rounded point, exactly similar to many of those found at St. Acheul. I did not, however, find it at the spot where the other implements were discovered, but about a mile to the west, nearly midway along the cliff between Brunage and the lane leading down to the shore between Chilling and Hook. It was lying among the shingle on the shore opposite the highest part of the cliff, which there attains a height of about 30 feet above the top of the beach, or probably about 35 feet above high-water mark. * See also the ‘ Geologist,’ vol. vi. p. 895. 1864.] | EVANS-——FLINT IMPLEMENTS IN HANTS AND WILTS. 189 We examined the cliff eastward from Hook, nearly to Lee, a distance of three miles, and found it to consist of sands of the Bracklesham series, capped with gravelly beds in many places 10 to 12 feet thick, and m some as much as 15 or 16 feet. They are almost continuous, and rest on a nearly horizontal base, except where the cliff is intersected by transverse valleys draining portions of the adjacent country, as at Hook, Chilling, Brunage, and Hill Head. The gravel consists almost entirely of subangular Chalk-flints, among which are some of considerable size, and some quite fresh and unrolled. There are also a few large sandstone-blocks of Ter- tiary origin in the beds, and several on the shore, apparently derived from the gravel. Of these we measured one which was six feet by _ three feet four inches, and one foot six inches thick; and another which was 22 feet in circumference, and fully two feet six inches thick. There are a few quartz- and chert-pebbles in the gravel ; there are also a few sandy seams with false bedding intercalated in it, as well as some loess-like and marly seams ; between Brunage and Hill Head there is a band of loam three feet to four feet in thickness, continuous for some distance, a little below the top of the cliff. Some of the flints in the gravel are almost unstained, but the great majority have their surface considerably altered, and are either white, grey, or ochreous, in some cases with a porcellanous lustre. The Implements have precisely the same character of surface, and, though not as yet found im situ, it ean be proved almost to demon- stration that they are derived from the gravel capping the cliff, as that is the only available source for the whole of the shingle on the beach. We were unable to discover any traces of Shells or Bones in the gravel, nor had it in any way the appearance of being a raised beach. On the contrary, it had many of the characteristics of being a fluviatile gravel, as will have been observed from the description already given. The area covered by these drift-beds appears to be very extensive. They seem to cap the cliffs as far as the shingle- beds near Alverstoke, 8.W. of Gosport, and we found what was apparently the same gravel in several places between the coast and Titchfield and Fareham. Mr. Prestwich informs me that they also extend along the coast to Southampton, and are moreover found on the other side of the Southampton Water. Taking all things into - account, there can indeed be but little doubt that these gravel-beds are merely an extension of the valley-gravels of the rivers Test, Itchen, Hamble, and other streams, which, at the time they were deposited, flowed at this spot in one united broad stream, at an elevation some forty feet above the existing level of their outfall, over a country which has since, by erosive action, been in part converted into the Southampton Water. Such an alteration in the relative positions of land and water may seem to claim for the Flint Implements con- tained in the gravel an almost fabulous antiquity; but it must be remembered that at Reculyer we have a perfectly parallel instance 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 24, of fluviatile beds, containing Implements fashioned by the hand of man, capping cliffs abutting on the sea, at a height of fifty feet above it. We shall presently see that at Fisherton, to which I will now direct attention, the evidence of the extreme antiquity (his- torically, not geologically, speaking) is no less strong. The Drift-deposits of Fisherton, near Salisbury, have long been known to geologists. As early as 1827* Sir Charles Lyell com- municated to this Society a notice of the brick-earth and rubbly- chalk beds occurring there, and mentioned the discovery in them of the bones of the Elephant, Rhinoceros, and Ox. Subsequently, in 1854, Mr. Prestwich and the late Mr. John Brown, of Stanway, communicated a paper ‘‘ On a Fossiliferous Drift near Salisbury,’ in which the Drift-beds at Fisherton, and more especially the sec- tion exposed in Mr. Harditig’s brick-pit, are accurately described, and an extended list of the Mammalian and Molluscous remains, which up to that time had been found, is given. What, however, invests these Fisherton beds with peculiar interest, is their similarity to those at Menchecourt, near Abbeville, in which Flint Instruments — have been found; a similarity pointed out by Mr. Prestwich in his account of the discoveries made in the Valley of theSomme, read before the Royal Society in 1859+, and which led both him and me to pay visits to Fisherton in the hope of discovering Implements there also. It was not, however, in these beds of brick-earth or loess that such a discovery was destined to be first made, but in certain beds of gravel at a still higher level, in which up to the present time no organic remains have been found; though the persevering researches of Dr. Humphrey P. Blackmore have been rewarded by the discovery in them of three well-defined Flint Implements, as well as of some more simply fashioned flakes. The Implements are all of oval form, more sharply curved at one end than at the other, and equally convex on both sides. They are all considerably stained and discoloured, and two of them are much rolled. In form they present the closest analogy to many of those from the Valley of the Somme and from Ickling- ham. I have some specimens from the latter place which in point of colour and character of surface exactly correspond with those from Fisherton. The pit from which is dug the gravel, in which these Implements were found, is about a mile to the west of Salisbury, nearly opposite Bemerton new church, and close to the lane connecting the roads to Wilton and to Devizes, and nearly midway between them. It is an old pit, for a portion of it that has been worked out is planted with fir-trees, now of considerable size. There appears, however, to be a large quantity of gravel still left unworked, and it is, moreover, dug in a neighbouring field. The deposit lies upon the southern side of the spur of chalk dividing the valley of the Wiley, or Nadder, from that of the Avon, about a mile and a quarter above the confluence of the two rivers, which are here about a mile apart. It consists of * Proc. Geol. Soc. vol. i. p. 25; Lyell’s ‘Antiquity of Man,’ 3rd edit. p. 519. t Phil. Trans. 1860, p. 302. -1864.] EVANS—FLINT IMPLEMENTS IN HANTS AND WILTS. 191 angular and subangular gravel in a red clayey matrix, almost un- stratified, but with a few loamy patches. The stones are prin- cipally chalk-flints with a few Greensand pebbles and Tertiary sandstone blocks, some of them nine or ten inches long. Its thick- ness is about ten or twelve feet. Though less distinctly stratified than the gravels of Moulin Quignon, there is a strong general re- semblance to them. I have not got the exact measurements of this chalk-ridge, but near the Cemetery it probably attains a height of at least 100 feet above the level of the river, and the surface of the gravel-beds of which I have been speaking may be about 20 feet lower. As we descend the hill we find the chalk in places coming almost to the surface, but at the railway-bridge it is seen that the cutting has been carried through beds of brick-earth and gravel, resting on flinty chalk-rubble, similar to those exhibited in Mr. Harding’s brick-pit nearer Salisbury. These beds are continued down to the bottom of the valley, and may be traced in various clay-pits on the south of the Wilton road. * The relation of the high-level gravels (in which the Implements were found) to these lower beds will be best seen in the Section. I Section of the North Side of the Valley of the Wiley, 13 mile west N. of Salisbury. S. Cemetery. Railway-cutting. hf Mh) Uff -- -—-— —- - - = - — - -- Chalk. a. High-level gravel. b. Brick-earth and gravel, resting on chalk-rubble. e. Alluvium. may add that Mr. Prestwich informs me that there are similar high-level gravels on the eastern side of the valley of the Avon near Salisbury. It is needless to enter into any description of the geolo- gical character of the low-level beds of drift, as they have already been fully described in the paper by Mr. Prestwich*, to which I have before referred. As, however, the careful researches of Dr. Blackmore have considerably extended the fauna of this deposit since that paper was written, it will be well to give an amended list of the organic remains found in it. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 101. 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Feb. 24, The Mammalia are as follows, as determined by Dr. Blackmore :-— Canis vulpes. Hyezena speleea. Felis spelea. Spermophilus (superciliosus ?). Lemmus (Greenlandicus ?). Lepus timidus. Elephas primigenius. Rhinoceros tichorhinus. Equus plicidens. fossilis. Equus caballus. Asinus fossilis ? (or small horse). Sus scrofa ? Cervus tarandus. Guettardi (or young C. tarandus). elaphus. Bison priscus. minor. Bos primigenius. longifrons. Of the remains of birds there are a portion of a femur and a coracoid bone of a Wild Goose (Anser palustris ?), and, what are most curious, portions of two egg-shells, the one corresponding in size with the egg of the Wild Goose, the other with that of the Wild Duck. They are both stained of a pale fawn-colour, and in many parts are covered with superficial incrustations. Dr. Blackmore remarks that the lowest-level clay-pits produce but few Mammalian remains; but he has procured from them bones of Mammoth, Rhinoceros, Horse, and small long-fronted Ox; while in Harding’s and Baker’s pits, at a rather higher level, remains of Mammoth and Rhinoceros are comparatively rare, but the bones of Horse, Ox, and Deer occur in great numbers. He has kindly furnished me with the following list of land and freshwater Shells found at Fisherton :— Land Shells. Helix arbustorum. xZonites rotundatus. * nemoralis. * fulvus. pygmea. Pupa marginata. radiatula. Zua lubrica. —— pulchella. Carychium minimum. rufescens. Acme lineata. —— hispida. Limax agrestis. concinna. Freshwater Shells. Succinea putris. *Planorbis carinatus. * gracilis. xBithynia tentaculata. * oblonga. Valvata piscinalis. Ancylus fluviatilis. Pisidium amnicum. Limnea truncatula. * fontinale. * palustris. — pulchellum. peregra. — pusillum. xPlanorbis spirorbis. x——- obtusale. Those marked * are not included in Mr. Brown’s list. Succinea oblonga is the only Shell not found in the neighbourhood. This is perhaps the most extensive list of fossils collected from the fluviatile beds of a single locality that has ever yet been made ; and it is the more remarkable, since, besides comprising remains of so many of the animals which are known to have inhabited this country during the Post-pliocene period, it furnishes us with the names of several new British fossils. The Spermophilus, the Lemming, and the Wild Goose have all, I believe, been found, for the first time in 1864.] | EVANS—FLINT IMPLEMENTS 1N HANTS AND WILTS. 193 this country in a fossil state, by Dr. Blackmore*. Of the Spermo- philus, or pouched Marmot, an animal about the size of a Squirrel, portions of the remains of at least thirteen individuals have been found, including parts of the skull with the teeth remaining in their sockets, and the last or ungual phalanx, which shows that the animal must have been armed with strong sharp claws. Of the Lemming, which is closely allied to, if not identical with, the Owinyak, or Greenland Lemming, a native of Hudson’s Bay, remains of two or three have been discovered. The two most remarkable fossils are the egg-shells before mentioned, one of which appears to be that of the Wild Goose. Now, it is not a little curious that all these additions to the list of British fossils of the Post-pliocene period afford, as has already been pointed out by Sir Charles Lyell +, some presumptive evidence of our climate having been colder at that period than itis at present. The Greenland Lemming, the Marmot, and the breeding-place of the Wild Goose are all associated in our minds with Arctic regions or an Alpine climate. The large blocks of sandstone in the gravel and on the shore near Hill Head could hardly have been transported, except by ice-action ; and the chalk-flints in the gravel, which must have travelled a dis- tance of at least twelve miles, and some of which are, nevertheless, entirely fresh and unrolled, testify to a similar means of transport. Altogether the evidence of the two cases which I have attempted to describe tells much in favour of the theory advanced by Mr. Prest- wich, that the greater excavating powers of the rivers of the Post- pliocene period, as compared with those of their representatives of the present day, were mainly due to a more rigorous winter climate, probably accompanied by a more abundant rain-fall and a greater tendency to floods. . Still we have ample testimony that the climate of that period was such as to permit of abundant animal life, and that the rain-fall was not so excessive but that there was a sufficient supply of vegetable food. The denuding and excavating power of the rivers cannot, therefore, have been out of all proportion to what they are at the present day, and the effect produced in the course of a single year, or even a century, can hardly have been appreciable in valleys, such as those through which the rivers now run. When, therefore, we look at a Section like this at Fisherton, with its high-level and low-level gravels, or at that of the valley of the Somme at Abbeville, in which these beds have their exact par- allels in those of Moulin Quignon and Menchecourt, and when we find that in the high-level gravels which must have formed the bed of the river when it ran at an elevation of 80 or 100 feet above its * Since this paper was written, Dr. Falconer has informed me that, in 1858, he had identified, in the collection of the late Rev. Daniel Williams, amongst the fossil Mammalia of the Mendip Caverns, two lower jaws of a species of Spermo- philus, which he named S. erythrogenoides, and which appears to be identical with that found in such abundance in the cave-fissures of Montmorency, near Paris, by M. Desnoyers. t ‘ Antiquity of Man,’ 3rd edit. p. 520. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, present level, are contained Flint Implements worked by the hand of man,—when we find that at a time long subsequent, when the river had excavated the greater portion of its present valley, the Mam- moth and Woolly Rhinoceros, or, as at Fisherton, the Cave-lion and Hyzena, the Lemming and Marmot, were still denizens of the country, —we are almost staggered at the inevitable conclusions which must be drawn as to the period that has elapsed since the Implements such as those before us were fashioned. Geologically speaking, indeed, the time may appear insignificant, as compared with the vast lapse of ages represented by even a single formation ; but where man is concerned, we are involuntarily led to compare the period of his duration with the short space of time embraced by history and tradition. I will only add that most of the Implements and Mammalian remains I have mentioned are deposited in the museum lately opened at Salisbury, which owes its existence mainly to the exertions of Dr. Blackmore and Mr. E. T. Stevens, and from the Descriptive Catalogue of which I have borrowed some of my facts. P.S.—Since this paper was read (the 24th February last), I have employed Mr. H. Keeping to make a further examination of the shores of Southampton Water. His search in the gravels on the western coast, and on the eastern, north of Hill Head, were unsuccessful ; but on the shore at Brown Down, about three miles south-east of Hill Head and two miles west of Alverstoke, he found two well-defined specimens. The one is of nearly triangular form, with a slightly rounded point, and with the butt end retaining the natural surface of the flint; the other is of oval form, thicker at one end than the other, and retaining a considerable portion of the old surface of the flint upon the less convex side. Both specimens are considerably discoloured on the surface. Though their salient angles are slightly worn, they cannot have been long exposed upon the beach, and were doubtless derived from the gravel capping the cliff near Brown Down, which is a con- tinuation of that which I have described in the paper. Mr. James Brown has also found five or six more Implements near Hill Head. —[J. E.] Marcu 9, 1864. William Eassie, Esq., High Orchard House, Gloucester; Francis Ablett Jesse, Esq., F.L.S., Llanbedr Hall, Ruthin; and Henry Lucas, Esq., 19 Hyde Park Gardens, were elected Fellows. The following communications were read :— 1. On the Discovery of the Scaes of Prmraspis, with some Remarks on the CepHatic SHIELD of that Fisn. By E. Ray Lanxester, Esq. [Communicated by Prof. Huxley, F.R.S., F.G.8.] [PLATE XII.] Pror. Acasstz* was the first to describe certain remains found in * ¢ Poissons Fossiles,’ vol. i. p. 135, 1364. | LANKESTER—SCALES OF PTERASPIS. 195 the Cornstones of Herefordshire, associated with the well-known Cephalaspis Lyell. He considered these remains as portions of the cephalic shield of three distinct species of Cephalaspis, which he named C. rostratus, C. Lewisu, and C. Lloydu, respectively. At the same time he expressed his doubts as to whether, on account of the peculiar structure of the test, it might not be advisable to place these three Fish in a distinct genus. In 1847, Dr. R. Kner, writing in Haidinger’s ‘ Abhandlungen*,’ considered the fossils in question as the remains of Cephalopoda, and he proposed, therefore, to place them in a new genus, Pteraspis, remarking that the struc- ture of the test preserved in these fossils corresponded closely with that of the calcareous plate or “ cuttle-bone” of Sepia. Prof. Huxley has since investigated the structure of both Cephalaspis and Pteraspis, and published his results in this Journalt. It will therefore only be necessary to remark that he came to the con- clusion that Pteraspis Lewisu, P. Lloyd, and P. rostratus were the remains of Fish, and presented no real analogy to Sepia in the microscopic structure of the test. This, he showed, was similar to that of Cephalaspis, but differed in the absence of bone-cells or lacune ; and he adopted Kner’s name of Pteraspis for these Fish, considering that the differences in form and structure between the two groups warranted a generic separation. The only thing required to remove the doubts which yet lingered in the minds of some paleontologists as to the piscine nature of Pteraspis was the discovery of the scales. These, at length, have come to light, in a quarry at Cradley, near Malvern, where the Cornstones of the Devonian system are worked. The specimen (PL. XII. figs. 3 & 4) which I obtained last summer consists of a small portion of the cephalic shield, of which the internal nacreous layer is exposed; closely attached to its posterior margin, and apparently partially underlying it, is a row of rhomboidal scales, eight in number; these are followed by eight other rows of similar scales, and they are all that remained preserved in the specimen. The scales which are shown are, therefore, only those of a small portion of the anterior dorsal surface. It might be suggested that these were the scales of some other Fish, since the portion of the cephalic shield preserved is hardly sufficient from its form alone to warrant the assumption of their Pteraspidian nature. Fortunately, however, on one surface of the specimen (which presents a part of the shield crushed into this _ position) a small portion of the characteristic external layer of the testis shown. This is marked superficially by delicate strize running parallel to one another; and at the edge, where broken off, it shows the middle layer containing the polygonal cavities described by Prof. Huxley. This structure, which has no parallel among Fishes, or, indeed, any group of the animal kingdom, leaves no possibility of a doubt that the specimen is a fragment of Pteraspis. * Haidinger’s ‘ Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen,’ vol. i. p. 159. T Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 267. 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 9, The scales which are thus preserved agree in general form and arrangement with the uppermost, or dorsal, series of Cephalaspis. The scales of this latter genus consist of three vertical series on either side of the median line*; namely, a dorsal range of four rows of rhomboidal scales (fig. 8), a second series of elongated plates (fig. 9) similar to those of the recent genus Callichthys, and a third series formed by two rows of smaller plates placed in an obliquely pos- terior direction. In Pteraspis (figs. 6 & 7), a single row of large square scales runs along the median line, from the sides of each of which arise a row of rhomboidal scales. The successive rows are so disposed that the anterior margin of each scale is overlapped by the posterior margin of the one in the preceding row, directly in front of it; at the same time the superior margin is concealed by the overlapping of the inferior margin of the preceding scale in the same row. ‘This constitutes a general imbricated arrangement, whereby the inferior and posterior margins only are exposed. There are no traces of large lateral plates in my specimen, like those of Cée- phalaspis, although it is quite possible that these may have existed. It would, however, be unsafe to predicate anything concerning the scales of Pteraspis from what we know of Cephalaspis, since the analogies between them are merely general, and not of a generic nature. The ornamentation of the scales (fig. 1) of Pteraspis is shown but imperfectly in the specimen under description. Two, however, of the scales preserved show delicate striations, which appear to exist on a superficial layer of bony matter, which easily separates from the rest of the scale, and is destroyed. The arrangement of the markings is drawn in fig. 1. No trace of a fin is observable, although it seemed probable that the posterior spine was intended for the support of some such appendage. The scar only remains where the spine was inserted, both it and the fin, if it ever existed, having been destroyed. The restoration of the cephalic shield of Pteraspis has already been given by Prof. Huxley in this Journal + in outline. I have no additions to make to this; but since the markings on the surface of the test are extremely curious, and have in certain species ¢ from older rocks been made the grounds for specific separation, a descrip- tion of them in the Pteraspis rostratus will no doubt prove interesting. Fig. 10 represents the cephalic shield restored. The striations which mark the whole surface are very minute, and about the 3th of an inch apart. In the median line, above the insertion of the | posterior spine, a slight elevation exists. This is the centre whence a series of concentric elliptical striations proceed, graduaily as- suming the form of the outline of the scute as they approach its margin (a). A slight groove or depression marks the anterior por- tion along the median line, disappearing towards the elevation of the central boss, whence the lines of striation arise. The lateral cornua (0) * © Poissons Fossiles,’ vol. i. p. 137. t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xvii. p. 163. { bid. vol. xii. p. 100. - A be PS Ke) = poe i O. Quart Journ.Ge G.West lith M.& N.Hanhart.imp . del® sankester E Ray 1 AND CEPHALASPI PTERASPIs 1864. | LANKESTER—-SCALES OF PTERASPIS. 197 are marked by similar minute lines running parallel with the sides of the scute to which they are attached. The piece between the rostrum and dorsal scute in which the orbits are placed is orna- mented by a series of curved striations, parallel with the margins of the orbital apertures (c, and fig. 2). The striations on the ros- trum run in parallels across the median line, describing four curves, which become one at the termination of the snout (fig. 10 d). Be- tween the rostrum and the scute a small quadrangular piece exists, in which the markings are arranged somewhat differently (see figure). Besides these delicate striz, there are found on the dorsal scute two series of minute round depressions, one on each side. Another series surrounds the insertion of the spine, and a third and fourth run from the posterior angles towards the central ele- vation. The posterior spine itself is devoid of any markings; a large portion of it is filled into the back of the scute as a distinct piece. The internal aspect of the shield presents a surface quite free from any ornamentations in the form of striz, being composed of the nacreous or internal layer of Prof. Huxley. The most prominent feature is a small circular depression which corre- sponds to the quadrangular piece mentioned as existing on the convex side. ‘Two very conspicuous elevations exist also on either side of the median line, immediately beneath the elevated boss of the outer surface. Certain inequalities of surface also exist, which cor- respond to the contour of the exterior. The sutures visible on the exterior, where the various portions of which the plate is composed are joined, are not obvious on the concave surface. These few remarks are merely intended as a small contribution to our knowledge of this most interesting Fish. Further researches and discoveries are still needed to elucidate the form of the fins and of a large portion of the body; and it is to be hoped that it will not be long ere tolerably perfect specimens of this genus will be exhumed from the Cornstones of Herefordshire. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Illustrative of the Scales and Cephalic Shield of Pteraspis. Fig. 1. Diagram of the Scales of Preraspis. 2. Diagram of a portion of the cephalic shield of Pteraspis, showing striations parallel to the margin of the orbital aperture. Figs. 3&4. Portion of the cephalic shield of Pteraspis, with scales attached to the posterior margin. Natural size. Fig. 5. Diagram-sections of the cephalic shield of Pteraspis: a, from rostrum to spine; 0, from side to side. Figs. 6 & 7. Diagrams illustrating the arrangement of the scales of Péeraspis, 8&9. Diagram of the Scales of Cephalaspis. Fig. 10. Restoration of the cephalic shield of Pteraspis: a, margin ; 8, lateral cornua ; ¢, orbital region ; d, rostrum ; é, dorsal spine. " 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, 2. On some Rematns of Boruriotepis from the Upper Drvonran Sanpstones of Exern. By Groree E, Roserts, Esq. [Communicated by Prof. J. Morris, F.G.S.] [The publication of this paper is unavoidably deferred. | [ Abstract. ] Rematns of a large Dendrodoid Ccelacanth, obtained by the author in Elgin, were referred by him to the genus Bothriolepis. These consisted of two large casts of a central head-plate, with portions of the test; a natural cast considered by him to represent the parietal, squamosal, scapular, and coracoid boces; casts of the nasal bones, and teeth of the upper jaw; together with tooth-lke bodies, which were suggested to be teeth originally situated in the posterior region of the mouth. The ornament borne upon the head-plate was next described by the author; and, in conclusion, the affinities between the genera Bothriolepis, Asterolepis, Pteraspis, and Cephalaspis were discussed. = 3. On Missive Seprmentary Formations, from Suspension or Re- movAL of Dzposirs. By J. J. Biessy, M.D., F.G.S., formerly British Secretary to the Canadian Boundary Commission. ContTeENTS. I. Introduction. 5. With a Triassic Roof. II. Instances of Blank Gans *. 6. With a Permian Roof. E: With = Qudieeae act 7. With a Carboniferous Roof. 2. With a Tertiary Roof. 8. With a Devonian Roof. 3. With a Cretaceous Roof. 9. With a Silurian Roof. a. Chalk. : b. Upper Greensand. III. Conclusion. ; c. Gault and Neocomian. 1. General Considerations. 4. With a Jurassic Roof. 2. Summary. a. Oolite. 3. Inferences. b, Lias. I. Intropvucrion. AxrHoueH it has been long known that formations or parts of forma- tions are frequently absent from their places * in the vertical series of sedimentary rocks, little notice has been hitherto taken of this absence, except in single unconnected cases; and that little con- sists almost entirely of a few remarks in Mr. Jukes’s excellent ‘Manual’ and an allusion or two in the writings of Sir R. I. Mur- chison, Mr. Darwin, and Prof. J. Hall, of New York. As circumstances, relations, processes, and purposes well worthy of our attention are here concerned, it is proposed now to open out and examine this subject as well as it can be done in a first attempt. The progress of geological knowledge, as of all science, is usually * As Lias from between Oolite and Trias; Upper Silurian from between Devonian and Lower Silurian: the roof being the upper, and the floor the lower side of the place which the missing rock should have occupied ; thus occasioning a blank. 13864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 199 8. gra fh oS f. Tertiary. Nerpio. ask S SSS ae mene an) a ° & NX =o) = ag $ 338 3 as < aS s M D 8 sn P= me D> _ 2 oc & Fig. 1.—Diagram-section from the Eastern end of the Srerra Morena to the Sagra Sierra (after MM. de Verneuil and Collomb). by steps. The general idea of any advance arrives first, and may perhaps lie dormant for years, when follows its development by another workman, and perhaps in another country; just as Vicomte d’Archiac, in 1848, sketched in unmistakeable language the principal features of the great Terripetal Theory, which Bronn, in 1862, made his own by the most masterly elaboration, —Ami Boué, in 1852, having prepared the way by an elaborate article in the ‘ Bul- letin de la Société Géologique de France,’ 2nd series, vol. ix. p. 437. While in their vertical order of succession the sedimentary rocks never vary, unless disturbed, they differ greatly in thickness and extent—far stretch- ing out and thin in plains, thick and limited in area among mountains, as we _ see abundantly verified in the Americas, India, Russia, &c. But they have also been from the very earliest periods largely, and fre- quently, absent from their normal situa- tions, and much more so than appears in systematic works; and it is easy to see, from the vast and universal prevalence of these suspensions and removals of deposits, that it will be one day proved that the emerged tracts were at all periods so ex- tensive and so united as to constitute from one-fifth to one-third of the whole surface of the globe. While any given district was in a state of emergence, various sediments were being deposited in the neighbouring sea, which was at the same time tenanted by a fauna so balanced and harmonized that the indi- viduals could thrive and follow the prompt- ings of their instincts—whole races dying out, we may safely suppose. Now, if only one such epoch commence, become mature, and decline, we see that the raised land must have remained as such for an immensely long period. What then must have been the length of that period of time during which an emerged tract remained through ten or twenty epochs above water, as has frequently occurred?* Missing formations, then, hold a high and important place as a result of one of the constructive processes of * Canada, Hudson’s Bay, Germany, &c. &c. P 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, the earth’s crust; and the work is still going on. It is not a thing _of the past only ; but the ocean-bottom, parcelled out like the dry land into geological districts, is still receiving accessions from animal débris and insoluble matter suspended in its waters. The Sections, Figs. 1 & 2, I owe to Messrs. De Verneuil and Collomb; and they form one of the results of their very extensive and methodical investigation into the geology of Spain. They exhibit the structure of a region, 150 miles long, overspread by great blanks, which, for our purpose, is sufficiently explained by the sections them- selves, which are placed here in proof of the importance of our subject. Fig. 2.—Section of the Sierra Morena (Spain), showing two great Blanks in succession (after MM. de Verneuil and Collomb). Rio Villanueva. Guadarmena. Alcaraz. Vianos. ' | ‘ c. ? : ae : ! I\ Sv a = ane IWS ee zZ ‘ \ SS SSS MYAAAQR_EEG? ~ b a b a. Silurian. ce. Muschelkalk. 6. Red sandstone and variegated clay (Trias). d. Calcaire Grossier. From an abundant supply of instances of blanks (the indications of an emerged surface) those described in this memoir have been selected, as apt to our purpose, and having an ascertained horizon. They are given in descending order, each successive epoch supplying the roof of a blank. II. Instances oF BLANKS OR GAPs. 1, With a Quaternary Roof.—Throughout by far the greater part of the extensive countries of Norway, Lapland, Sweden, and Finland, Quaternary Diluvium and Northern Drift lie directly on Laurentian and Huronian rocks ; little or no deposition having taken place there (through 25° of longitude and 13° of latitude) during the vast in- terval of time between that of the contiguous formations. Marks of denudation are many and powerful here; and though there are patches of younger strata, they do not require notice from us. On the opposite coast of North America all this is repeated, through Labrador and Canada to beyond the Upper Mississippi River, in a broad belt of rugged land 2000 miles long, where no Mesozoic nor old Tertiary rocks, loose or fixed, have been met with, though often looked for. From this block of older metamorphic formations another broad band of the same antiquity, sprinkled with sand, gravel, and boulders, runs from Lake Superior into the Arctic Ocean, © through Rupert’s Land, for 1500 miles*. Messrs. Foster and Whit- ney also remark that “‘ Between the Northern Drift of the south side of Lake Superior and the Devonian there are no deposits, but * Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc. vol. xi. p. 500. 1864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 201 an immense gap in the series of formations. Of the condition of the ancient surfaces we have no evidences ; but we now see it covered with stratified drift of sand and clay, sometimes 1000 feet above the present level of the lake.” * In Nova Scotia there is, according to Dr. Dawsont, no formation between the Drift and the Upper Trias. An important section, running 550 miles due east through the States of Mississippi, Alabama, and Georgia, from Vicksburg on the Missis- sippi to the Atlantic, has been pointed out by Sir Charles Lyell?. It gives successively Loess, Eocene, Chalk, Coal, and Granite, and again, on the other side of the range, Coal, Chalk, Eocene, and Loess; and thus tells of four blanks or gaps on opposite sides of the central mountains (granitic and metamorphic), each showing the absence of several assemblages of strata. In South America, the two Guianas, Brazil, and Chili present large surfaces of Paleozoic and other rocks covered by Quaternary beds §. Large portions of the Ural Mountains, and especially their eastern flank, have no deposits between the Drift and the Carboniferous rocks; and the same may be said of Siberia, showing that it was for a long time a subaérial continent, although in parts not without newer sediments |]. The Quaternary beds on which the town of St. Girons (France) stands most probably conceal the Lias, as is certainly the case at Audinac, close by {. At Maubert Fontaine, in the Ardennes, loose Quaternary beds repose on Silurian schists **; and Della Marmora‘t reports several similar cases in Sardinia. | It is an old observation of the late Mr. Warburton, and quoted by Sir Henry De la Beche+t+, that the alluvial beds in which the bones of Elephants are found, in consequence of previous denudation, are discovered resting on the blue clay of London, Oxford Clay, or any other bed. These few examples have their analogues abundantly in other countries, and they form no insignificant part of the earth’s surface, especially when we take into consideration other gaps commencing with lower epochs. 2. With a Tertiary Roof. —Sir Roderick Murchison $§ found on the River Vaga, in northern Russia, a beautiful section of Pleistocene strata resting conformably on horizontal Permian beds. It there- fore indicates the prolonged rest of that country. In like manner * Geol. Surv. of Lake Superior Land Districts. ¥ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 103. { Second Visit to the United States, vol. ii. p. 279. si D’ Orbigny, ‘ Voyage dans!’ Amérique Méridionale,’ vol. iii. 3° partie, pp. 210, , &e. || Murchison, ‘ Geology of Russia,’ vol. i. pp. 852-391. qj D’ Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés de la Géologie,’ vol. vi. p. 59 0. ** Gosselet, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2° série, vol. xviii. p. 5 tt Voyage en Sardaigne, vol. i. p. 414. - tt Mem. Geol. Survey of Great Britain, vol. i. p. 239. §§ Geology of Russia, vol. i. p. 331. pPZ 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, Cap la Héve*, near Havre, exhibits Upper Tertiary strata lying horizontally and conformably on abraded Lower Greensand. M. Elie de Beaumont gives an instructive example of Miocene beds at Claint, covering an ancient gneiss; but a few hundred yards off also incum- bent on Lias and other Lower Secondary rocks, the gaps therefore being numerous. Messrs. de Beaumont and Dufrénoy also give us in the section below a most interesting series of blanks or absences, as will be understood without explanationt. Dr. Von Dechen§ describes the Miocene lignite-beds of the Siebengebirge as reposing on Upper Devonian rocks ; and thus exhibiting an interval of fifteen of D’Or- bigny’s stages; in this case, probably, through denudation. Fig. 3.—Section from Dové to Puy-Notre-Dame (after Dufrénoy and De Beaumont). Dové. Puy-Notre-Dame. Mounds of débris. a. Miocene. e. Micaceous and talcose schist. CT. Tufaceous Chalk. A. Devonian. C. Greensand. D. Diorite. CV. Lower Greensand. g. Vein of black quartz. d. Jurassic. M. d@’Orbigny || gives several instances of great blanks beneath the Miocene stage, as in the Department of La Manche, where the latter rests on Trias; there being in that district a void of twenty-five of his stages. In the Ligurian basin this author says that patches of the Faluns lie directly on Azoic or Plutonic rocks, with the loss of twenty-five stages. At Gahard they cover Paleozoic strata, twenty- two stages being absent; and at Tournay (Deux Sevres), &c., they overlie Chalk, four stages being missing. M. d’Archiac 4 quotes M. Ribiero as stating that, four miles north of Thomar in Portugal, lacustrine limestones of the Miocene age are underlain by Upper Lias and Trias. At the foot of the Sierra Morena, near Cordova, and over extensive districts, Miocene is incumbent horizontally on inclined Carboniferous strata. It was first seen by the late Mr. 8. Peace Pratt **. A remarkable series of gaps, indicated by the absence of Chalk, Oolite, Permian, Devonian, &c., is described by Prof. Peters +f as occurring near Bleiberg. The section begins with * Dufrénoy and De Beaumont, ‘ Explication de la Carte Géol. de France,’ vol. ii. p. 198. t Ibid. vol. ii. pp. 124, 125. t As all the Sections are self-explanatory, each will be found at the head of the period to which it refers, without any further notice. § Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2° série, vol. x. p. 319. || Cours de Paléontologie, vol. ii. p. 768. {| Histoire des Progrés de la Géologie, vol. vii. p. 217. ** J)’ Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. iii. p. 9. tt “Die Umgebung von Bleiberg,” Jahrbuch der k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt, &e. vol. viii. p. 67. 1864, ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 203 Tertiary strata, which rest Rc : - Fie : directly on Lower Lias; and st mn) then occur successively, in mM . oy 8 descending order, Upper and E s& Lower Trias, Carboniferous a ¢¢ schists (diorites intercalated), 8-2-3 conglomerates, mica-slate, ESE and, finally, gneiss. It is . ... occasionally seen that the Or ® Tertiary beds* of the great plains of Prussia, which stretch uninterruptedly from the mountains of Saxony, Magde- burg, and Brunswick, north- wards to the sea, repose on the Muschelkalk. Sir R. I. Murchison + dis- covered that on the northern edge of the Bavarian and adjacent Alps, the upper part of the Eocene formation (to- gether with some Miocene strata) was either never de- posited or had been swept away; and he justly con- siders their absence an im- portant fact. The Tertiaries of. these countries have no connexion with the Chalk. General Della Marmora + met, near Pianedda and Go- nessa, as well as on Mount Cardiga, in Sardinia, as also at Goni and Terra Segada, in the same island, with Num- mulite-limestones and sand- stones incumbent horizontally on the upturned edges of Silurian schists. The Lower Eocene §, with Nummulites, forms the roof -slate. y 6. Upper Jurassic black dolomitic limestone. 4. Liassic marble and schist, with Ammonites, &e. 5. Jurassic Cla Fig. 4.—Section from near Massa to Monte San Pellegrino (after M. L. Pareto). Tamburra. * Histoire des Progrés de la Géologie, vol. viii. p. 522. t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. v. pp. 227, 228. { Voyage en Sardaigne, vol. i. pp. 32, 228, 233. See also Lyell’s ‘ Principles,’ p. 187 (on the Pyre- nees). § D’Orbigny, ‘Coursde Paléont.’ vol. ii. p. 701, 3. Black marble or Bardilio (Triassic). 1. Gneiss and schists 2. Upper Verrucano. S.W. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar, 9, of a considerable gap in the same parts of Europe. In France it covers Neocomian at Orgon, there being six of D’Orbigny’s stages missing. At Aude it is placed on Paleozoic rocks, and in the De- partment of the Var it is on Jurassic. Jn Brittany it overspreads successively Cretaceous, Jurassic, Paleozoic, and Azoic rocks. Mr. Hamilton (our present President), in one of his addresses*, de- riving his information from Captain Grant and others, informs us that wide expanses in India, namely, in Scinde, Cutch, Beloochistan, and the Punjaub, are covered with Nummulitic Limestone capping arenaceous and clayey strata, which le, not on Cretaceous, but on Jurassic or some still older bed. On the Upper Missouri, Dr. Hayden }, in 1861, described Eocene strata lying first upon some thin Cretaceous and Jurassic beds, and then on Primordial sandstone, supported unconformably by Lauren- tian gneiss and granite. Here, therefore, the gaps are many and very great. Nummulite Limestone rests, near Thun, on Neocomian?, and in the Diablerets on Gault, the fossils of the two formations being sometimes mingled together. 3. With a Cretaceous Roof.—Premising a few words on the mem- bers of this formation, I may observe that a valuable table, drawn up by Vicomte d’Archiac, and referring to seventy-one different re- gions, both small and large, enables me to state that, massing together all the subdivisions of the Cretaceous series, little more than one- third of the whole has been actually laid down in these seventy-one countries. They are found in twos and threes; and it is exceed- ingly rare to find the whole, or nearly the whole, succession in one place. Gaps, therefore, among the members of the chalk-beds, im- plying subaérial conditions, are all but universal in space and time ; and this is the case also in other portions of the sedimentary series. We see from this elaborate table$ that of our four Cretaceous groups, 1, White Chalk; 2, Chalk-marl and Upper Greensand ; 3, Gault; 4, Neocomian, the most constant 1s the second, for it occurs in 65 regions out of 71; then comes the first, found in 38 regions ; the fourth in 32; and the third only in 138 regions. As to their thickness, and the lapse of time represented, they are in the following order :—the fourth group is the thickest ; then the second, first, and third successively. The series is most complete in England and France; next follow the north of Germany, and the province of Constantine in Algeria. The south flank of the Maritime Alps and the north flank of some of the other of those high ranges present, each, six subdivisions of Cretaceous rocks (13 in the whole series, D’Archiac) ; but elsewhere over the surface of the globe, as far as is known, this formation may be described as poorly, or very poorly, represented, or quite absent ; although in some parts, as in North America, its superficial extent is * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. x. p. 1. t Annals of Nat. Hist., 3rd series, vol. xi. p. 371. { D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. ii. pp. 87, 89. § ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. v. p. 610 dis. 1864. ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 205 vast. Thus, following the Chalk-beds from west to east, from the eastern frontiers of Gallicia and Podolia to the south end of the Oural Mountains, we have 30° of longitude, and from north to south, from Simbirsk to Orenburg, nearly 7° of latitude. Throughout the whole of this space we have only the White Chalk, and it is never more than 300 feet thick; and in Russia it lies exclusively on Oxford Clay, Kimmeridge Clay, and Portland Stone—a fact of great interest. The highly fossiliferous chalk of Trichinopoly and South Arcot is subdivided by Mr. H. T. Blanford* into six groups ; and some of these are often missing. a. Chalk.—The following instances of blanks occurring from be- neath the Chalk might be multiplied almost indefinitely. Very many more are implied in the blanks treated of under other epochs. In most cases the area is considerable, and reaches to many hundreds or thousands of square miles. The Cretaceous rocks in England are always unconformable to the Oolitic +, with considerable denudation of the latter, as in Ox- fordshire (Prof. Phillips). There is, therefore, a hiatus between them. According to Mr. Darwin ¢, Upper Cretaceous rocks lie on Jurassic strata in the Chilian Andes, Neocomian beds being absent; and at Coquimbo and other places Cretaceous and Jurassic fossils are inter- mingled in the same beds, from which it is inferred that the passage has been gradual, and that there has been no gap. On Lake Tiberius $ and about the Dead Sea, in Palestine, in the Duchy of Brunswick ||, on the north flank of the Hartz, Chalk covers Lower Jurassic strata] ; while in the plains of Poland, Gallicia, and Volhynia it lies horizon- tally on the newest Jurassic. In the Department of the Var ** this rock caps Jurassic strata, which latter are incumbent on Bunter Sandstone. In Yorkshire this formation rests both upon Lias and upon the curved and inclined beds of New Red Sandstone 77 (Trias). Casiano de Prado{t found it, in the province of Segovia, to lie, by overlap, successively on Trias, Silurian, Gneiss, and Granite, all deeply denuded. M. Ivanitski§$$ met with Chalk lying directly on Keuper at Bakhmoutha (Donetz, Russia); and nearly the same thing occurs at Jumilla, in Spain, as we learn from a fine section in the Salines of Rosa || ||. Chalk overlies Upper Carboniferous Limestone unconformably in * Palzontologia Indica, vol. i. p. v t+ Jukes, ‘Manual of Geology,’ pp. 620, 621. t Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2° série, vol. iv. p. 508. R D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. v. p. 388. | Zd¢d. vol. vii. p. 511. € Ibid. vol. v. p. 334. ** ITbid. vol. vi. p. 556. tt Lyell, ‘Principles,’ p. 187. tt Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. xi. p. 337. §§ D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. viii. p. 567. ||| De Verneuil and Collomb, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. xiii. pp. 677, 688. 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, New Mexico* over large spaces; also in Texas and Tennessee, and over great tracts in the valley of the Missouri ; thus indicating several extensive blanks. The “ Craie tuffeau,” in Westphalia, covers Carboniferous schists and limestone +, and we have the same in the Don country of South Russia. At Harwich?, Kentish Town §, and Calais, deep borings, after having passed through the Cretaceous series, have struck at once into rocks apparently Paleozoic, and which at Calais are true Coal-measures. Near Seu d’Urgel, on the River Segra (N. Spain), M. Noblemaire || met with Cretaceous rocks resting on Upper Silurian ; and M. Della Marmora4] describes them as reposing on Lower Silurian in Sardinia. Parts of Scania, in Sweden, exhibit the same kind of facts. At and about Segovia **, at Cerada and Lozoya (Spain), beds of this formation rest upon ancient schists and granite; we find them also upon the latter, extensively, in Saxony, in Sweden +t, in Southern India ¢+, and (Hippurite limestone) at Tavolara, and elsewhere in South-west Sardinia $$. Fig. 5.—Section in the Sierra de Guadarrama, south of Cabanillas, showing Chalk resting on Granite of unknown age (after MM. de Verneuil and Collomb). s Sierra de _ El Molar. Atalaya. Cabanillas. Guadarrama. | | a a. Granite. 6, Chalk. ce. Diluvium. In these twenty-eight instances of blanks, which were taken nearly as they came, the Cretaceous beds are found in contact with the following rocks (once sea-bottoms). They lie on Jurassic six times, Lias once, Trias four times, Carboniferous Limestone or schist seven times, on Silurian twice, and on old granite, gneiss, and mica-slate eight times. Why the Chalk is not recorded as lying directly on Permian, Devo- nian, &c., I cannot tell ; perhaps for want of a more extensive search. b. Upper Greensand.—Neocomian, Gault, and Lower Greensand are missing in France, on the west side of the Anglo-Parisian * James Hall, ‘ Boundary Report of Mexico,’ vol. i. p. 117. t D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. v. p. 224. t Austen, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 41. § Prestwich, 22d. vol. xii. p. 6, vol. xiv. p. 249. || Annales des Mines, 5® série, vol. xiv. p. 52. {| Voyage en Sardaigne, vol. i. p. 414. ** D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. v. p. 49. tt Jbid. p. 251. {{ Blanford, ‘ Paleontologia Indica,’ vol. i. p. v. §§ Della Marmoyra, ‘ Voyage en Sardaigne,’ Part 3. vol. ii. p. 24. 1864. ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 207 basin, and in that of the Pyrenees; but the Upper Greensand occurs in both regions. The transgressive and ever-varying relations of some deposits are finely illustrated by the Upper Greensand. It lies on Portland Stone near St. Jean d’Angilly; on Kimmeridge Clay at Cap la Héve (Normandy) *; on Coral Rag at Ecommoy; on Oxford Clay at Dinas; on Kelloway Rock at Ballon, and on the Great Oolite. At Tournay this rock covers Coal-measures; at Tonvois, and in La Vendée, we find it on Azoic beds f. Prof. Cook, from surveys and borings, has published { some ap- parently accurate details on the true stratigraphical relations of the Greensand of New Jersey (North America); and he announces that it is in direct and discordant superposition to Laurentian gneiss. Neither of these beds is seen on the north flank of the Pyrenees, nor on the Lower Pyrenees, in the Landes on the north-west, nor on the opposite border of the Cretaceous sea, in the Périgord, the Angoumais, the Saintonge, and finally in the basin of the Loire— and the result is a proportionately great gap. Dr. Geinitz does not admit the presence of Gault in the valley of the Elbe §. ce. Gault and Neocomian.—I have under this head only to men- tion that M. Lory || has recognized Neocomian strata resting on Oxfordian limestones in the Departments of the Dréme and the Isére, north-west of the town of Gap. 4. With a Jurassic Roof.—I shall be rather minute in treating of the omitted portions of the Jurassic strata, partly because we meet with good matter, and partly to show what the other periods would disclose if treated with equal fulness. We shall find here denudation in general and intense activity, and suspension of the processes of deposit. We shall sometimes find much of the formation absent, and often notice its fragmentary occurrence, as well as its disguise by metamorphism; that process, however, from time to time relaxing in force, and then not destroy- ing the characteristic fossils. Rarely, if ever, is the Jurassic series complete. Generally we find only one of the four principal members §[. The most constant, if we are to judge from organic remains, is the Oxford Clay ; then the Lias ; thirdly, the Lower Jurassic; and fourthly, the Upper Oolite, the smallest of them all, and not seen out of Western and Central Europe. A glance at Dumont’s large geological map of Europe will show us very well the superficial extent of the European Ju- rassic formation. It appears to cross the English Channel from Dorsetshire into Western Normandy, and to proceed to near Angers (Department of Maine and Loire), and so on, in two principal masses, both directed E.N.E., into the Departments of Vienne, Cher, the * D’Orbigny, ‘ Cours de Paléontologie,’ vol. ii. p. 610. + Lory, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2° série, vol. xi. p. 782. ¢ Boundary Report, Mexico, vol. i. p. 128. § D'Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. v. pp. 46, 277. || Bull. Soe. Géol. 2¢ série, vol. xi. p. 782. 4 D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 699. 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 9, Cote dOr, the Doubs, and the Jura. From thence it proceeds E.N.E. by Schaffhausen and parts of Wiirtemberg, to near Ratisbon (Bavaria), and then is not visible eastwards until we reach Prussian Poland, where it shows itself in two basins, near Oppeln, and in Sandomir, respectively. North-east from this, the Jurassic series does not come into view until we arrive in the Russian Governments of Smolensko and Kalouga. From thence it spreads in broad sheets to near Moscow, where, with increased width, it occupies great spaces on the west side of the Oural, and as far north as the Icy Sea. It extends from near Moscow in a south-easterly direction to Astrakan, and to the Caspian, Aral, and Black Seas. The Alps of Mid-Europe abound in Jurassic rocks, in several very interesting forms, which run down much of Italy in two long and narrow strips. Of the Jurassic strata of America and of the remaining quarters of the globe no notice will be taken here, because they are too im- perfectly known to answer our present purpose. The facts now to be brought forward will place in a very strong light the flitting nature of the process of deposition, its rapid changes from the accumulation of vast masses to absolute ces- sation, causing the loss of important stages. We may consider, says D’Archiac*, that the chain of the Jura and its ramifi- cations occupy the zone of the greatest normal development of this formation. Escher von der Linth also remarks that in the Western Jura of Switzerland, as far as Lucerne, no violent dislocation has taken place between the Jurassic period and that of the Chalk +. In the valley of the Sadne hard by, about Macon and other parts, nearly the whole series of stages is frequently present t. But even here, among the mountain-ranges between the Rhone and the Rhine, the lower of the three Oolites is very feebly developed, and the beds are con- stantly varying by absence or by presence, in extent, thickness, and contents, everywhere. ‘The occasional coarseness of the beds shows that they then must have been within the influence of wave-action. To go now to the Alps, Sir R. I. Murchison§ concludes, as one result of his investigations, “that the Jurassic system of the Alps and Apennines is made up of two distinct calcareous formations, the inferior representing the Lias and Lower Oolites, the superior the Oxfordian group.” Here are important gaps ; and we know that none of the sections, north and south of these mountains, are comparable with each other. Some member or other is absent from one, though present elsewhere. This irregularity and want of persistence in stages occasionally well characterized, and the sudden appearance and extreme thick- ness of some which are either altogether missing or very thin a few leagues off, are equally common and puzzling. Then, again, * D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 600. Tt Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. part 2. p. 21. + Berthand and Tombach, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. x. p.269; Thiolliére, 2b7d., 2° série, vol. v. p. 34. § Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. v. p. 307. 1864. ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS, 209 all these deposits being horizontal and undisturbed in one place, but fractured, faulted, displaced, and folded in another, makes the study of the Alpine Jurassic strata extremely difficult. This poly- morphism of the Jurassic rocks of the north slope of the Alps we find represented in all the chains of complex mountains, that is, of those which owe their existence to a repetition on the same spot of the phenomena of fracture and upheaval. On the south flank of the Maritime Alps*, and of Piedmont gene- rally, there are, as far as we know, only two great Oolitic horizons, those of the Oxford Clay and the Lias, and these without any dis- tinct subdivisions. Over large spaces, as on Monte Rosa +, Monte Cervino, the Gries Pass, in the Formazza Valley, and at Andermatt (Switzerland), the Jurassic strata, by metamorphism, become gneiss, and repose on another and older form of that rock. On the south slope of the Italian Alps {, as well as in Tuscany and in the Central Apennines, observers are agreed that the upper group of the Jurassic formation is wanting, and that the middle and lower groups are very poor, and represented rather by some species of fossils than by distinct beds; that the Lias is greatly developed to the exclusion of the rest of the series; and that the distribution of the fossils of these different stages does not constitute distinct faunas as in Western and Central Europe. As to Italy, the Jurassic rocks, in the two districts in which they occur, have little thickness, and are defective in other respects. In every direction from the Jura Mountains, and not southward only, this formation diminishes in completeness §, and becomes gra- dually simpler; for instance, as we advance eastward through Wirtemberg, Moravia, and Silesia, until we arrive on the frontier of Europe and Asia, where it is found to consist of only a single term of the series. In these various countries the second group of Jurassic rocks is the sole representative of the epoch; and it is im- portant to note that in Germany ||, in the broad interval between the Rhine and Vienna, the petrographical characters of the Jurassic beds, their local divisions, stratification, and fauna, all become in- capable of detailed comparison with the type of the Jura chain, so great and multiplied have been the changes in the constitution of this formation from movements of oscillation of level. In the South of France §, and in various other parts of that empire, the Oolite presents numerous irregularities in the deposi- tion of its stages and groups ; and there are many blanks, as in the Departments of Calais, the Var, and the Gard. The Upper Oolite is wanting on the east flank of the Beaujolais Mountains and on the south side of the Cote d’Or, while in the Valleys of the Isére, of the Drac, and in the Dréme the lower group is lost **. * D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol, vil. p. 281. t Zbid. (Sismonda) vol. vii. p. 226. t Jbid. vol. vii. p. 337. § D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 677. || Zd¢d. vol. vii. p. 703. | Dufrénoy and De Beaumont, ‘ Explication Carte Géol. de France,’ vol. ii. p. 555. ** TD’ Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vi. p. 559, vol. vill. p. 198. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, In Spain * all stages of the Oolitic series are poorly developed. The Oxfordian gives to it its chief feature, the others being quite rudi- mentary. In the Pyrenees the Oolite is distinctly seen, but it is in mere fragments (Leymerie). The Oolite of England is more complete and better characterized than in most other countries ; for in them it is everywhere imperfect, and in some places is thin, displaced, and even scarcely represented ; but in England also, rich in mineral condition and fossil contents as the different beds often are, they are frequently either absent or non- persistent. All along the coast of Dorsetshiret, and indeed through- out the south of England, the Great Oolite is wanting ; and commonly this series of beds is supported by Lias; but between Norton Phillips and Frome horizontal beds of the former abut against, not Lias nor Trias, but inclined strata of Carboniferous Limestone. A formal description of the rocks of this epoch is not now our object ; but we may add that, generally speaking, we find only one of the stages in the same locality: the most constant, as has already been observed, is the Oxford Clay ¢. The peculiar circumstances attending the occurrence of the Ox- ford Clay, and especially its enormous range, must form my excuse for dwelling on it, before proceeding to point out some blanks con- nected with the Jurassic strata. The Oxford Clay, with its beautiful fossils, which are said by D’Orbigny § to be identical from the equator to the pole, is spread over a far greater geographical space than any other stage of the Oolitic period. It occurs all through Western Europe, in England, Italy, Spain, France, and Germany ||. Together with the Coral-rag, it gives to the Jura Mountains their strongest orographic characters. In the Salt Range of the Punjaub ** and in the Himalayas of Northern India it is very conspicuous; but in Russia it particu- larly claims the attention of the geologist. Sir Roderick Murchison and his colleagues say that the Ox- fordian is almost the only Jurassic bed in Russiatt. It is there capped by the Cretaceous strata, and lies on Paleozoic rocks, as near Plas, Mackariof, and Moscow ; and whether seen near Moscow, on the Volga, in the Oural, or in the Petchora Valley, &c., its com- position is surprisingly uniform. It is always very thin, and is accom- panied by shreds of Kelloway Rock, Coral-rag, or Calcareous grit. Sir Roderick was rightly much struck by the simplicity, uni- formity, and thinness of the Russian Jurassic strata, which doubt- less continue, on the north-east, across the immense plains on the coasts of the Icy Sea to New Siberia, and extend over 100° of longitude and 27° of latitude. The necessarily uniform action which must have prevailed over this vast surface is not without its * PD’ Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vi. pp. 163, 206. + Ibid. vol. vi. p. 102. t Jbed. vol. vii. p. 699. § D’Orbigny, ‘Cours de Paléontologie,’ vol. ii. p. 521. || D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vi. p. 100. “| Zbid. pp. 50, 56, 57. ** Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 194. tt Geology of Russia, vol. i. pp. 230, 231, 245, 247, 253, 256, vol. ii. p. 428. 1864. ] BIGSBY —MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. * DOF parallel, namely, the Estuarine beds of the Pampas of South America, the phosphatic deposit in Russia, and the deposit of chlorite-earth on the south side of Lake Superior; but the upper and lower lacunz brought to light here have no equal in dimensions. The upper is bounded by White Chalk and the Oxford Clay; and the strata absent are portions of the Cretaceous series (including all the Neo- comian) and much of the Jurassic. The lower gap is made by the loss of the Lower Oolite, the Lias, the Trias, and often the Per- mian ; the Oxfordian always resting either on Permian or Carboni- ferous. The Chalk and the Oxford Clay (the latter being floor and roof at the same time) of this great region were therefore above water during the deposition elsewhere of the remaining Secondary rocks. These remarkable blanks are not so distinct and continuous in Western Europe; for there the Secondary formations are better represented. In the Doubs and the Cevennes (France) the Oxford Clay is followed normally by the lower rocks ; and in other parts of France it is sup- ported by the Great Oolite and other members of the third group *. The following is only one instance out of many in which the great eastern blank is filled up in the west; but as it is very striking, it may receive brief notice. It is seen in a section of the Jurassic rocks extending from Donzenac + (Department Corréze) to Sasseginnies (Lot), in the south-west of France. In the interval be- tween these two towns seventeen important stages, between Tertiary strata and a gneiss, probably Laurentian, succeed each other con- formably. These stages represent Chalk, beds belonging to each of the three Oolite Groups, four beds of Lias, Keuper and red clay of the Trias, two Carboniferous beds, a roofing-slate (Silurian ?), mica- slate, and, lastly, gneiss. a. Oolite——I will now mention some of the blanks which begin at the Oolite, as a few out of the many; my difficulty throughout this paper being not to overload the subject. Fig. 6.—Section near Albarasin, between Madrid and Alicante, show- ing Oxford Clay resting on Inas, and Trias on Silurian (after M. Collomb). d. Oxford Clay. 2. Muschelkalk. e. Lias. k&. Bunter Sandstone. h. Clay and Gypsum (Trias). m. Silurian. M. Triger ¢ gives a large and beautiful section from near Mans, which tells us of the absence of the Great Oolite, and of a vast gap from the Lias-marls down to the schists of the Lower Silurian. * D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vi. p. 464. + Lbid. vol. iv. pl. 2. fig. 1. ¢ Bull. Soe. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. vii. p. 762. 212° PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, M. Hebert * also points out in a striking manner the variable nature of the Jurassic rocks of France, from the frequent oscillations then affecting the north of that empire. In the Grindelwaldt (Switzerland), and in large areas around, M. Escher von der Linth found Jurassic beds superposed directly on granite and subcrystal- line rocks. In the Valley of St. Ortee Mannee, and at Perdas de Fogue (Isle of Sardinia), a magnesian limestone (Jurassic) covers horizontally carbonaceous shales, which, in their turn, rest on Lower Silurian, and thus indicate two separate and large blanks. We miss Lias, Trias, Permian, Devonian, &c.t; and I infer, among other things, that a Carboniferous basin laid long bare to the sky; but not without effect, as we shall see. In the South of France, M. Fournet$ met with Oxford Clay resting on Trias, near Valence, and likewise near St. Ambroux. In Poland, Oolite is incumbent on Muschelkalk, and the sand- stone of its third stage on both porphyry and melaphyr ||; Ox- fordian also rests on Muschelkalk in the Himalayas]. The Ju- rassic series is in two places on Carboniferous shales in Sardinia **, and once in Polandt+. In the latter country we find it on Carbo- niferous sandstones, as well as in France. Fig. 7.—Section at Rochebelle, near Alais (after Dufrénoy and De Beaumont). Metamorphic rocks. Coal-measures. a. Alluvium. 6. Jurassic limestone. ce. Lower Chalk. In Russia we have seen that the Oxfordian always rests either on Permian or Carboniferous (Murchison, passim), and in the Mendip Hills t+ (Gloucestershire) on the latter, In the Napoleon Quarry §§ of the Bas Boulonnais this formation is met with on Lower Silurian, with, of course, the omission of many great epochs. I have now shown how variable in quantity and constitution is * Comptes Rendus, vol. xliii. p. 853. t D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 553. t Della Marmora, ‘ Voyage en Sardaigne,’ vol. i. p. 111. § D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vill. p. 193. | Ibid. vol. vii. p. 558. *| Strachy, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 306. ** Della Marmora, ‘Sardaigne,’ vol. i. p. 111. ++ D’Archiac. ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 553. tt Ramsay, Mem. Geol. Sury. Great Britain, vol. i. p. 320. §§ Dufrénoy and De Beaumont, ‘Explication Carte Géol.’ vol. 11. p. 155. 1864. ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. ots the Oolitic formation, and have selected fifteen cases of gaps in dif- ferent countries, besides the two mentioned in Table B, passing in silence many more. The reader will perceive how frequently the subject has been enriched by the valuable writings of Vicomte d’Archiac, b. Zias.—As in the Oolite just reviewed, so in its closely connected group, the Lias, all its parts are seldom found in the same place. Beyrich reports that the first stage is absent on the north side of the Hartz*. We seek in vain in the Swabian Lias for Corals, which are especial evidence of shallow seas ; while Calvados is very rich in them. In Burgundy, the Jura Mountains, and Normandy, whole banks and reefs of Corals are met with in the Brown Jurassic rocks ; in Swabia they are rare f. In Wirtemberg, where this formation is well developed, it is never complete +; and Chev. von Hauer, in the eastern or Austrian Alps, perceived that one or two terms were always missing§. In the Bocage of La Vendée, Fournet || says there is no Lower Lias, and very little of Upper; and in the Swiss Jura the Lower Sand- stone of this group is absent 7. In his Bridgewater Treatise (vol. i. p. 307), Dr. Buckland gives two excellent proofs of the occurrence of an interval between the deposition of the component parts of the Lias: the one is from the floor being sprinkled with coprolites ; and the other the fact of the Belemnites lying in thousands, spread out horizontally, and covered with Serpulites and Mollusks. In two cases the Lias rests on Car- boniferous Limestone (France and Wales)**. In two others it lies on Old Red Sandstone (Scotland and Wales7t), and in two more on Silurian in France (Gosselet and De Beaumont +t). It lies on an old granite in the Valley of the Yonne (France $$), and on meta- morphic rocks in Scotland || |. The nature of the gaps resulting from these imperfect strati- graphical sequences is easily recognized. 5. With a Triassic Roof.—There are extensive blanks, of which Triassic rocks form the roof. In the central part of Russia in Europe4/4[ this formation does not exist. Of Muschelkalk there is not a vestige in England (unless we consider the waterstones as such), nor in the large tracts of Trias in France—in the Departments of the Sadne and Loire, of the Cote d’Or and the Rhone, and the mountains of Charolois and Tarare ***. * D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ yol. vii. p. 518. + Fraas, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. 43. t Ibid. p. 459. § Ibid. p. 394. || Bull. Soe. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xvi. p. 416. “| D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. vii. p. 74. ** Fournet, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xvi. p. 416; De la Beche, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. i. pp. 262, 269, 279. tt Portlock, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. exxxvii. tt De la Beche, Mem. Geol. Survey, vol. i. pp. 262, 269, 279. § Ebray, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2° série, vol. xvi. p. 427. || ||_ Portlock, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. exxxvil. §|{| D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. viii. p. 566. *** De Beaumont and Dufrénoy, ‘ Explication Carte Géol.’ vol. ii. p. 99. [ Mar. 9, PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. " 9504q “y ostyq ‘gq odvjiq ‘9 adeyy Pepi i 1 CORNGAE SARACEN: BAS MGM. Sane MERTEN BORE Te eS ————— Fs ——- ~ ‘sayRAIULO[DUOD pUB soqIzqVNe sysIyog "8048.19 ULOTSUOD —_ vate ee an pur ‘sysryog ‘sory diog oP vP sP « YY} YF \ Y 0, 6 / 0,52 5a9 9 MI a ‘TOANT Une1eg (£80109) “BIG SNOLEFUOGABD a's ‘(opuelieg 1oyye) nruayog fo msng wununpry ayy fo qund fo wonsog¥—' TT “817 ‘seiry aoddy ‘a ‘spueg neafqoureyuog *6 “£RIQ) PAOJXQ ‘a “‘UBLINIIG JOMOT “9 "puesucony +f ‘ITOO AowajyUT “p ‘Aakydaog "7 P Z q SSS \ ; be 1 | | | ‘uIqny 4g ‘OS89[T]N ‘ausedureyo ‘aTTUOD ‘argrjouuo r *(aXQI11e9) *aTANB] [IN eqredeyo eT ~UWd-7UOIFUIO eT 90q1D OT 1-918 aS ‘SUD]T IT wwau “aovand “IS 02 awnnjypnpy-aj-97NG Wolf Wory0ag—'Q “SIT “AN (1864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 215 Fig. 9.—Section of the Coal-basin of the Saéne et Lowre (after Dufrénoy and De Beaumont). Creusot. ! t 1 ! ! A. Granite. D D D. Coal-beds. B. Porphyry. E. Keuper. C. Pudding-stone. At Sierck, on the Moselle*, all the three members of the Trias, considerably inclined, lie on old quartzose rocks, also inclined, but in another direction. The Triassic strata of South Staffordshire + are in contact with Silurian; both Carboniferous and Devonian being missing in parts. D’Orbigny mentions a similar instance in South America. The Upper Trias (4500 feet thick) of the eastern or Atlantic flank of the Appalachian Mountains abuts upon the older metamorphic rocks, and thus indicates the absence of five great formations~. The Triassic coal-field, near Richmond in Virginia, is superimposed on a granite newer than itself; for it is penetrated by veins of the latter. 6. With a Permian Roof.—A few examples must suffice in evi- dence that gaps are not uncommon between this formation and those below it. They occur in countries very distant from each other, and differ from those of other epochs in the interval rarely consisting even of one whole period. They are, as far as known to Fig. 10.—Diagram showing the general Relations of the Paleozoic as as / / / / Uf, i a. Silurian. e. Rothliegende. 6. Devonian. * Plant-beds. ose c. Lower Carboniferous. Ff. Zechstein. es aa d. Upper Carboniferous. g. Sandschiefer. | * De Beaumont and Dufrénoy, Explication Carte Géol. vol. ii. p. 13. + Jukes, ‘ Bibliothéque Universelle de Genéve,’ vol. xiii. p. 69, 1850. } Emmons, ‘ Geology of North Carolina,’ 1856. : VOL. XX.—PART I. Q 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, me, simple discordances, but with interspaces of conglomerate (South America*, Russia‘). In England, and in many other places, the Permian usually graduates into the Carboniferous; but in the north of England Prof. Sedgwick has observed its lowest beds resting unconformably on the Coal. And the same holds good with the Dolomitic Con- glomerate of the neighbourhood of Bristol, and also with respect to the south-eastern part of the South Wales coal-basin. In like manner De la Bechet has inferred great disturbances after the deposition of the Coal-measures, the effect being to place the va- rious Permian beds unconformably in places on the Carboniferous rocks. Sir R. I. Murchison § met with the same facts in Russia over great regions (Oural), though elsewhere, in that country, there is a dis- tinct transition between the two formations in question. The Permian of Kansas ||, in North America, is superposed con- formably on Carboniferous shales, clays, and limestones, with intermixture of their organic remains; but that of Llinois (North America) is reported by Mr. Worthen 4], the Government Geologist of that State, to he unconformably on Carboniferous rocks in a highly disturbed country. Mr. David Forbes **, in his paper on South American geology, found the Permian among the vast sedimentary accumulations of that part of the world; it les in discordance as regards the Devonian at Coniri in Bolivia, where the red conglomerates, the lowest of the series, abut against the nearly vertical Devonian shales. 7. With a Carboniferous Roof.—It will probably be seen, in a later part of this paper, that unusually large expanses of emerged land existed in several parts of the world during the Carboniferous eriod. : Asin the case of all the preceding strata, the different parts of the Carboniferous deposits vary greatly with the locality. This applies, according to Logan, Dawson, and Lesley ty, particularly to Nova Scotia. They are here very minute and almost endless. In Mis- souri, Prof. Swallow has divided the whole coal-field of that State into seventy-five parts, from mineralogical and other reasons. All these parts vary in thickness, and the several coal-beds cannot be identified except by their position with respect to the hydraulic limestone (No. 66). The coal-beds (Nos. 62 and 64) are wanting in many places; and in Marion County all the strata below No. 60 have disappeared ¢}. The intervals of non-deposit below coals are of various od and they commence at various stages of the epoch. In England and in Western Europe, according to Murchi- * KE. Forbes, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. lxx. t bid. vol. v. p. li. t Travels in South America, vol. iii. p. 60. § Geol. of Russia, vol. i. p. 146. || Meek and Hayden, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1859. “| Meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, Bal- timore, 1855? ** Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvii. p. 38. tt Lesley, American Journal of Science, 2nd series, vol. xxxvi. p. 183. tt Swallow, ‘ Geol. Rep. of Missouri,’ 1855, p. 86. 1864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 217 son *, the Coal-measures are generally in concordance with the Car- boniferous Limestone; but this is not the case in parts of Bohemia and Poland, where great dislocations took place after the deposition of the Carboniferous Limestone, and before that of the Coal-mea- sures. The former of those two, together with the Devonian and Silurian rocks, dips at a high angle, while the Coal-measures are horizontal. In this unconformity we have a breach and an interval of time represented. Sir R. I. Murchison observes that a great fracture between the lower and upper divisions of the Carboniferous groups extends not only throughout Germany, but through France also. Blanks whose roofs are of Carboniferous rocks are numerous, because coal-basins are numerous. Dr. Dale Owen? informs us that near the eastern limits of Montgomery County, Kentucky, a bed of coal rests on a Devonian sandstone (Chemung), the latter being on another sandstone full of the Cauda-galli fucoid. In Brit- tany { and the west of France the Lower Carboniferous beds are in direct superposition to the Lower Devonian; and at Lesma- hago § (west of Scotland) the coal-beds repose transgressively on several horizons—on the Old Red Sandstone, and Silurian of dif- ferent ages. These three conditions arise from distinct crust-move- ments. At the mouth of the gorge of. L’Echappe, in the valley of Firminy, it is interesting to observe that the Carboniferous sand- stone, where in contact with the mica-slate, is composed of small and often angular fragments of the slate; thus indicating an in- terval of time between their deposition. Their respective dips are different ||. Out of thirty-two instances, from my ordinary note-book, of blanks downwards from the Coal-formation, twenty have their base on Silurian strata, partly because they are stratigraphically near ; but still a blank of great duration is involved. A few instances will now be stated, and some of the rest will be referred to in a foot-note. Fig. 12.— Section showing Coal-measures lying unconformably on Lower Silurian (after Hall and Daniell). a. Calciferous Sandstone. c. Trenton Limestone b. St. Peter’s Sandstone. d. Coal-measures. Prof. James Hall, of Albany (in a short tract, published separately), describes Coal-measures lying unconformably on Trenton Limestone, * D’Archiac, ‘ Histoire des Progrés,’ vol. iii. p. 135. + Geol. Surv. Kentucky, 4th Report, p. 341. + Murchison, ‘Siluria,’ 3rd edit. p. 441. § Geikie, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 320. || De Beaumont and Dufrénoy, ‘ Explic. Carte Géol.’ vol. i. p. 520. a2 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, in North Illinois. Both Dr. F. Roemer and Dr. B. F. Shumard* found on the River San Saba, in Texas, Carboniferous Limestone lying con- formably on Lower Silurian (Bird’s-eye Limestone), and the latter geologist saw it under the same circumstances in the Black Hills of the Upper Missouri. In the Upper Mississippi Valley f Coal-mea- sures successively overlap the inclined edges of the subjacent rocks, from Carboniferous Limestone to Lower Silurian—a fact which has several points of interest. Mr. Lesley ¢ gives an instance at Arisaig, in Nova Scotia, of Coal-measures unconformable on the Clinton group (Upper Silurian). It is stated by Prof. Haughton § that on the west coast of King William’s Island, in the Arctic seas of America, extensive beds of Carboniferous sandstone, with bituminous coal, capped by blue limestone of the same period (*), rest pees ee and conformably upon Upper Silurian. | Prof. Edward Forbes || relates that, in the orth of Enelomel Gas boniferous Limestone les on highly inclined Silurian strata, the former being nearly horizontal. In South Staffordshire the Coal-measures usually le directly upon Upper Silurian shale, &c., according to Mr. Jukes 4 and others, in the midst of great denudation; and Mr. Godwin-Austen extends this statement to Wire and Charnwood Forests, as well as to Coalbrook Dale **. On the River Jezem, in the Oural, Carboniferous Limestone re- poses concordantly on Silurian masses tf. In the foot-note tt are placed references to many cases of Car- ponifero-Silurian blanks. * Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xviii. p. 261. t J. Hall, Amer. Journ. Science, 2nd series, vol. xxxiil. p. 294. + Ibid. vol. xxxvii. p. 189. § M‘Clintock’s ‘ Voyage,’ &c., Appendix. | Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. xx. €{ Mem. Geol. Surv. South Staffordshire Coal-field, 2nd edit. p. 180. ** Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 53, tt Murchison, &c., ‘ Geol. of Russia,’ vol. i. p. 409. tt The following are a few instances of Carboniferous rocks in contact with Silurian or other very ancient formations :— Barrande, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xi. p. 311, &, Bohemia: on Azoic Rocks. Murchison and Morris, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xi. pp. 417, 427. Thiringer- wald and Saxony: on Gneiss. Griiner, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2° série, vol. xvi. p. 414. Département de la Loire : on old Metamorphic rocks. Murchison, Geol. of Russia, vol. i. p. 22. In the Donetz (11,000 square miles) : on very ancient Crystalline rocks. Ramsay, Lecture, Roy. Instit. Lond. 1858. On the Longmynd. Nicol, Quart. Journ.Geol. Soc.vol.vi. p.58. On Lower Silurian in South of Scotland. Fournet, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. i. p. 785, and vol. vi. p.626. Near Roannes. Tract on Mississippi Carboniferous Limestone. James Hall. On Laurentian and on Trenton Limestone, North Illinois. Tuomy, Report on Geology of ‘Alabama, pp. 8, 11, 20, 26, &. On Lower Si- lurian ; very extensively. Henwood, Trans. Roy. Soe. Cornwall, 1840. Nova Scotia: on Granite. Shumard, Geol. Surv. Missouri, 1855. On Trenton Limestone, at Sulphur Spring and Salt Creek, Upper Mississippi. H. D. Rogers, see Dana’s ‘Manual,’ p. 228. Upper Silurian of Kittatinny Moun- tain lies unconformably on Lower Silurian. 1864. ] BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 219 8. With a Devonian Roof.—Prof. James Hall remarks * that the Chemung group of North America affords distinct evidence of its having been subaérial from time to time: in its ripple-marks, its ever- changing laminations, in the increasing quantity of its Plants, some being terrestrial and others marine, all of which facts bespeak the immediate proximity of land. There are in the Ithaca subdivision long but somewhat indistinct traces of lanceolate and falciform Plants; some are waifs, and others are natives. It is at Cooper’s Town, on the eastern edge of the Hamilton Sea, where the earliest remains of terrestrial Plants have been found. The Oriskany Sandstone (a Lower Devonian bed), thick in New York and Pennsylvania, almost entirely disappears, together with other members of this system, about the Upper Mississippi. On the river just named, the Portage and Chemung groups, at the top of the Mid-Devonian, lie directly on the Hamilton Shales, and so create a gap. Here also we might expect the Cattskill Mountain group (Old Red Sandstone, or Formations IX. X. XI. of the Penn- sylvanian Survey); but its place is occupied by great masses of Lower Carboniferous limestones, full of typical fossils, and covering Chemung rocks, a deep-sea condition having suddenly supervened. In St. Louis County (Missouri), Chemung rocks repose directly on Trenton Limestone ft, the great deposits between them having no representative there. In the Report quoted below, Dr. Shumard ¢ mentions a similar fact as occurring on Grassy River, in Rall’s and Pike Counties, Missouri. At Marston’s Bridge, on the River Lamine (Missouri), the Devonian formation rests on Calciferous Sandstone (Primordial). Prof. Swal- low gives a useful table, in which we see that many and extensive blanks occur in these highly interesting countries. In the centre of the State of Tennessee §, according to Mr. J. M. Safford, there is an area, about eighty miles in diameter, which was probably raised above the ocean by the disturbances at the end of the Lower Silurian period. Here an Upper Devonian Shale overlies Lower Silurian ; both Upper Silurian and Lower Devonian being absent. These same blanks or gaps are plentiful in Europe. The follow- ing are afew examples. As in America, so in Russia || (at Czarskoe- celo) sandy and marly Devonian beds are conformably placed over Lower Silurian (Pleta Limestone), the Devonian rocks being loaded with Ichthyolites, and the Silurian with Orthoceratites, &c. In the middle of the Cantabrian Mountains J (Province of Leon, Spain) and on their south flank are two bands of red limestone containing fossils indisputably Primordial. These two bands are at least seventy-five miles long **, and are vertical. They are enclosed con- formably within massive beds of Devonian Sandstone. In this in- * Paleontology of New York, vol. iii. t+ Shumard, ‘ Geol. Surv. Missouri,’ p. 184. . = Geol. Surv. Missouri, p. 123. § Dana’s ‘ Manual,’ p. 228. || Murchison, &c., ‘ Geol. of Russia,’ vol. i. p. 31. 4] Casiano de Prado, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2° série, vol. xvii. p. 517. ** Casiano de Prado and Barrande, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xvi. passim, and vol, xvii. p. 789. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, stance the interval was great, and involved the occurrence of many lithological changes, and the appearance of many successive genera- tions of living creatures, about the site of the blank. M. Bureau*, in the course of some interesting observations on the geology of the Upper Loire, reports the conformable junction there of Devonian with Azoic rocks, and with the granite of La Vendée, both seemingly pre-Silurian. The little we know of the Devonian formation of Ireland appears to promise the discovery of curious phenomena. Mr. Godwin-Austen considers much of it to be a fluvio-lacustrine deposit, and that it was a terrestrial surface anterior to the oldest sediment of the Car- boniferous period. It les, we must not forget to say, on Lower Silurian, and therefore marks the existence of a wide gap. Mr. Tate found, in the Lammermuir Hills of the south of Scot- land, Carboniferous rocks overlying Old Red Sandstone conformably ; and then follows downwards a great blank, the Devonian being in unconformable contact with the so-called Cambrian rocksy. The space allotted to this subject will allow me merely to men- tion that seventy-eight highly suggestive cases have been brought forward by Mr. John Kellyt, in which the Old Red Sandstone of Ireland rests upon beds belonging to thirteen different epochs; and forty-eight times on clay-slate and mica-slate. 9. With a Silurian Roof—No inhabitants of dry land have as yet been found in the sediments of this epoch, except some spores and fragments of low-classed Land-plants. Prof. Edward Forbes’s dredgings, however, have shown that this fact may lead to fallacious conclusions; and our Government surveyors $ not very long ago determined that land did exist in Shropshire at this time; and they have begun to trace the boundaries of a Silurian sea-shore. Potsdam Sandstone (Primordial) must have been frequently above the reach of wave-action, as we learn from the tracks of large Crus- taceans, which may almost be said to be common near Perth, in Upper Canada, and a few miles west of Montreal. The multitudes of large Coprolites found about the base of the Silurian strata for several thousand square miles of the lower part of the Valley of the Ottawa lead to a like belief. The districts join, and are nearly the same. The Silurian formation, in all respects so instructive, behaves like those already reviewed. The remark of Prof. John Phillips ||, that no district yet discovered exhibits the Silurian deposits in their full development, is perfectly true. Abounding in blanks, its lost parts are innumerable, as Sir R. I. Murchison | has shown in profuse detail. A few distinct and authentic cases will now be produced, and references to others will be found in a foot-note. * Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. xvii. p. 789. +t Geologist, vol. 111. p. 240. + Journ. Geol. Soc. Dublin, vol. vii. p. 122. § Lyell, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii. p. hii. || Mem. Geol. Surv. Great Britain, vol. ii. p. 217. “| Siluria, 2nd edit. p. 111; and Murchison and Morris, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xi. p. 440. e ee AT ONS, 1864 BIGSBY——MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATI 221 Prof. Ramsay* finds Wenlock shale resting at right angles on up- turned Llandeilo beds, and on the so-called Cambrian in the Shelve and Longmynd countries, as well as near Builth in Radnorshire; the gaps, in the Professor’s opinion, being connected with denudation. Chev. Fr. von Hauer t, assisted by eminent geologists, has exe- cuted a section across the Eastern Alps, from Passau to the Illyrian Karst. He found considerable Silurian beds on their north slopes, while on their south flanks these rocks are unknown, the older Carboniferous occurring in their place. In British America, according to Sir W. E. Logan, the Lower Silurian occurs as tilted strata beneath the beds of the Upper, show- ing that an upheaval had occurred before the latter had been laid down, Similar facts have been observed at the eastern base of the Green Mountains of Vermont (U.8.), where limestones of Upper Silurian and Devonian age rest unconformably on the altered strata of the Quebec group f. Dr. D. D. Owen observed §, on the south shore of Lake Win- nipeg (Hudson’s Bay), limestones of the Lower and, perhaps, of the Upper Silurian series lying on granite and syenite, without the usually intervening Primordial zone; as we likewise abundantly see at the village of Lorette, and on the sides of Cap Tourment, both near Quebec (Canada). Wenlock || is said to be the oldest limestone in the Arctic regions. If this be so, we have there either the non-deposit or the removal of the whole body of the Lower Silurian series. In Iowa, on the west of the Mississippi, the upper beds of the Onondaga salt-group (Upper Silurian) are water-worn, and some- times strewn with coarse sand and gravel, hardened occasionally into little patches of conglomerate; thus indicating, says Prof. James Hall J, a lapse of time before the deposit of the next suc- ceeding stratum, some representative of the Lower Helderberg beds. The same eminent geologist remarks that ten of the seventeen Si- lurian stages found in the State of New York are wanting on the north of the River Ohio, or west of Lake Michigan—a very note- worthy fact **. Since the happiest generalizations must rest on details, | am sure the Society will pardon the length of these. * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 175. + L’Institut, 1857, p. 30. _ t Dana’s ‘ Manual,’ p. 226. § Geol Report, Wisconsin, p. 182. || Murchison, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xi. p. 537. {| Paleontology of New York, vol. i. pp. 290, &e. ** With reference to a few other instances of intervals with a Silurian rcof, consult the following authorities :— Della Marmora, Geol. of Sardinia, vol. i. p. 29; on Granite. Sharpe, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 145; conformably on Coal-measures, at Brazielo and Quinta da Lomba, Portugal. Tuomy, Geol. Rep. Alabama, p. 8; on old Metamorphic rocks, extensively. Hall, Paleontology of New York, vol. ii. (introductory review) pp. 20, 22, 46 ; absence of various important parts of the Silurian system. Vol. i. p. 36; Lower Helderberg rocks on Utica Slate. Murchison. See ‘Siluria,’ 2nd edit. p. 111; Pentamerus-sandstone, at May Hill, on unfossiliferous slate (below Lingula-fiags). 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 9, III. Concrivstion. 1. General considerations—Missing formations are among the several consequences of emergence and immersion, themselves the effects of one of the great cosmic agencies—oscillation of leyel— which may be gradual or paroxysmal, through all the degrees of velocity and energy. Oscillation is, in a sense, universal in time and place; but, appa- rently, its action is irregular. While its influence is felt in most places, as well in the interior of continents as in the ocean depths, it is most easily detected near great waters; and there seem to be both great and small breadths of country which are at least places of comparative rest. The most conspicuous of these are the axial lines of Scandinavia and the South Seas; but Egypt *, parts of the Danubian Valley, of Borneo, and Venice (EK. de Beaumont) all seem to have been long stationary. Oscillation is the result of a power which operates from beneath through all existing groups of strata. It necessitates and facilitates the emigration of animals and plants, kills or multiplies life, driving it far and wide in search of proper pressure, food, shelter, and such like. Great elevation conduces to variety in life, and great depression extinguishes the higher forms of life. Emergence gives us dry land of different forms and heights, with processes belonging to the latter in action. Such tracts are sur- rounded by seas, which lay down their insoluble contents, and are charged with living communities during countless ages, largely fed and varied by the drainage of the emerged soil. The dry surfaces are subjected to a particular course of operations ; minute subdivision, redistribution, and removal of their substance set in; and they undergo fertilizing and other changes from solvent, solar, and chemical influences. Marshes, lakes and rivers, ridges, slopes and plains, are formed, receiving stray germs of life from other quarters, which they nourish and multiply, but often suffer to perish. The dry land thus serves as a nursery and storehouse to the seas around it, as they lay down the representatives of a new epoch. I will not follow this process now through its many changes, but must be well content to refer my readers to Dana’s ‘ Manual.’ So much for emergence in few words; but denudation has also been a mighty agent in the destruction of strata and their contents. It must always occur at the point just before emergence is at- tained; and also when changes of level occur elsewhere within * Prof. J. Phillips finds that the valleys of the Somme, of the Aire, and of Amiens have undergone no convulsion nor upheaval since the period of the Hippopotamus major and the Irish Elk. There has been simply a con- tinuous river-action (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 54). For points of rest, see Agassiz, in Bache’s Report of the Atlantic Coast Survey, 1850; Hochstetter, New Zealand, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. xvii. p: 108 ; Darwin, Edin. New Phil. Journ. vol. ly. p. 250; Phipson, Nieuport, West Flanders ; Hugh Miller, Testimony of the Rocks, p. 124, Roman Wall, St. Michael’s Mount; Rozet, Fixed Axis, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, vol. xiii. p. 175; Durocher, Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2° série, vol. vi. p. 200. 1864,] | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 223 certain distances; and therefore denudation must have been both common and extensive. Its enormous and wide-spread effects have hitherto not been sufficiently noticed. Masses of rock, many thou- sands of feet thick, have been pared, sliced off, and then swept away from the deposits of every great period ; so that the earth’s surface on which we now tread is not that which was inhabited by the extinct animals of bygone ages. It has been raised and de- pressed many times even since the Liassic period *. - As Sir Charles Lyell says +, “‘ The evidences of the work of denu- dation are defective, because it is the nature of every destroying cause to obliterate the signs of its own agency.” But this remark best applies to extreme cases. The most material of these indications may be thus summed up :— The disappearance of a stratum may be attributed to denudation when its place is occupied by patches of the lost stratum, or by its boulders, grits, or sands, especially when its peculiar organic remains remain attached; when the basement-bed, burrowed by litho- phagous mollusks, is polished, streaked, and guttered, or scooped into hollows, often very deep; when the lines of division are strong, all vestiges of transition destroyed, together with every mark of intermixture of fossil life. M. Hébert, in his able paper on the “ Oscillations of the North of France during the Jurassic Period” (Comptes Rendus, vol. xliii.), states that he has observed on the surface of certain strata, and especially on that of the calcareous beds, marks of polish, rubbing and excavation by water, together with lithophagous perforations in the same places, and often collections of rolled stones scattered about—the clear indications of emergence. They are to be seen, says Hébert, at several levels; and he cites in particular the quarries of Meziers and the Butte Chaumitton (Sarthe). Among other like facts, D’Orbigny gives numerous instances of the occurrence of sand, gravel, boulders, and transported mollusks between contiguous for- mations, as between Miocene and Lias, or between Neocomian and Chalk, or Upper Greensand, or Chalk-marl f. The thinner the lost stratum, the sooner it is gone. Examples of these statements have been placed in the foot-note below §. In North America two very instructive instances on a large scale occur, in which * Sir Henry De la Beche is our great authority on this subject, in the ad- mirable thirty-seventh chapter of his ‘ Geological Observer ;’ and he has been more recently followed, with practical observations of great importance, by Prof. Ramsay, in the first volume of the ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain,’ and in his Presidential Address of the year 1863 to this Society. + ‘Principles,’ p. 154. t Cours de Paléontologie, pp. 455, 640, 771, 783, &e. § The outliers and patches at Pradalis and Honrubio in Spain: Casiano de Prado, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2° série, vol. xi. p. 8331. At Farringdon : Sharpe, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 182, &c. Scooping, &c., in South Staffordshire : Jukes, South Staff. Coal-field, p.27. In the Onondago Salt-group and Delthyris Shaly Limestone: Halland De Verneuil, Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 2¢ série, vol. iv. p. 657. The change from Bird’s-eye to Trenton Limestone (Lower Silurian) at Fort Plain, &., in the Mohawk Valley, is perfectly abrupt, and the fossils distinct, the two strata being in contact. 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, the effects of elevation, denudation, and deposition come successively into view. Oneis onthe Upper Mississippi, and the other on the River Ohio; and they both, though not near each other, are on the same horizon, They consist of prolonged dome-shaped elevations of rup- tured Devonian rocks, disclosing great masses of Lower Silurian, all now covered by Quaternary beds. Denudation by exposure to the weather, that is, to air and water, must be very slow; for Della Marmora gives a good woodcut of Cap de l’Ours, in Sardinia, which is so named from haying from time immemorial resembled a bear. It is mentioned by Ptolemy, and therefore is still older than his time. Mr. Darwin long ago showed that the great requisites for any large accumulation of sediment are three:—namely, (1) a long- continued supply of sediment; (2) an extensive and shallow sea; and (3) an area slowly subsiding to a great depth. How seldom, says he, in the present day do these conditions concur! Hence the general want of that close sequence in fossiliferous for- mations we might have theoretically anticipated. A gap or blank is sometimes merely an omission—a defect in stratigraphical successiori—and does not include any idea of vertical space. The expression refers to time as well as to deposits. Gaps are met with from the beginning of geological tithe, as far as that is known; and they show themselves throughout all epochs and parts of epochs, from place to place. (See the instances we have given. ) It may be remarked, and with surprise, that few examples are known where the absence of a set of strata is attended by, or in any way connected with, rupture of beds from beneath, or the out- burst of igneous rocks; the occurrence has been usually due to broad elevation alone. Sections (Muirkirk Coal-field and Lesma- hago), however, in Western Scotland, by Mr. Geikie *, may afford instances of this. Some of the blanks are of limited extent, as when caused by the absence of a bed or two; but they are usually large, and in certain cases occupy an important portion of the earth’s surface—one or more millions of square miles. Such are the Quaternary deposits resting directly on Laurentian, &c. (North America, South America, Scan- dinavia, &c.). These gaps or blanks are often very large and numerous (existing contemporaneously and long); they arise from so many common and so many different floors or beginnings, that we may safely assume that, at various times and in a thousand ways, they ran together and coalesced into vast spaces of dry land of diversified geological structure, in the form of continents, peninsulas, and islands, just as we have it in the present day, and probably as extensively. 2. Summary.—tThe greater number of gaps, and especially of those which become important by reason of duration or size, spring from the Silurian, Carboniferous, or Jurassic ages; and this partly from * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 322, pl. 18. fig. 5; (Murchison), ébid. vol. xii. p. 18. 1864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS, 225 their early date; an opportunity being thus afforded for possible or, rather, probable coalescence with other emerged lands. In the one hundred and fifty instances of gaps.given in this paper (taken indifferently), forty-six times has the Silurian, in different parts of the world, formed the floors of gaps, which have extended up to nine different epochs ; namely, into higher portions of its own period three times, into Devonian nine, Carboniferous thirty-one, into Trias and lias once each, into Jurassic once, Cretaceous four, Eocene twice, and up to Quaternary four times. On three occasions the Silurian rocks have become the roof or covering to lower Paleozoic forma- tions. The Silurian, we see, has to do with more than one-third of all the instances I have given, and must have had a wide diffusion. The older Paleozoic rocks (including only Laurentian and some other metamorphic beds, once thought azoic) furnish us with the next greatest number of floors—twenty-five, or nearly one quarter of the instances. Here the epochs reached vertically by these twenty-five gaps, without intercalation or interference, are ten: namely, Silurian, Devonian, Trias, Lias, Jurassic, Neocomian, Chalk, Eocene, Miocene, and Quaternary. Most of these blanks, I need hardly say, are of incalculable duration. The blanks commencing with the Carboniferous formation are twenty-two, or about one-seventh of our one hundred and fifty cases. They range upwards into seven separate epochs in separate countries —to the Permian and Jurassic six times each, to Upper Greensand, to Lias, and to Quaternary once each, and to Chalk five times, always indicating omissions greater or less in number. In addition to its importance as being the roof of the great Russian Carbonifero- jurassic gap, the Jurassic is the base or floor of ten other and newer sedimentary absences. Five occur in the midst of its own parts or stages, two extend to the Chalk, and three to the Tertiaries. These four periods, the Laurentian, &c., Silurian, Carboniferous, and Jurassic, comprise one hundred and thirteen—more than three- fourths of our instances. Since these one hundred and fifty are mere representatives of great numbers of like phenomena, known, indeed, but necessarily unnoticed, we may infer that they are periods pre- dominating and spread largely over the earth; and so field-ob- servers tell us. The Devonian occurs as a base but four times; that is, eight to a gap connected with Coal-measures, thrice with Lias, and once with Miocene. Other epochs still more rarely form floor or roof. The Upper Mesozoic and Upper Palzozoic seem to be oftenest in connexion with gaps. These gaps recur again and again, in the vertical column of sedi- ments, upon the same locality or base, in consequence of what Thurman has formulated as the “‘ recurrence of elevation” (repeated disturbance, in simple words), a fact well exemplified by M. Favre in a section of Mont Saleve, near Geneva. The one hundred and fifty cases I have described introduce us to two separate gaps on the same spot ten times in the sedimentary column, to two threes 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 9, and two fours vertically. More than these could easily be col- lected, were it desirable. M. Ebray furnishes us, from Vespilliére (Département Isére), with a vertical section, passing downwards from diluvium to Gneiss, through Jurassic, Liassic, and Carboni- ferous strata, where, on successive floors, at least ten great epochs are wanting *. | M. Thurman? gives a curious but not a unique section, which was brought to light in digging a well near Wietlisbach, 1100 feet deep. There are here not only several important strata missing (Lias, &c.), but the whole mass has been inverted. It is an overthrow: on the top are Keuper Marls and Muschelkalk, followed downwards by the Great Oolite and, finally, by Oxford Clay, largely developed. 3. Inferences.—The Laurentian, Silurian, Jurassic, and other gaps (naming them from their floors) occur on the same horizon in various parts of the earth; and, those of each series being approximately synchronous, though wide apart in solar time perhaps, they must frequently unite with neighbouring gaps (floors) of all ages, as they emerge to about the same level. The site of each is always passing through its own local changes, both in level and in various natural processes. The duration of one of these blanks, as we have seen, varies beyond human estimate. We cannot comprehend the vastness of geological time. Where a blank only affects a few beds in the midst of an epoch, the time may be small; and this occurs perpetually: but they are usually long, and longest, according to our present knowledge, when we can count upwards from Laurentian to Quaternary; though the time must be very great when it endures from the Silurian to the Tertiary, of which interval we have four examples. In sixteen cases the Silurian waited open to the sky for the advent of the Carboniferous period, and was the base of forty-five gaps in all, as just stated. The duration of these periods of suspension or denudation is best measured, though only relatively and remotely, by the number of lost epochs, or parts of epochs, which ought to have been between the floor and roof; thus Carboniferous upon Silurian involves far less unrepresented time than Eocene upon Silurian. When the floor and roof of proximate epochs are conformable, or nearly so, and when their uniting surfaces show few signs of surf- action, the duration of the gap maybe small ; but it may be considered long when beds normally more distant from each other meet, when there 1s some discordance of position, and when there is an interspace, with fossils ground to powder, or occupied by foreign matters. D’Orbigny (Cours de Paléontologie, vol. 1. part 2. p. 500) gives a beautiful example of this in the littoral deposits of the Bathonian and Callovian stages of the Jurassic. He remarks, ‘‘ We have seen that at Colleville and its vicinity the first-mentioned beds of the cliffs of that coast have been ground, corroded, polished by the waters, before the first clay-beds of the Callovian were laid down. To look at that * Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, 2¢ série, vol. xx. p. 297. + Fourth Letter on the Jura. 1864. | BIGSBY—MISSING SEDIMENTARY FORMATIONS. 227 surface polished before these first deposits were made, and as it were gnawed, we acquire a certainty that that rock was already consoli- dated before the first life of the epoch following was buried there ; and this implies a considerable lapse of time between.” Gaps are the most numerous in mountainous countries ; they are, however, by no means the largest there, either vertically or hori- zontally. ‘They appear to have the greatest horizontal extension in plains ; and, further, it is probably true that the vertical succession of deposits is the most perfect in the least disturbed districts; which we see (with exceptions) in the gently undulating regions of New York State, and on the west side of the Mississippi. It is true that the floors and roofs of gaps have no relation to each other but such as is impressed on them by crust-oscillation. There is complete stratigraphical independence of the two contiguous beds ; the floor of the one is a mere support to the other, with no resem- blance to the new deposit either in mineralogy or in fossil contents. The floor of the breach remained subatmospheric, and subject only to agencies already noticed, until immersion and its consequences - covered it up. Table A will be found useful by showing the epochal relations of roof and floor at a glance. Their total absence of anything like connexion in nearly all cases becomes in it at once manifest. Taste A.—Synoptical View of the Roofs and Floors of Gaps in their Epochal Relations. Floors of Blanks. * Rocks of doubtful age; but below Trias. $ a 5 $5 |Oec3 a tsi als di/2#i8la/s8l8is]| 8 Roofs of Blanks. 3 5 5 g oJ g @ " 4 5 FE a S r Fs ms si©8| etelat+s|s| sa slble)e| 3) 8) 518] 3 Riera Sials|Alioetaiolata (alata es Quaternary ....1 | 1) 1} 1/)]...)... PVT ay ey 4 16 “- [0c aes a Gee Gee ere tS a ae Se ES RGN (ES 6 Og Pe Soa ie i Ts en he Porpe tet cs east. Pte ee Po Be RA Se 1 8 eR 245) | ea betes | ane Selieel aeatt Lo oer kd sco.Peceh ape eet ass bee 13 1 RO I el ad caren eee Te 2) Sal (Se bob Ral A Bee ae 25 ESMPOTIR 22) ows | nine | ace |cnow | con} aoe ae tg Pm ae ad RY eed Om 1 2 SEM. | ee oaai| vee loa Brieb Fe 2 6b: ie Pel Pe ot Sees ee - Batlle bu Sah eed a Trias ie | pee Cee oe | tN Pees oe | g cl ee a ee ee eee oe a 9 es (ee ee 6 Carboniferous] ... |... |... |». Fl A eels oat ase on Weventan 72 | |’s.: eres or a E 10 SIRREIARY © 2... | «00 | oe eed ere ee et ee) dhis 3 6 No. of Floors} 1 |} 1 | 1 | 2) 4/2 10 = ra 5 (22) 8 |56) 14/11) 2 {150 There are, however, other appearances which are worthy of notice. Those which refer to the mineral condition of the surfaces, and to rr ately x eee eee eee eee wy, ose * eee eee K ee Sich) el see * eee eee eee eee * eee ae * % eee eee eee ooo | ee x ig a aa * % eee eee eee * * eee eoe eee * % eee eee eee eee eae * os8 beat eos eee eee % eee % % eee eee sos . eee ee * oe eee eee LO) sk igh eee eee St * nah * 4 eee eee sia'e SB) SEC) oso (=) S 20 Ss S35 eh = S's Q |S S Ps Sla0 g a3 ° o aS Bees len hae =m |e B = ‘ (- oie © Kane's #: eeu o a a, HE ag Ay Ae! ey Salter hth J FROM THE LOWER Lit et UW GOSSIibL Ute I — A cs | oe (.@.€ Yo ourn: Geol. Soc oe) ao u Quart M.& N.Hanhart,imp eee LAW , TIT de i .-FLAGS OF POR Quart .Journ.Geol. Soc Vol.XX.P1 XIII Quart. J. Balter lith M.&N Hanhart amp OF PORTH -Y- RHAW. 1864. ] SALTER—LINGULA-FLAG FOSSILS. 241 ferous beds, taken carefully by my friend Mr. Hicks, who has noted the exact distribution of the fossils in the several beds, and quite lately discovered new forms, which I hope to examine im situ and describe for the next volume of the Journal. In a short paper, read last winter by Mr. Henry Hicks to the Geo- logical Society of Liverpool, it was remarked that the fossils occurred in distinct beds. The fry? of the Trilobites and the Lingulella Davisii, both of very small size, occur lower down than the great Trilobites, and the Theca lowest of all, to within 100 feet of the grey Cambrian rock on the west side of the harbour, and fully 200 feet lower than the bands of the Paradowides. The beds which contain the Lingulella, moreover, contain carbonate of lime in abundance, so much so as to produce strong effervescence with acids. This is not the case in the other beds, but is worthy of notice, as calcareous matter is very scarce in the Primordial zone in Britain, though abun- dant in Sweden in rocks of like age. There are also beds of con- temporaneous trap, as shown in Mr. Hicks’s measured section of Porth-y-Rhaw, given above (p. 240). Interbedded trap has not previously been described from the Lingula-flags, though I have seen it occurring rarely near Criccieth in North Wales. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Illustrative of Lower Lingula-flag Fossils. Fig. 1. Paradoxides Davidis, Salter. Half-grown specimen of the natural size (left side restored from specimens showing the whole of the right side) : a, the labrum, attached by a soldered suture to the hypostome, and bent back forcibly from the under side (cabinet of Mr. J. E. Lee). Tail of ordinary variety, showing the great sabre-shaped pro- cesses, 0, b, with the body-rings in outline (British Museum). Variety with an abbreviated hinder pair of pleurx to the body (this specimen has unfortunately been lost). 4. Anopolenus Henrici, gen. et spec. nov.: a, largest head known (Brit. Mus.); 4, tail (Mr. H. W. Edgell’s collection) ; ¢, body-ring. 5. Body, rings, and part of head (Brit. Mus.). 6. Conocoryphe? variolaris, spec. nov.: a, natural size (Brit. Mus.) ; 4, * outline restored from a less perfect specimen, but showing fourteen body-rings and a portion of the tail. 7a. Head (Brit. Mus.). 76. Young specimen (Brit. Mus.). 8. Agnostus princeps: a, natural size (Mr. Salter’s cabinet); 5, outline restored from good specimens in Mus. Pract. Geology. 9. Holocephalina Primordialis, gen. et spec. nov. (Brit. Mus.): @, natural size; 6, enlarged to show the full form. ; 10. Theca corrugata, spec. nov. (Brit. Mus.), natural size. 1]. Fry of some larger Trilobite, ? Microdiscus punctatus, spec. nov: a, head and tail- pieces, abundant in the Slates of Porth-y-Rhaw (Brit. Mus.) ; b, head magnified ; c, perfect form (Mr. Hicks’s cabinet). 12. Protospongia fenestrata, gen. et spec. nov. (Brit. Mus.): a, natural size ; 5, spicule magnified four diameters. The branches cross at eee! ed obtuse an angle ; they should not be more, on an average, than 80°. 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 23, 2. On the Mitistone-erit of Nort Srarrorpsurre and the adjoining parts of DersysuirE, Cuesnire, and Lancasuine. By E. Hurt, Esq., B.A., F.G.8., Geologist; and A. H.Greren, Esq., M.A., F.G.S., Assistant Geologist of the Geological Survey of Great Britain. (Puate XIV.) ConTeEnts. 1. Introduction. 2. Lower Coal-measures and upper limit of Millstone grit. 3. Millstone-grit series. 4. Yoredale Rocks. 5. Description of the Sections. a. Saddleworth Valley. 6. Mottram and Glossop district. e. “The Peak”’ district. fc Hull.) d. Whaley Bridge and the Saltersford valley. e. West of Buxton, Shutlingslow, and Bosley Minn. f. Between Longnor and Congleton ; the Goldsitch Coal-field. . The Biddulph and Rudyerd basins, with the Mountain >(A. H. Green.) Limestone of Astbury and Mixon. . The Pottery, Wetley, and Cheadle Coal-fields. 6. Summary. x~ § 1. Introduction. Around the junction of the counties of Staffordshire, Derbyshire, and Cheshire lies a tract of rough moorland, which, from the opportu- nities it affords of studying the lower rocks of the Carboniferous system, would seem to deserve more notice than it has hitherto met with at the hands of geologists. The authors of the present paper have been, during the last two years, engaged in mapping this country for the Geological Survey of Great Britain, and, with the permission of the Director-General, Sir R. I. Murchison, now come to lay some of the results of their obser- vations before the Society. The main object will be to trace the thinning away, step by step, of the Millstone-grit from Lancashire to the borders of the North Staffordshire Coal-fields; but a few other points bearing on the geology of the district will be shortly noticed. The country over which the observations extend begins at Saddle- worth valley on the north, and stretches on the one side through Macclesfield and Congleton to the Pottery Coal-field, and on the other, past Buxton and Leek, to Cheadle in Staffordshire. It is bounded on the west by a line of fault, known as the “ Red Rock Fault,’ which throws down different members of the New Red Sandstone, on the west, against the Carboniferous rocks which cover the country to the east. This fault has a probable maximum throw of over 8000 feet south of Congleton, where it brings the Mountain- limestone against the Lower Keuper Sandstone, or Waterstones, of the Trias. The chief geological features may be described in a few words. On the extreme east, and lying to the west of the High Peak and M. & N Hanhart kth. __MI1LSTONF-GRIT \ 1 ye 1 — Scale 4§ Miles to an Inch \ \ \ : Sp ‘ ft A “x SQA Qu0w_0 Se \ Se \ RONG os : x SS © . 5 b cI & ~ . SS ROR i 2 S Fae ONS a Sn RS SE SS MONS a ‘ pO N SENN ESE SS Sine. - ar i cs a a i eesti ym neg Ne r : OT EER PORWR a ~—s - . rT > be oe / / / Wy HR OLE 2. os +h 7 ae. —' : - ae : Soc. Vol 5x Piso | Quart. Journ , Geol, ON THE GRIT MILLSTON E- Shuteh ate Messts Hull & Green’s paper To ilhistr RWANAAARAN \ OOO we 2M NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE. LQ QA ; ‘ WANS ==>. NAS WY WEVVVVY =< TOR Aes AAS Bar FE EQQHAQAAS RANQY Re EAN SS \ SY Cece y New Red Sandstone SS and Permian. D Coal)-measures Millstone “gr Vo it Mountan-tiumn estendck redale tocks —~_ Dip of beds. ' \+-HARTINGTON ate SOS f / VAL fy Vf / fy / Yj, My / 4, Cero oo peg Yi , dt Taaaly, aise a 7": iG | M4 SMe Ole irri SF rer cet _ at. @ en »- a a het» ih ANE Ranieee ho Svea, - 1864. | - HULL AND GREEN —MILLSTONE-GRIT. 243 limestone district of Derbyshire, is a long synclinal, to the northern part of which Farey has given the name of the “ Goyt Trough.” This hollow runs due south from Mottram, near Staleybridge, by Whaley Bridge and the east of Leek to the Cheadle Coal-field, be- yond which the Carboniferous rocks sink beneath the New Red Sandstone. It is, for the most part, bounded on either side by ridges of Millstone-grit, and is broken into several subordinate basins, in which lie patches of Lower Coal-measures. To the west of the Goyt Trough the beds rise into a sharp saddle, along the whole or greater part of which runs a line of fault; these we will call the “‘Saddleworth and Saltersford Anticlinal ” and the «« Anticlinal Fault,” respectively. We have traced this line of dis- turbance from the northern end of Saddleworth valley, southwards by Staleybridge Moor, the River Goyt at Marple, and Disley, into Saltersford valley, along which it ranges; and onwards by Forest Chapel, until it is lost on the north-west of Leek, below the patch of New Red Sandstone that there fills in the Churnet valley. To the south of this outlier, an anticlinal fault on the east of Wetley Rocks belongs most likely to the same line of fracture. Beyond the anticlinal fault we have, on the extreme north of our district, the eastern edge of the Lancashire Coal-field. A long strip of Coal-measures, branching as it were from the main field, runs down by Hyde and Poynton to Macclesfield: it is bounded on the east and south by the ridges of the Millstone-grit, which rise in these directions from beneath the Coal-measures, and it stretches on the west up to the ‘‘ Red Rock Fault.” Along the same line, further to the south, lies the large Coal-field of the Potteries, the northern part of which is known as the Bid- dulph Trough. Between the Biddulph and Goyt Troughs, and to the west of the Anticlnal Fault, lies a shallower basin, beginning north of the vil- lage of Rushton, and running along Rudyerd Reservoir to the little Coal-field of Wetley and Shafferlong. This we will call the Rud- yerd Basin. The rest of the district is mainly occupied by Yoredale Rocks, thrown into countless folds, and much broken by faults. Two little patches of Mountain-limestone peep up through the overlying beds; at Mixon, east of Leek, and at Astbury near Con- gleton. The Millstone-grit has a scenery of its own, marked by long lines of terraced or steeply scarped hills, which contrast strongly with the undulating plain of Cheshire on the one hand, and the rounded outlines of the hmestone-hills on the other. We continually see the same form of outline, consisting of a gently rising surface of moorland, broken off along a line of sharp cliff, as characteristic of the land- scape of this formation. By these physical features the composition and arrangement of the strata are marked out with wonderful clear- ness, the summits of the ridges and escarpments being invariably composed of grit or sandstone, and the flanks of the hills and the valleys of shale; and as the steep face of the escarpment always tends to run in the line of strike, and looks in the direction opposite 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 23, to the dip, the observer can often, from some commanding point, trace out the geological structure of the country around by the aid of its surface-configuration alone. In order to determine with accuracy the relationship to each other of the different beds which form the escarpments of the district, we began, with the express wish of Prof. Ramsay, to trace out separately each bed of grit, from the base of the Lower Coal-mea- sures downwards; hoping that, in a country where the features were so obvious and so seldom hidden by drift, we should be able to ascertain, with certainty, the range of each bed, and note the changes in its thickness and quality, which previous observation, and the description by Prof. Phillips of the grits in the neighbouring district of Yorkshire, led us to look for*. Mr. Binney has endeavoured, with much success, to identify the grits and coal-seams of Lan- cashire and parts of Derbyshire ; while Farey had, with wonderful diligence and judgment, attempted the same feat many years ago; but, except by tracing each band of grit step by step, it was mpos- sible for any one, however sagacious, to feel sure as to the identity, at points widely distant from each other, of beds parted by faults and changed in look by the changes in quality to which sandstones are liable. We now propose to begin with the Millstone-grit as it is seen on the borders of Lancashire and South Yorkshire, and to describe a series of sections taken at intervals over the district from north to south, which will serve to show a general thinning away of the series towards the south or south-west. The general attenuation of the sedimentary rocks of the Carboniferous series in this direction has been pointed out by one of the authors in a former paper +. The pre- sent has for its object to give the details for the Millstone-grit over a small definite tract of country. § 2. Lower Coal-measures, and Upper Limit of the Millstone-grit. Before entering on our immediate subject it will be advisable to give a short description of the overlying Carboniferous rocks, so as to define clearly what we take to be the upper limit of. the Millstone- rit. ‘ The Coal-measures of Lancashire are divisible into three stages, namely, The Upper, consisting of purple and grey shales and sandstones with thin beds of limestone and coal. Thickness, 2000 feet. The Middle. From the Pendleton Four-foot down to the Arley Mine, or a little lower; they consist of shales and sandstones, and contain all the thick coals. Thickness, 3000 feet. The Lower or Gannister beds. From the Arley Mine to the Rough Rock; they consist of micaceous sandstones and shales, with three or four thin beds of coal. Thickness, 1800 feet. The coals of the Lower Measures are, in descending order: 1st. The Forty Yards Mine, known at Up-Holland, Chorley, * Geology of Yorkshire, Part 2, 1836, pp. 58 e¢ seq. t Hull, “On Isometric Lines, &e.,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 127. 1864. | HULL AND GREEN—MILLSTONE- GRIT. 245 Rochdale, Bacup, Helpet Edge, and Dukenfield*, and perhaps the Great Smut of Kerridge and Macclesfield. 2nd. At a distance of from 40 to 64 yards below the last, the Upper Foot Mine or Bullion Coal, having a black shale roof with calcareous nodules, containing Gronratites Listeri, Aviculopecten papy- raceus, &e. It is worked at Burnley, Rochdale, Helpet Edge, Dog Hill, Oldham, and Staleybridge. 3rd. At a distance of 10 or 12 yards below the Lower Foot comes the Gannister Coal, with a black shale roof, and a floor of extremely hard siliceous rock, full of Stigmaria. It is worked at Burnley, Blackburn, Rochdale, Darwen, Halliwell, Bury, Oldham, and Staley- bridge. 4th. Below the Gannister, at a distance of 10 yards, lies the Lower Foot Mine, often absent. It has been worked at Affeside, Quarlton, and Helpet Edge. Sth. The next seam is the Lower Yard or Bassy Mine, lying 18 yards below the Lower Foot. It has been worked at Up-Holland, Harrock Hill, Sharples near Bolton, Helpet Edge, Broad Bottom, Compstall, and New Mills. Shales and a thick bed of hard, fine- grained grit, called by Mr. Binney “The Woodhead Hill Rock,” he below this seam. A group of four or five thin coals, corresponding in the main with these seams, is found in the Goyt Trough about Whaley Bridge and Goldsitch Moss ; in the Cheadle Coal-field about Ipstones and Frog- hall; and in the Macclesfield Measures at Bakestone Dale, Bolling- ton, Kerridge, and Roewood near Macclesfield. Lastly, at a distance of 38 yards below the Bassy Mine lies a coal, known as the “ Featheredge,” ‘“‘ Three Quarters,” or “‘ Sandrock ”’ Coal in Lancashire, and the “ Big,” “ Brick,” or “ Limekiln ” Coal about Macclesfield and in the southern part of the Goyt Trough. Its roof is mostly black shale, and under its floor is a coarse grit or conglomerate, known as the “ Rough Rock.’ Here and there, however, the Rough Rock forms both the roof and floor. Whether such was always the case, or whether the grit roof has in places been removed by denudation and its place been taken by shale, cannot be said: the frequent absence of the coal itself is somewhat in favour of the latter hypothesis. In either case we take the top of this Rough Rock for the upper boundary of the Millstone-grit, under which head we include the following series of beds. § 3. Subdwision of the Millstone-grit Serves. Ist Grit. The Reugh Rock. A coarse massive grit, crumbling under the action of the air, on account of the decomposition of felspar, which it contains in large quantity. Shales, with a thin coal at the bottom west of Buxton, lie below the Rough Rock. * The localities for these seams are taken chiefly from Mr. Binney’s valuable papers, ““On the Lancashire and Cheshire Coal-field,” Trans. Geol. Soc. of Manchester, vol. i. ; and ‘On the Fossil Shells of the Lower Coal-measures,”’ 2bid. vol. ii. part 7. 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 23, 2nd Grit. The Haslingden or Lower flags of Lancashire. Mostly a brown, fine-grained, flaggy sandstone, but here and there coarse and massive in the upper part. Shales with two or three thin coals, the Brooks bottom coals of Lancashire, come next. The lowest of these, which often rests di- rectly on the grit below, is found here and there over the whole of the district. It has been worked, among other places, on Sponds Hill, east of Pott Shrigley ; under Great Low, near Bollington; at Tege’s Nose, near Macclesfield; Thatch Marsh, near Buxton, where it is 4 ft. 6in. thick; Harper’s End, north of Leek; on Congleton Edge; at Bagnall, five miles 8.W. of Leek; and at Foxt, four miles N.N.E. of Cheadle. 3rd Grit. A very coarse massive grit and conglomerate, mostly red. It may well be called the Escarpment-grit, the edges formed by its outcrop being the finest in the country, and often running for miles in an unbroken wall of rock. Shales, with one or two very thin coals in Lancashire, one close to the bottom, separate this from the next grit. 4th Grit. Main Millstone or Kinder Scout Grit. A thick mass of very coarse gritstone and conglomerate, in two or three beds separated by shale. To the south this bed falls away very sud- denly, and passes into two sandstone-beds with a thick shale be- tween; these we shall speak of in their place as the fourth and fifth grits. Our classification is the one adopted by the Geological Survey, and is similar to that given by Professor Phillips in his ‘ Geol. of York- shire.’ Other authors, including Farey and Mr. Binney, place both the Rough Rock and the Flags below in the Lower Coal-measures. This is, however, only a matter of words. The main features of the Carboniferous system in the centre of England seem to be a pre- valence of coal in the upper, of gritstone in the middle, and of lime- stone in the lower portion; and these pass step by step one into the other; the coals get fewer and thinner downwards, and the flag- stones of the Lower Coal-measures form a step to the gritstones below; while the lime-cemented sandstones in the middle of the Yoredale Rocks and the thin limestones at their base lead us on to the thick mass of the Mountain-limestone. Also the whole series, especially the two lowest members, thins away to the south. If we keep these main facts in view, it matters little where we draw the lines of artificial, though useful, division. To the field- geologist, however, it is a great help to take the Rough Rock for the upper bed of the Millstone series; by its coarseness and the marked feature which it mostly makes in the landscape, it is easily traced, and it makes an excellent geological horizon, being, with one excep- tion, present over the whole of the district. It must be recollected, too, that in the south of our district the Rough Rock forms one-half of the Millstone-grit, and in Leicestershire is probably the only bed present, so that Mr. Binney’s classification would sadly impoverish the one district, and deprive the other of the Millstone-grit alto- gether. 1864. | HULL AND GREEN—MILLSTONE-GRIT. 247 As to the lower boundary there is luckily but one opinion. The fourth grit is in Lancashire the thickest, coarsest, and most massive of all the gritstones; and the sandstones below it are all thinner- bedded and finer in grain. It makes, therefore, a natural base to a series whose character is indicated by its name, and as such it has always been looked upon by all authors, from Farey* downwards. In the south of the district, however, the bed falls off in character, and is at last represented by two sandstones, with a thin bed of shale between them. Looking at these beds by themselves, there is nothing to entitle them to be called Millstone-grit at all; and it is not from their own importance, but only as the representative of the more striking masses in the north, that they can claim the prestige of marking the base of the formation. An observer who looked only at a district where the fourth grit wears so feeble a form, and had not traced it step by step up to its full development, would be likely to take the lowest coarse grit in the neighbourhood for the base of the formation; and into this mistake Farey seems at times to have naturally fallen, and to have looked upon the third grit of Combs Moss, for instance, as the equivalent of the Kinder Scout bed, because each was the lowest coarse grit in the country round?t. The fourth grit thins away altogether before reaching the borders of the North Staffordshire Coal-fields, and the bed above is then taken for the base of the Millstone series. § 4. Voredale Rocks. Between the lowest grit and the Mountain-limestone les a group of shales and sandstones, with thin limestones at the bottom, the Yoredale Rocks of Professor Phillips. These beds, in the country we are describing, admit of the follow- ing threefold division :— (A.) Shales with a thick bed of sandstone (the ‘“Shale-grit” of Farey +), and perhaps a few thin limestones. (B.) Sandstones, for the most part thin-bedded and close-grained, with black shales. This group we shall speak of as the ‘‘ Yore- dale Quartzites.” (C.) Black shales, with thin, black, earthy limestones towards the bottom §. Were it not that the Kinder Scout Grit makes so natural and so generally received a base to the Millstone-grit, the first of these groups might well have been placed in that formation rather than among the Yoredale Rocks. The sandstone, though fine-grained, is * Hist. of Derbyshire, vol. i. p. 220. + Ibid. p. 170. + As we speak of the whole group as the Yoredale Rocks, we shall call this bed the ‘‘ Yoredale Grit.” § Farey, in his account of the Yoredale Rocks, mentions what he calls three “anomalies” as occurring in them: a bed of fine sandstone, the Shale Grit; beds of hard cank-like sandstone; and thin beds of dark-blue or black limestone (Hist. of Derbyshire, p. 228). These three ‘‘ anomalies” form the distinguishing features of the three groups in the above scheme. VOI. ko. — _P Ate 1, s 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 23, massive, and is in character more like a millstone-bed than the close- grained quartzose rocks of the second group; like the grits, too, it thins away to the south—at least it cannot be traced beyond certain points. It may be, however, that it passes into a rock indistin- guishable from the sandstones of the group below. Some sections between Buxton and Leek are in favour of this view. The sandstones of the second group may always be known by their firm close grain, which seems to be owing to a plentiful siliceous cement. They never tend to become crumbly from wea- thering, as is the case, more or less, with all the millstone-grits ; and their fracture is clean and bright, while the freshly broken surface of the gritstones 1s rough. As a rule, they are thin-bedded and fine-grained; but massive conglomerates* are seen here and there. These, however, have the same firm cement as the other beds, and thus differ widely from the conglomerates of the Grit-series. In places, as on Gun Hill, near Leek, these beds are very hard subcrystalline quartz-rocks; and this seems to be the shape they mostly take where much contorted, as if pressure had developed in them a semicrystalline structure. Some beds of this group have at times a calcareous cement. The term “ Limestone-shale,” which is often given to the whole group, belongs properly only to the lowest division, which is made up almost entirely of black shales, with thin earthy limestones in the lower part. The latter seem to become more plentiful and purer towards the bottom, and vary from black earthy beds to pure grey crystalline limestones, with many fossils. We shali now pass to the detailed accounts of the several districts into which the country under consideration may be suitably divided. § 5. Description of the Sections. a. Saddleworth Valley. Position of Rocks at the surface.—This valley trends north and south, and, as stated by Professor Phillips, is occupied by Limestone-shale, or, rather, the Yoredale Rocks—an equivalent and much preferable term, due to this author, which we shall henceforth exclusively adopt. The Yoredale beds consist prin- cipally of black and grey shales, with a thick bed of rather massive sandstone—the ‘ shale-grit”’ of Farey. On both sides the valley is bounded by high ridges of the Kinder Scout Grit, dipping in oppo- site directions from the axis of the Saddleworth anticlinal. The change of dip takes place along a fault which breaks through the escarpment at the northern apex of the valley, and ranges south- ward, throwing off the beds at high angles on either side as far as the entrance to Greenfield Valley. Here it joins another great dis- location, and then ranges along the base of a series of bold bluffs formed of the Scout Grit to Harrop Edge (see fig. 1). All along this line (a distance of ten miles) the structure of the beds is very different on each side of the anticlinal. West of it the dip is for * Farey seems to have noticed such beds (see ‘History of Derbyshire,’ p. 228). 1864. | HULL AND GREEN—MILLSTONE-GRIT. 249 the most part rapid, and the several members of the Millstone and Gannister series plunge beneath the Lancashire Coal-field. On the opposite or Yorkshire side, however, the strata evince no such pre- cipitancy. The Kinder Scout Grit lies nearly horizontal, and rises into tabular moorlands, to a height of nearly 2000 feet above the sea-level. A little further on, the grits begin to dip towards the east, at first leisurely, then more rapidly, until they also are lost be- neath the Coal-measures of Yorkshire. The section (fig. 1) on p. 251 will illustrate this peculiarity. Petrological details. Yoredale Beds—The lowest beds of this se- ries exposed are close to the fault. They consist of shales a little below the Yoredale or Shale-grit. This latter is shown near the entrance to the tunnel, and in quarries on both sides of the fault. It consists of rather massive greyish sandstone, sometimes coarse, but seldom a conglomerate like the Kinder Scout Grit; over it comes a thick series of black and greyish-blue shales, which extend up to the base of the Millstone ridges. The thickness of the series of beds here shown is not less than 1200 feet, and the basement-beds are nowhere brought to light. Hence it is probable that the Yoredale beds are here altogether not less than 2000 feet in thickness. The Kinder Scout Grit, or Fourth Grit, consists of two or three beds of very massive grit or conglomerate, separated by shales, altogether attaining a thickness of not less than 600 or 700 feet. It often contains pebbles of white quartz the size of a pigeon’s egg, but no larger, and is traversed by planes of current-bedding, which dip towards the W.S.W. It forms the ridges of Harrop Edge, Mill- stone Edge, Diggle Edge, Charnel Rocks, Warlow Pike, Harridge Pike, Tintwistle Knar, and Roe Cross, and is largely quarried for foundation-stones, &e. Third Grit.—At the top of the fourth grit there is sometimes a little coal, and then a thick series of shales and flags, forming the flanks (as we suppose at present) of Pule Hill, At Mossley these shales are 400 feet in thickness, and are surmounted by the third grit, which at Pule Hill forms a sharp and serrated ridge, and south of Mossley is well shown on the banks of the Tame. The upper beds are massive and coarse, the lower flaggy. The third grit may be seen west of Friar Mere, at Lidgate, Mossley, and in quarries alongside Staley Lane; also at Hollingworth and Hadfield. The thickness varies from 300 to 450 feet. Second Grit.—Above the third grit occurs a series of generally black shales, with a stratum of rock*, and a coal-seam which is worked at Mossley and Mottram. The thickness of this shale series is about 500 feet at Mossley, and it is surmounted by the flagstones which form the second grit of our classification. In this part of the district these flags+ (which, further south, form a distinct geological horizon) are here in close connexion with the first grit, or “ Rough Rock,” and can only be considered as a lower member of it. They are, however, very constant in this position, and may be traced along * Called ‘‘ Scout Rock,” near Staleybridge; not “ Kinder Scout Rock.” + Called by Mr. E. W. Binney ‘‘ The Haslingden Flags.”’ s 2 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 23, Badger Edge, near Delf, and Brown Edge and Early Bank, near Staleybridge. Further south the shales which intervene between the second and third grit thicken out, and each of these beds assumes a more individualized character. First Grit, or Rough Rock.—This is a coarse grit and conglome- rate, nowhere very thick in this neighbourhood, and east of Staley- bridge totally disappearing for a short space. South of Mottram, however, it again appears in force. It may be traced along Bow- stead Edge to Knot Hill, then from Grotton Head along High Knowles to Luzley, where it thins away. Along this range it dips beneath the shales of the Lower Coal-measures. We may place the average thickness of the first and second grits in this district at 150 feet. We thus get the thickness of the entire series as follows: Staleybridye District. feet. Hirst, and SecondaG vita) nice. crate os ysee wastes 150 Shales (withtcoall) 1 ct occcctee sce became 500 Phirdy Grit; (S00 10450) Wy eres.< aren. sabes 400 Shales, sf id der: Bench eee. ee tie ee 400 Fourth Grit, in two or three beds (600 to 700) 650 Ota sckanaenesdaeiene sae 2100 b. Mottram and Glossop District. Position of Rocks at the surface. —In this neighbourhood the Goyt Trough has its northern termina- tion; the beds of the Millstone series, above the Kinder Scout Grit, gradually rising and cropping out to the northwards as well as to the eastward and westward. South of Mottram the symmetry of the trough is much interrupted by faults, which give origin to local rolls of the strata; and so it is not until we have passed south of New Mills that the beds resume their centroclinal arrangement. The other main feature, namely, the Saddleworth anticlinal, also loses its normal character, and at Compstall passes altogether into a fracture ; and itis not until we reach Disley that the change of dip becomes very clearly developed. These features will be understood by the section (fig. 2), which is continued eastward across the Peak, in order to show the general arrangement and connexion of the beds. The Kinder Scout, or fourth, Grit forms a range of moorland hills extending from Glossop and Hayfield eastward across the watershed of England, and embracing in its centre the table-land of The Peak. The beds rise to the eastward with great regularity, gradually flattening towards the axis, and then roll over on the eastern dip.. Along the western side of the axis, to which we shall for a moment confine our attention, the Kinder Scout Grit dips below a series of sharply chiselled esearpments formed of the upper members of the Millstone-series, ranging in a nearly true north and south direction from Glossop to Combs Moss, above Buxton. Between the Scout Grit and the Third Grit there is generally a rather wide valley, formed of a very thick series of shales, surmounted by a cliff; then 251 HULL AND GREEN——MILLSTONE-GRIT. 1864.] ‘Jap Moog Jopury 10 yMog “F "JIAQ) Puoosg °% ‘areyg aomory “4 | ‘SdLIOs-a[BYG pay, *SOLIOS-9[8YG ISAT *9 ‘JAD O[eporoX “G+ ‘syooy, opepor0X WO PALL *¢ "YOoY YSnoy Ao 4M Ysa “T ‘areyg aoddy -» J ‘SOLIaS-aTBYG PUooIg “g ‘SOANSBOUT-[BOF) OMOT “JO 'T "SOLOS JIId-9U04S] [IAL -——————— OOOO OOO Oh SS eT on aay p St WO D € Si ZZ | @A—AZF7B-z . H “AL G7 LA Bi atl | ‘ysnoay, 16019 ! uamsaqy ‘yvog ou, ‘proysér yA ‘ortireipe TOA ‘a ‘quanwo any oy) 04 ajdunyy worl wonoogy—ze “B17 “WEY YANO IO ynoog Jopury “fF ‘SOLLO8-O[VYG ysalq “D rates EL PALL -E "SOLLOS-OTBYG PUODEG ‘Y 113-9U0IST [TAL "S}LIQ) PUuovag pue sang “G‘T / "JUD oTepato x “g) )] , ‘Spoq Jo}SIUUBH IO ‘SamnsvoU-[RO) IOMOT "JO 'T ‘aqeyg «odd yg py rRee SEPIA "P[oy-[BoD oarysvoury ot} Jo ospy “WO ‘qe 0 Gi and a ‘eaTysBoUEryT . p ‘IMB, OAT “AA + S100 OATYS LO X ‘SLOOP aurysylo gy ay 07 pjayf-jn0g anysnounT ayn wouf woyosg—' TT “Bit 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [ Mar. 23, a second lesser hollow rising into the cliff of the second grit; then another still smaller, crowned by the cliff of the first grit. This completes the series. These successive stages are well shown along the flanks of Crown Edge and Chinley Hill, the latter of which reaches an elevation of 1493 feet. Petrological details—The Kinder Scout Grit undergoes no change of character from that described at Saddleworth. The third grit, here known as the “ Simmondley Rock,” becomes very massive and coarse on Matley Moor, and is surmounted by the shales with the same coal-seam (apparently) that occurs at Mossley. The second grit here forms a distinct escarpment, and is extensively quarried for flagstones and tiles under Chinley Churn. ‘The first grit becomes thick and massive; in some places, as at Mellor and Aspinshaw, containing the Featheredge Coal; in other places, as at Broadbottom and Crown Edge, this seam nowhere appears. The thickness of the series 1s greater here than at Staleybridge, owing to the increase of the first grit and the underlying shales, and may be estimated at 2800 feet. At New Mills the Rough Rock with the Featheredge Coal, and some of the inferior beds, rise towards the west on the opposite side of the trough, and at Disley, still further to the west, are thrown down by the anticlinal fault already described. From Disley westward the dip is steadily west, and we cross the full series of the Lower Coal-measures, which form the hilly tract of Lyme Park, and then reach the Poynton Coal-field, which will require a few words of description. The eastern boundary of the Poynton Coal-field forms the arc of a circle, of which the “ red rock fault” is the chord. It is, in fact, a limb of the great Lancashire Coal-field projected from its south- eastern extremity, and extends from Offerton Green to the north side of Stypherson Park, a distance of about five miles from north to south. At its broadest part it 1s about two miles across. Its eastern border is formed by the outcrop of the Redacre Coal, which is considered, with great probability, to represent the Arley Mine of Lancashire. It contains several valuable coal-seams, which are worked at Poynton and Norbury collieries; but a considerable part of the field is rendered valueless in a mineral point of view by the broken character of the strata. In this district one or two seams in the Lower Coal-measures have been extensively worked ; the principal of these is the Bakestone Dale seam, which represents the “ Lower Yard” Coal (No. 5 of the series, page 245). Along with the Gannister Coal, this seam 1s worked at Disley, New Mills, and Whaley. ce. The Peak District. Position of Rocks at the surface——The tabu- lated aspect of The Peak is very clearly indicated by the shading in the Ordnance Map; and its structure is illustrated in the general section above (fig. 2). This hill, which may aspire to the character of a mountain, as it reaches an elevation of 2000 feet, forms a very striking and bold feature from almost every point of view. It is somewhat in the form of a triangle, lying with its vertex pointing east, in the direction where the broad valley of Edale joins the nar- 1864. ] HULL AND GREEN—NMILISTONE-GRIT. 253 row gorge of the Alport. Its base is formed by the cliffs of Kinder Scout; and its sides, which are extremely irregular in outline, by the similar cliffs overlooking the two valleys just named. Its upper surface is somewhat uneven, and is entirely composed of the Mill- stone-grit, which, for the most part, is buried beneath a thick coat- ing of peat, fissured into innumerable gullies and clefts, which cause an excursion across a surface, which on the map appears a plain, to be in reality a succession of dips and emersions. Fig. 3.—Views of Rocks on the Peak. pees SSS — The grit, however, sometimes appears in little bosses, or it throws up groups of tabulated or fantastically-shaped stones, the forms of which I cannot but regard as the results of old marine denudation. In some places, especially near Edale Head, whole acres are covered by these groups or multitudinous assemblages of water-worn rocks. Amongst the various forms the table is common, but the smith’s anvil seems to be a special favourite; nowhere else, as far as my acquaintance with these hills has extended, have I observed such numerous examples, in the same space, of seashore rocks. The flanks of the valleys in the Peak country are also remarkable for enormous land-slips, the origin of which may in many cases be placed as far back as the final retirement of the sea at the close of the glacial period. Almost everywhere around the steep cliffs of the Peak itself these slips occur, and are easily to be accounted for when we examine the nature of the beds which underlie the Scout Grit forming the summit of the escarpment. The grit is here un- derlain by shales, which intervene between it and the YVoredale Grit. Hence the latter, being undermined by the retiring waters, or by atmospheric agencies, as the case may be, have yielded to the enormous pressure of the superincumbent millstones, which descended in masses from their original elevations. A similar arrangement of the beds has caused the landslips (or coast-slips) amongst the Oolitic escarpments of the south-west of England and the Chalk-downs, and indeed wherever solid rock forms a cliff resting upon strata of clay or shale. Alport Edge, on the eastern side of the valley, and Coombs Rocks, near Mottram, afford similar instances worthy of being noticed. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY, [ Mar. 23, The valleys which form the lateral boundaries of the Peak are scooped down to the base of the Yoredale Grit, without penetrating to the limestone. This sandstone is here of considerable thickness, not less than 500 feet, often massive and compact. The Yoredale Grit forms a series of table-lands of less elevation than The Peak, intersected by deep gorges all round The Peak, except on the west and south sides, where it forms the long round-backed ridge between Lose Hill and Mam Tor. To the east of Derwent Dale, however, the Kinder Scout Grit sets in with an easterly dip along the fine escarpment of Derwent Edge, 1773 feet in height, beyond which the ridges of the third, second, and first grits rise in succes- sion, all the beds of which dip beneath the Yorkshire Coal-field. d. Whaley Bridge and Saltersford Valley. Position of Rocks at the surfauce.—Along this section of country the structure of the beds is remarkably symmetrical. It may be described in a few words as a trough bounded on either side by anticlinals. The geological fea- tures which we attempted to describe, as expressed by two parallel lines of fracture in the Mottram and Glossop district, here resolve themselves into undulations. In order to understand its structure, we cannot do better than follow a line of section (fig. 4) from east to west, which we have here drawn through a distance of ten miles. We commence on the Carboniferous Limestone a few miles north of Buxton, and not far from its extreme northerly extension. The limestone dips to the westward under the Yoredale series, here ap- parently thin, which is partially due to the presence of a fault. We then ascend the flanks of Combs Moss, and cross the representatives of the Kinder Scout Grit, and at the summit reach a small table- land formed of the third grit. This table-land, unlike that of The Peak, occupies the axis of a slight trough, instead of an anticlinal or saddle. Along the western flanks the beds rise to the west, and in the valley we reach the Yoredale Rocks forming an anticlinal with a fault. Having crossed this the dip is reversed, and we ascend to the ridge of Hazel Hurst, formed of the third grit dipping at a high angle to the west, and cross successively the remaining members of the Millstone-grit, until we reach the river Goyt, when we find ourselves in the axis of the Goyt Trough. On the west side of the valley we cross the same beds on the easterly dip, and descend into Saltersford Valley, along which runs the line of the great anti- clinal fault. This valley is scooped far down into the Yoredale beds. On the opposite side of the valley the beds roll over, and maintain the westerly dip all the way to Bollington. Here the millstones dip beneath the Lower Coal-measures of Kerridge, and are ultimately cut off by the great “ red rock fault’ of Cheshire. Petrological details——In this district there is a remarkable change in the character of the Lower Millstones from that which they assume further north in the direction of Glossop and Saddleworth. In the first place, the whole series below the third grit is thinner, and along with this thinning of the beds the sandstones become finer and less massive. The Kinder Scout Grit along both sides of Saltersford Valley, and along the flanks of Combs Moss, is repre- 1864. | HULL AND GREEN—MILLSTONE-GRIT. 255 sented by one or two beds of rather fine grit, not more perhaps than 150 feet in thickness. These we shall henceforward speak of as the fourth and fifth grits. The Yoredale Grit is also less massive than in The Peak country. Even the third grit, which rises with a fine escarpment on both sides of the Goyt Trough, on the western side of the Saltersford Valley assumes for a time the character of a flaggy sandstone of no great thickness. The same is true, though in a less degree, of the remaining grits; so that between Glossop and Bollington, a distance of twelve miles from north-east to south-west, the whole Millstone-grit series may be said to exhibit a great dege- neracy in many of its features, and to give clear indications of that general thinning away of the sedimentary materials which takes place in this part of Englaid from north to south. e. West of Buxton. Position of Rocks at the surface.-—The town of Buxton stands on the Mountain-limestone, which is bounded on the west by a fault. Crossing this, we pass over first the upper part of the Yoredale Rocks, and then the outcrops of the several beds of the Millstone-grit as they rise one by one to the surface along the eastern edge of the Goyt Trough, forming a series of ridges, of which Axe Edge, 1809 feet above the sea, is the highest. We have here perhaps the most perfect of those lesser basins into which the Trough of the Goyt is broken up. Around a little outlier of Coal- measures in the middle, the grit-beds crop out in turn on all sides, and form a series of concentric rings, which, though broken through and shifted here and there by faults, keep upon the whole the most perfect regularity round three sides, at least, of the basin. A detailed map of this little basin, showing the range of each grit-stone, is given in fig. 6, and the section (fig. 5) on p. 256 runs across it. On the other side of the trough we find the outcrop of the beds from the Rough Rock down to the fourth grit, below which the suc- cession is broken by a fault ranging N.W. and S8.E. across the basin. The country in the angle between this and the Anticlinal Fault is also worth notice. It may be described as a plateau formed of the thick massive bed of the third grit, and cut through by the deep valley of Wild Boar Clough. On this plateau rests a long, narrow ridge, ranging N.N.E., around the flanks of which the second bed crops out; the whole is crowned by the sharp, conical peak of Shut- lingslow, rising to a height of about 1700 feet above the sea, and bearing at the top a little outlier of Rough Rock. A slight anticlinal runs along the ridge, the beds on one side dipping to the east at about 10°, and on the other sloping gently towards the opposite quarter. The Shutlingslow district is bounded on the west by the Anticlinal Fault, which brings up some shales and sandstones belonging most likely to the Yoredale group: these are soon cut off by a branch fault, beyond which the three lowest Gritstones again set in. The Third Grit, lying nearly flat, stretches westwards from the fault over a gently rolling moor, and ends in a steeply scarped cliff, below which the ground falls quickly away, and, the dip growing steeper to the westward, the fourth and fifth grits, ‘and the upper part of the Yoredale Rocks, come out to day. [ Mar. 23, PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIRBTY. “OUOJSOUUT SNOAIFTMOGAB/) Ty 8) “JL qnoog Jopury ‘c ‘ -‘syooyy ‘SOUO}SOUAT] UIYY pue e[eyg “oO ‘7113 "WU PAT, “@ ayeparo X ‘sopizjien’y apepetox “g -9U098] [I “WIL puodeg °Z "YI oJepetoX pue seyg “vy [ ‘yooy Yysnoy “| ‘SAMSBOUI-[VOD IOMOT “TO 7 Pee Bed. oa ee ee Be UL oll ee Ee ee rear, OH PU TO - Misys Go oy he 2a z ¢ P Gg Vv ; a oa rls ‘ysnoay, you *MOTSSUITINYG ‘uur, Aops0g eS ee Jo [eulpyuy aN’ ‘(sopiu ¢ Ayreom) UOIANG “TUT Urey 02 ump hajsog wort woudIay¥—'G “SIT "M'S"M ‘ajeyg aamory «A ‘spa3 yy pur yjanog { 2 S48 al ‘SoLtas l+ "Salas oTBYG 4suT *o “Ylis aTBVpet0 XT * , ; . Side i 4 iO 9 ayepadax «5 SOIMOS B[VYG PAT, “V SOLIS a[ByG puoveg “¢ qLL3-9 LOST TIAL qsalT “| ‘LIS pal, *e ‘"qLIS PUIG *Z ‘SOINSVOUI-[BOD JOMOT ‘OQ 'T { I I t | | 1 { \ ' i] act ‘SSOJ SquLOg 4404) “37 “rey ‘a8 pwaoy ‘ysnoay, 7404) wdAg Mw ‘ahpuig hayoy M 0 YINog 791.48 2Y} SSOLOM UOYIIG—F “BLT 1864. | HULL AND GREEN-—MILLSTONE-GRIT. 257 Fig. 6.—Detuiled Map of a Part of the Goyt Trough, west of Buxton. Scale—3 inch to the mile. = Coal-measures. a= Yoredale Rocks. Rough Rock. Shales. Carboniferous Limestone. J Faults. ee Dip of beds. Second Grit. = Shales. Third Grit. == Shales. Fourth and Fifth Grits. YY Millstone-grit. 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. [Mar. 23, This patch may be looked upon as the continuation of the western half of the Rudyerd Basin, the other half having been cut out by the Anticlinal Fault, which here runs lengthways along the middle of that synclinal. The structure of the country becomes now for a while somewhat obscure ; but a line of fault ranging south from the west side of Ker- ridge would seem to run somewhere hereabouts. Between this and the red-rock-fault is a group of rounded hills, known as Bosley Minn, rising to 1000 or 1200 feet above the sea. They are formed of the Yoredale Quartzites, bent into several very sharp folds, and, it may be, broken up by faults. The beds seem, upon .the whole, to have been thrown into a number of dome-shaped ele- vations ; but it is all but hopeless to try fully to unravel the intricacies of this very disturbed district. Petrological details.—On the east of the district the Yoredale Grit is a thick mass of fine, unevenly bedded flagstone, but without the massive form which it bore further to the north. The Kinder Scout Grit is represented by the beds which we have spoken of as the Fourth and Fifth Grits; the latter is a fine-grained sandstone, thick-bedded and concretionary at Nithen End, near Buxton, and rather more flaggy on the flanks of Axe Edge: the fourth bed, which forms the top of that ridge, is a red, crumbly grit, not very coarse. This part of the series shows, then, as has been al- ready stated, a marked falling off. The other grits, except that they are somewhat thinner, have not undergone any great change: the third is still coarse and massive, and still forms its usual fine escarp- ments. The thickness of the Millstone Grit in this neighbourhood is about as follows* :— ough (Rocks... Wh, feinct. Veen ete teens BO Slialess.05 soc. 21a Nike OO eee ee ene 90 Second Grit! t-2.. Be: Been o> eroeee 140 Shalestc. fy Gr Bl eee oaks 2h ceed 260 Parr (Grit ee in eee, oa see 140 Shales bo 5s aan eee ede ee eee 180 Fourth Grit ieee, Ge eee 140 Shales. er ae ee side 0 Fa ee ements 100 Fifth Grit) ¢) aise CR ee eee 50 Totalinies